WO2015176668A1 - Lamp control method, device and system - Google Patents

Lamp control method, device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015176668A1
WO2015176668A1 PCT/CN2015/079453 CN2015079453W WO2015176668A1 WO 2015176668 A1 WO2015176668 A1 WO 2015176668A1 CN 2015079453 W CN2015079453 W CN 2015079453W WO 2015176668 A1 WO2015176668 A1 WO 2015176668A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
luminaire
channel
color
target
illuminance
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/079453
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
董建飞
祁高进
李琳琳
张国旗
Original Assignee
常州市武进区半导体照明应用技术研究院
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201410217766.5A external-priority patent/CN105095632B/en
Priority claimed from CN201410217770.1A external-priority patent/CN105101517B/en
Priority claimed from CN201410216391.0A external-priority patent/CN105101515A/en
Priority claimed from CN201410216752.1A external-priority patent/CN105101516A/en
Application filed by 常州市武进区半导体照明应用技术研究院 filed Critical 常州市武进区半导体照明应用技术研究院
Publication of WO2015176668A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015176668A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B47/00Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
    • H05B47/10Controlling the light source

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the field of lamps, and in particular to a lamp control method, device and system.
  • the adjustment of the driving parameters of each of the channels can be achieved by adjusting the light color or color coordinates of the illuminating light of the luminaire as a whole, and can pass each channel.
  • the precise control of the drive parameters allows the color coordinates of the exiting light to accurately return to a certain target value.
  • a solution known to the inventors is to use a recursive method to constantly adjust the driving parameters of each channel according to the feedback of the color coordinates of the outgoing light until the color coordinates of the outgoing light reach a certain level. Up to the allowable range near the target color coordinates. However, in this way, it usually takes a long time to wait for the end of the repetitive adjustment process, and in some scenarios, the drive parameters obtained by feedback adjustment may not converge, that is, the color of the emitted light may occur.
  • the coordinates revolve around the target color coordinates that need to be reached, but cannot always fall within the above allowable range.
  • LED light-emitting diode
  • the finer the bin operation the smaller the color difference of the chip illumination in the same bin, and the higher the color identity of the different lamps formed by the chips in the bin.
  • the drawback of this mode of operation is that the smaller the bin, the higher the cost of the chip.
  • the luminaire manufacturers on the market do not choose the bins that are too subdivided, but instead choose the chips that are more roughly binned, that is, the same type of chips with different color differences. This will result in a very different color for the different luminaires made up of these chips. This color difference is obvious when multiple lamps are put together for lighting.
  • the prior art generally adopts the following scheme to color the lamps:
  • the light color of the luminaire is adjusted manually. Specifically, comparing the color of the actual outgoing light of the luminaire to be configured with the standard color, and if it is found to be inconsistent with the standard color, adjusting each monochromatic pass in the luminaire to be configured The drive current of the track until the color of the actual outgoing light of the fixture to be configured matches the standard color. Obviously, this solution is not only inefficient, but also because the visual error is unavoidable, it is difficult to ensure the accuracy of the configured drive current.
  • the light color of the luminaire is adjusted in a circular manner. Specifically, 1) comparing the actual color coordinates of the light of the emitted light of the luminaire to be configured with the target color coordinate to obtain the luminous flux ratio of each monochromatic channel of the luminaire to be configured; 2) determining the corresponding luminous flux ratio of each monochromatic channel
  • the driving power, 3) use the corresponding driving power to drive each monochrome channel in the luminaire, and determine whether the color of the current outgoing light of the luminaire to be configured is consistent with the color corresponding to the target color coordinate, and if not, loop execution 1 ), 2), 3) until the two match.
  • this solution needs to perform a loop configuration for each luminaire to be configured, so the efficiency is low, and in some scenarios, the driving parameters obtained by the cyclic adjustment may not converge, and thus cannot fall into the preset of the target driving parameters.
  • the results of this statistical analysis can guide the luminaire design and manufacturer to make targeted modifications to the design of each monochromatic channel in the luminaire and the selection of LED chips, so that even the color consistency of the luminaires that are not processed by the calibration process is also The requirements can be met; in addition, the statistical results can also be used to test the quality of the tested luminaires, so as to timely filter out luminaires of unqualified quality.
  • a white light fixture with adjustable color usually three or more color light sources (such as color light-emitting diodes) are combined.
  • the luminous flux and optical power consumption of different colors can be adjusted. Reach the target color.
  • the existing technical solutions are usually adjusted as follows:
  • Technical Solution 1 First, determine the color coordinates of the five channels P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 in the color gamut in the color gamut of the luminaire on the CIE1931 chromaticity diagram shown in FIG. 1, and then draw an auxiliary point P 0 .
  • the target color point is within a triangle consisting of P 0 and the color points of the other two colored light sources.
  • the color combination of P 0 is obtained by the channel ratio corresponding to different color points, and the relationship between P 0 and the intensity of the color light source represented by the remaining two vertices of the triangle is determined by an additional linear combination principle, thereby obtaining the target color. Brightness combination.
  • P 0 will typically click on or near the black body radiation curve curve can be determined by querying the data corresponding to the color of the point P 0, 2, want to get the maximum color rendering index can select Q 0, like To get the maximum luminous efficiency, you can choose Q 2 , and you want to choose both Q 1 , that is, adjust the luminous flux or power consumption on the premise of achieving the target color combination.
  • the luminous flux can also be adjusted by setting a primary target and a secondary target.
  • the luminaire controller has a matrix multiplication module that calculates the linear relationship between the drive signal vector and the vector of the primary target and the secondary target.
  • the lamp has four channels of RGBW
  • the primary target is the tristimulus value XYZ of the luminaire color
  • the secondary target is the total power consumption P.
  • the linear relationship between the PWM of the four channels and the primary target can be obtained by calibration.
  • the matrix M in the following equation is the calibration matrix.
  • the range of the secondary target that is, the power consumption
  • the power consumption and luminous flux of the luminaire can be adjusted under the premise of ensuring that the luminaire adjusts the color of the light required by the user through the color of the four channels.
  • the technical solution 1 needs to traverse all the color points before the adjustment, and store the data of the color point in the memory, and then ask the user to determine the auxiliary point and then The power consumption or luminous flux of the luminaire is adjusted.
  • This method has high requirements on the user's knowledge and skills, and is inconvenient to use.
  • the parameter matrix established for the four-channel luminaire in the technical scheme 2 is an invertible matrix, and an additional target value is needed to obtain the PWM value corresponding to each channel through the inverse matrix of the parameter matrix. If the number of channels in the luminaire is greater than four, there is no guarantee that the parameter matrix is reversible. Therefore, for luminaires with more than four color channels, the above methods cannot be used to adjust the luminous flux and power consumption of the luminaire.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a system for controlling a lamp to solve at least the technical problem of low precision and low efficiency of driving parameter configuration of the lamp in the prior art.
  • a luminaire control method includes: acquiring color coordinates of a monochrome channel of a luminaire; obtaining driving parameters of a monochrome channel of the luminaire according to color coordinates of a monochrome channel of the luminaire; The luminaire is controlled.
  • the luminaire control method is a driving method of the luminaire, wherein: acquiring color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire comprises: acquiring color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire comprises a plurality of monochrome channels, and The emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels; the driving parameters of the monochromatic channel of the luminaire are obtained according to the color coordinates of the monochromatic channel of the luminaire, including: the target color coordinate of the outgoing light and the color of each channel The coordinates acquire the target illuminance of each channel; obtain the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel; controlling the luminaire according to the driving parameters includes: driving each channel by using the obtained driving parameters of each channel .
  • acquiring driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel comprises: fitting a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance, wherein The plurality of driving parameter sample values are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of illuminance sampling values; the correspondence relationship between the driving parameters corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance is obtained according to the result of the fitting process; and each channel is obtained according to the corresponding relationship
  • the target illuminance corresponds to the drive parameters of each channel.
  • the lamp control method further comprises: selecting a plurality of drivers corresponding to each channel Parameter sample value; each channel is driven using each of the drive parameter sample values; when each channel is driven using each drive parameter sample value, the current illuminance of each channel is obtained as The illuminance sample value corresponding to each drive parameter sample value.
  • acquiring color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels includes: acquiring, when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value, acquiring current color coordinates of each channel; The average of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the sampled value is taken as the color coordinate of each channel.
  • the fitting processing of the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance comprises: linearly fitting the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values;
  • acquiring the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinate of the emitted light and the color coordinate of each channel includes: generating a color mixing region with the color coordinates of each channel as a vertex in the preset color coordinate space; The coordinates are located in the color mixing region, and the illuminance ratio of each channel is obtained according to the relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel; the product of the illuminance sum of the outgoing light and the illuminance ratio of each channel is taken as per The target illumination of the channels.
  • acquiring the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light and the color coordinates of each channel comprises: selecting a plurality of target color coordinates; according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel Obtaining the target illuminance of each channel corresponding to each one; acquiring driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel includes: acquiring driving parameters of each channel under each one as each channel and each A corresponding driving parameter is recorded, and the obtained corresponding driving parameters are recorded in the data table; driving each channel by using the obtained driving parameter of each channel includes: determining a target color coordinate that the outgoing light currently needs to reach; Find the drive parameters corresponding to each channel and the target color coordinates that need to be reached in the data table; drive each channel using the found drive parameters.
  • the luminaire control method is a statistical method of the light color parameter, wherein: obtaining color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire comprises: respectively acquiring color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each of the plurality of luminaires and each single of the plurality of luminaires The mean value and covariance of the color coordinates of the color channel; obtaining the driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the lamp according to the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the lamp includes: determining the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps Whether each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the one or more luminaires performing the calibration process meets a preset condition; and controlling the luminaire according to the driving parameters includes: according to each of the plurality of luminaires corresponding to the preset condition, each of the monochrome channels of the luminaire The color coordinates determine the common color gamut range of multiple fixtures.
  • determining the common color gamut range comprises: determining a color gamut polygon of each luminaire according to color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each luminaire; and obtaining a common gamut polygon of n luminaires according to the value of n from small to large The intersection of the gamut polygons of the n+1th luminaire as the common color gamut of n+1 luminaires until a common gamut range is obtained, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is equal to 1, The common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the gamut polygon of the first luminaire.
  • determining whether each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the one or more lamps that are subjected to the scaling process meets the preset condition includes: acquiring the jth The color coordinates of the ith monochrome channel of the fixture, and is set to Calculate the statistic according to the following formula: among them Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted, The covariance of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel representing the N lamps, Express Inverse matrix; Compare with the preset threshold T, if If it is greater than T, it means The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold obtained according to a preset confidence.
  • the luminaire control method further includes: in the process of acquiring the public gamut range, Get the gamut polygon of the luminaire that will be judged not to meet the preset conditions.
  • the color coordinate of each of the monochrome channels of each of the luminaires is an average of the multiple measurements of the color coordinates of the monochromatic channel of the luminaire.
  • the luminaire control method is a luminaire adjustment method, and the luminaire includes at least three optical channels, wherein: obtaining color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire comprises: obtaining a first preset correspondence relationship between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein The luminous flux is the sum of the luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels; obtaining a second preset correspondence between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire as the target color; and obtaining the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire Obtaining a range of driving parameters; obtaining driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the luminaire according to color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire, including: according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the driving parameter
  • the range is obtained by driving parameter values that cause the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition; controlling the luminaire according to the driving parameter includes: adjusting
  • the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value, and the total luminous flux is obtained according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters.
  • the driving parameter value that reaches the preset condition includes: when the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, and the range of the driving parameter, the first is obtained.
  • the driving parameter value drives the luminaire to reach the target color
  • the total luminous flux reaches a maximum value, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels.
  • the driving parameter values that enable the total luminous flux to reach the preset condition include: obtaining the maximum power of the luminaire The actual power consumption of the luminaire is obtained, wherein the actual power consumption is the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color; the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than
  • the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i is equal to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameters
  • the second driving parameter value is obtained to drive the luminaire to reach the target color, and the actual power consumption does not exceed the maximum luminaire. Power consumption, and the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum.
  • the driving parameter values that enable the total luminous flux to reach the preset condition include: obtaining the target color of the light fixture The minimum target luminous flux; the third preset correspondence relationship between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the actual power consumption is the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color, and the third preset correspondence satisfies the luminaire The actual power consumption is the minimum value in the target color; when the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence relationship and the second preset correspondence relationship And a third preset correspondence relationship and a range of driving parameters to obtain a third driving parameter value, wherein the third driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire such that the actual power consumption of the
  • the luminaire control method further includes: acquiring an optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; acquiring a fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, wherein the fourth preset correspondence relationship And limiting the optical radiant flux to a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the fourth preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters, A four drive parameter value, wherein the luminaire is driven with the fourth drive parameter value such that the radiant flux of the luminaire is within a predetermined range.
  • a luminaire control apparatus includes: a first acquisition total module for acquiring color coordinates of a monochrome channel of a luminaire; and a second acquisition total module for illuminating a monochrome channel according to the luminaire The color coordinates obtain the driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the luminaire; and the control total module is used to control the luminaire according to the driving parameters.
  • the luminaire control device is a driving device of the luminaire, wherein: the first acquisition total module includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire includes multiple orders a color channel, and the emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochrome channels; the second acquisition total module includes: a second acquisition unit for arranging the target color coordinates of the outgoing light and the color of each channel The coordinates acquire the target illuminance of each channel; the third obtaining unit is configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel; and the control total module includes: a first driving unit, configured to use each acquired The drive parameters of the channel drive each channel.
  • the first acquisition total module includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire includes multiple orders a color channel, and the emitted light of the lumina
  • the third obtaining unit includes: a fitting module, configured to perform a fitting process on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance, wherein the plurality of driving parameter samples are respectively sampled The value is in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of illuminance sample values; the first obtaining module is configured to obtain a correspondence between the driving parameter corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance according to the result of the fitting process; and the second acquiring module is configured to: The driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel are acquired according to the correspondence relationship.
  • the luminaire control apparatus further includes: a selecting unit configured to select a plurality of driving parameter sampling values corresponding to each channel; and a second driving unit configured to use each of the plurality of driving parameter sampling values to sample The value is driven for each channel; the fourth obtaining unit is configured to acquire the current illuminance of each channel as the illumination sample corresponding to each driving parameter sample value when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value value.
  • the first obtaining unit includes: a third acquiring module, configured to acquire a current color coordinate of each channel when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value; and a first processing module, configured to be The average of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of drive parameter sample values is used as the color coordinate of each channel.
  • the fitting module includes: a first fitting sub-module, configured to linearly fit the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values;
  • the fitting module includes: a second fitting sub-module, configured to perform fitting processing on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values by using an interpolation method;
  • the second acquisition module includes: a fourth processing sub-module configured to acquire the drive of
  • the second obtaining unit includes: a generating module, configured to generate a color mixing region with the color coordinates of each channel as a vertex in the preset color coordinate space; and a fourth acquiring module, configured to: the target color coordinate is located in the color mixing region Obtain a photo of each channel according to the relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel.
  • the second processing module is configured to use the product of the illuminance sum of the outgoing light and the illuminance ratio of each channel as the target illuminance of each channel.
  • the second obtaining unit includes: a selecting module, configured to select a plurality of target color coordinates; and a fifth acquiring module, configured to acquire each phase according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel Corresponding target illumination of each channel;
  • the third obtaining unit comprises: a third processing module, configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel as driving parameters corresponding to each channel and each one, and obtain the driving parameters The corresponding driving parameters are recorded in the data table;
  • the first driving unit includes: a determining module for determining a target color coordinate that the outgoing light currently needs to reach; a searching module for searching and matching each channel in the data table The target color coordinates are corresponding to the driving parameters; the driving module is used to drive each channel using the found driving parameters.
  • the luminaire control device is a statistical device of the light color parameter
  • the first acquisition total module comprises: an acquisition module, configured to respectively acquire color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each of the plurality of luminaires and a plurality of luminaires The mean value and covariance of the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels
  • the second acquisition total module includes: a judging module, configured to determine the calibration and the covariance according to the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps Whether the respective monochrome channels corresponding to the one or more luminaires meet the preset condition
  • the control total module includes: a processing module, configured to determine, according to color coordinates of each of the plurality of luminaires of each of the plurality of luminaires that meet the preset condition The common color gamut range of multiple fixtures.
  • the processing module includes: a determining unit, configured to determine a gamut polygon of each luminaire according to color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each luminaire; and an acquiring unit configured to sequentially acquire n according to a value of n The intersection of the common color gamut polygon of the luminaire and the gamut polygon of the n+1th luminaire is used as the common color gamut of n+1 luminaires until a common gamut range is obtained, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. And when n is equal to 1, the common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the gamut polygon of the first luminaire.
  • the determining module includes: a setting unit, configured to acquire color coordinates of the ith monochrome channel of the jth luminaire, and set A calculation unit for calculating statistics according to the following formula: among them, Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted, The covariance of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel representing the N lamps, Express Inverse matrix; comparison unit for Compare with the preset threshold T, if If it is greater than T, it means The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold obtained according to a preset confidence.
  • the luminaire control device is a luminaire adjustment device, and the luminaire comprises at least three optical channels
  • the first acquisition total module comprises: a first acquisition unit, configured to acquire a first preset correspondence between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter The total luminous flux is the sum of the luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels
  • the second obtaining unit is configured to obtain a second preset correspondence between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire to the target color
  • a third obtaining unit configured to obtain a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire
  • a fourth acquiring unit configured to obtain a range of driving parameters
  • a second acquiring total module comprising: a solving unit, configured to correspond to the first preset The relationship between the relationship, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the driving parameter, obtains a driving parameter value that causes the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition
  • the control total module includes:
  • the solving unit includes: a first solving module, configured to: when the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first pre- The corresponding relationship, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameters are set, and when the first driving parameter value is obtained to drive the luminaire to reach the target color, the total luminous flux reaches a maximum value, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels. Light channel.
  • the solution unit includes: a first acquisition module, configured to obtain a maximum power consumption of the luminaire; and a second acquisition module, configured to acquire actual power consumption of the luminaire, wherein the actual power consumption is each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color.
  • the sum of the power consumptions; the second solution module is configured to: when the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence,
  • the second preset correspondence and the range of the driving parameters obtain the second driving parameter value to drive the actual power consumption of the luminaire to reach the target color does not exceed the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value.
  • the solving unit includes: a third acquiring module, configured to acquire a minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire; and a fourth acquiring module, configured to acquire a third preset correspondence relationship between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the actual power consumption For the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color, the third preset correspondence satisfies the minimum value of the actual power consumption when the luminaire is the target color; and the third solution module is configured to use the total luminous flux equal to or greater than the minimum target luminous flux, And the third driving parameter value is obtained according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the third preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter, when the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, Wherein, the luminaire is driven by the third driving parameter value such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum value and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target
  • the luminaire control device further includes: a fifth acquiring unit, configured to acquire optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; and a sixth acquiring unit, configured to acquire the radiant flux and the driving parameter a fourth preset correspondence, wherein the fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the fourth preset correspondence, each The maximum luminous flux and the range of the driving parameters of the optical channels obtain a fourth driving parameter value, wherein the fourth driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire such that the illuminating flux of the luminaire is within a predetermined range.
  • the luminaire control device is a configuration device of the luminaire driving parameter, configured to configure driving parameters for the luminaire, the luminaire has a plurality of monochromatic channels, and the emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels.
  • control total module comprises: a control component, configured to acquire a target color coordinate of the emitted light and a color coordinate of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, and determine the color coordinate based on the target color coordinate and each monochrome channel;
  • the target illuminance of each monochrome channel, and the target drive parameters of each monochrome channel are determined based on the target illuminance of each monochrome channel, and the target drive parameters of each monochrome channel are configured to the luminaire.
  • control component includes: a first communication module, configured to acquire a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance samples a value-to-one correspondence; a processor, configured to fit a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels to obtain a fitting result, and determine and each based on the fitting result a mapping relationship between the driving parameters and the illuminance corresponding to the monochrome channel, and determining a target driving parameter corresponding to the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels based on the mapping relationship; and a second communication module for each single The target drive parameters of the color channel are configured for the luminaire.
  • a first communication module configured to acquire a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, wherein the pluralit
  • the luminaire control device further includes: a light shielding component, the light shielding space inside the light shielding component is used for setting the luminaire, and the luminaire is configured to receive the plurality of driving parameter sampling values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, and the plurality of driving parameter sampling values Each drive parameter sample value is used to drive each of the monochrome channels; and the measurement component is disposed in the light-shielding space and connected to the control component for sampling each of the drive parameter values for each of the monochrome channels When driving, measuring a current illuminance value of each monochrome channel, and using the current illuminance value as an illuminance sampling value corresponding to each driving parameter sample value, wherein the first communication module is further configured to acquire the measured component and the measured component The illuminance sample value corresponding to each drive parameter sample value of each monochrome channel.
  • the first communication module is further configured to acquire, when each driving parameter sample value is driven for each monochrome channel, a plurality of current color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels under the plurality of driving parameter sample values; and processing The device is also used to average a plurality of current color coordinates, obtain an average of a plurality of current color coordinates, and use the average value as the color coordinates of each monochrome channel.
  • the fitting result is a result obtained by a linear fitting method or a result obtained by an interpolation method.
  • control unit determines the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels based on the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels by generating color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels as vertices in the preset color coordinate space.
  • the color mixing area determining whether the target color coordinate is in the color mixing area; if it is determined that the target color coordinate is in the color mixing area, determining the illumination of each monochrome channel based on the positional relationship between the target color coordinate and the color coordinate of each monochrome channel Ratio; calculate the product of the total illuminance of the emitted light and the illuminance ratio; and use the product as the target illuminance for each monochromatic channel.
  • the target color coordinate includes a plurality
  • the control component is further configured to acquire each target color coordinate of the plurality of target color coordinates, and determine each target based on each target color coordinate and color coordinates of each monochrome channel.
  • a target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the color coordinates and determining a target of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates based on the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates
  • Driving parameters and storing target driving parameters of each monochrome channel corresponding to each target color coordinate into the data table, and target driving parameters of each monochrome channel corresponding to each target color coordinate
  • the form of the data sheet is configured for the luminaire.
  • control component is a cloud server.
  • the luminaire control device further includes: a detecting component disposed in the opaque space for detecting an ambient temperature in the opaque space; and an adjusting component for adjusting an ambient temperature in the opaque space, wherein the control component is connected to the detecting component Between the adjusting component and the adjusting component, the detected ambient temperature is controlled, and the operating state of the adjusting component is controlled according to the detected ambient temperature.
  • the detecting component comprises: a thermocouple for setting on the first side of the light source panel of the luminaire, and collecting the temperature of the luminaire, wherein the LED chip is disposed on the first side
  • the adjusting component comprises: cooling or manufacturing a heat device for being disposed on the second side of the light source panel and performing a cooling process or a heat treatment on the luminaire, wherein the control component is connected between the thermocouple and the refrigerating or heating device for acquiring the collected temperature And according to the collected temperature, the refrigeration or heating device is controlled to perform cooling treatment or heat treatment on the lamps.
  • a lamp control system wherein the lamp control system is a configuration system of lamp driving parameters, configured to configure corresponding driving parameters for each of the plurality of lamps, each of the plurality of lamps A plurality of monochromatic channels, and the emitted light of each of the lamps is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels, including: a light shielding member in the lamp control device, wherein the light shielding member includes a plurality of The component is in one-to-one correspondence with the luminaire; the measuring component in the luminaire control device, wherein the measuring component comprises a plurality of measuring components and the light shielding component are in one-to-one correspondence; and the control component in the luminaire control device is used for the plurality of Each luminaire in the luminaire is configured with corresponding drive parameters.
  • the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels of the luminaire are obtained, the driving parameters of each monochromatic channel of the luminaire are calculated according to the color coordinates of each monochromatic channel, and the luminaire is controlled according to the driving parameter. Adjustment.
  • the invention solves the problem that the driving parameter configuration precision and the efficiency of the lamp in the prior art are low, and achieves the technical effect of improving the precision of the lamp driving parameter configuration and improving the control efficiency of the lamp.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of drawing auxiliary points in a color gamut according to the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a light color index corresponding to a color point according to the prior art
  • FIG. 3 is a flow chart of a method of controlling a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a flow chart of a method of driving a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a color space and color coordinates according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram showing a fitting result between a driving parameter of a monochrome channel and a target illuminance according to the first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a fitting result between a driving parameter of a monochrome channel and a target illuminance according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a flow chart of a statistical method of light color parameters according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic illustration of a common color gamut range of different luminaires in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart of a method of obtaining a common color gamut range of different luminaires in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of determining whether each of the monochrome channels of a luminaire is qualified by using a chi-square test according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 12 is a flow chart of a method of adjusting a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic illustration of a gamut of a luminaire in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic illustration of a luminaire control apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic illustration of a driving device of a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of a statistical device for light color parameters according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of a statistical device for light color parameters in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic illustration of a luminaire adjusting device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a configuration apparatus of a lamp driving parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic illustration of a light fixture in accordance with a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic illustration of a luminaire in accordance with a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic illustration of the structure of a control unit in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a configuration apparatus of a preferred lamp driving parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic illustration of the structure of a measuring component in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic illustration of an alternative color space and color coordinates in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 26 is a schematic diagram showing a linear method fitting result of a driving parameter sample value and an illuminance sampling value according to the first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram showing an interpolation result of an interpolation of a driving parameter sample value and an illuminance sampling value according to a second embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of another preferred luminaire drive parameter configuration apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • thermocouple 29 is a schematic diagram of a combined structure using a thermocouple and a refrigerating or heating device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic illustration of a separate structure employing a thermocouple and a refrigerating or heating device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a luminaire control system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a luminaire control method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the luminaire control method includes:
  • Step S302 obtaining color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire.
  • Step S304 obtaining driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the lamp according to the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the lamp.
  • Step S306 the luminaire is controlled according to the driving parameters.
  • the lamp control method of the embodiment obtains the driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the lamp by using the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the lamp, and controls the lamp according to the driving parameter, thereby solving the problem that the driving parameter configuration precision and efficiency of the lamp in the prior art are low. In turn, the technical effect of improving the control efficiency of the lamp and improving the accuracy of the configuration parameters of the lamp driving is achieved.
  • the luminaire control method of this embodiment is a driving method of the luminaire
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a driving method of the luminaire according to the embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the driving method of the luminaire includes:
  • S402 Acquire color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire comprises a plurality of monochrome channels, and the emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochrome channels;
  • S404 Obtain a target illuminance of each channel according to a target color coordinate of the emitted light and a color coordinate of each channel;
  • S408 Drive each channel by using the acquired driving parameters of each channel.
  • one of the problems to be solved by embodiments of the present invention is to provide a method for facilitating the overall output of the luminaire by driving each of the luminaires including a plurality of monochromatic channels.
  • the light color or the color coordinate of the emitted light is adjusted, and the color coordinates of the outgoing light can be accurately returned to a certain target value by precise control of the driving parameters of each channel.
  • a solution known to the inventors is to use a recursive method to constantly adjust the driving parameters of each channel according to the feedback of the color coordinates of the outgoing light until the color coordinates of the outgoing light reach a certain level. Up to the allowable range near the target color coordinates. However, in this way, it usually takes a long time to wait for the end of the repetitive adjustment process, and in some scenarios, the drive parameters obtained by feedback adjustment may not converge, that is, the color of the emitted light may occur.
  • the coordinates revolve around the target color coordinates that need to be reached, but cannot always fall within the above allowable range.
  • the color coordinates of each monochromatic channel in the luminaire are measured first, and then the chromaticity principle is used to calculate each of the required light for the illuminating light of the luminaire to reach the target color coordinate.
  • the target illuminance of each channel and then use the driving model established for each monochrome channel, that is, the correspondence between the driving parameters of each channel and the target illuminance to match the driving parameters required for each channel, and then Each of these channels can be driven separately using these drive parameters to complete the drive of the luminaire and to achieve the target color coordinates of the luminaire as a whole.
  • the control of each channel and its driving parameters based on the target color coordinates is open-loop, thereby eliminating the process of feedback adjustment, which can speed up the adjustment speed and improve the adjustment efficiency, thereby solving the existing The solution takes longer to adjust the luminaire with multiple different color channels.
  • the calibration of the luminaire can also be completed in a similar manner, that is, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameters acquired based on the target color coordinate into the data table,
  • the mapping relationship between the target color coordinates and the driving parameters is calibrated before the lamp is shipped, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can be quickly utilized in the actual use process by using the pre-stored data table.
  • the query obtains the driving parameters of each channel that match the target color coordinates that it needs to achieve, thereby achieving the effect of further accelerating the adjustment speed of the light emitted by the luminaire, and reducing the computing power of the controller of the luminaire. Claim.
  • step S402 the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels may be acquired, wherein the luminaire includes the plurality of monochrome channels. And the emitted light of the luminaire includes a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochrome channels.
  • the human eye's visual system has photoreceptors, ie, cones, for the short (420-440 nm), medium (530-540 nm), and long (560-580 nm) bands, so for a certain luminaire,
  • the color that the emitted light is recognized by the human eye can be described based on the stimulation ratio of the three cones.
  • three main colors can be defined first, and then the color superimposition model is used to adjust the respective outputs of the three colors, so that various colors can be expressed by superimposing the three colors.
  • a luminaire having a plurality of monochromatic channels as a whole can express light colors other than the color of the monochromatic channel itself by superposition of light of a plurality of channels, for example, the plurality of monochromatic channels can include : red light channel, green light channel and blue light channel, however, the invention is not limited thereto, and the combination of two or more single color channels of other colors can achieve the effect of combining different light colors, which does not affect the present invention.
  • the implementation of the technical solutions and the realization of the technical effects thereof, and similar embodiments are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • color coordinates may be used to describe the color of the light emitted by the luminaire and each of the monochromatic channels.
  • the color coordinates are in the form of parameter values.
  • An expression of color Generally, the color coordinates can be located in the color space, and the coordinate values can generally be used to describe the degree of stimulation of a certain color to different cones of the human eye, or tristimulus values.
  • the three main colors defined are similar to red, green, and blue, and thus some other color can be expressed as a combination of the three colors to achieve The same stimulating effect on the human eye, in which the respective components of the three colors can be used as the coordinate values X, Y and Z in the color space.
  • the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels in the luminaire may be first measured through step S402.
  • the color coordinates may be measured using a colorimeter.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of color space and color coordinates according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 5 illustrates an optional color of each channel in a luminaire including three monochromatic channels of red, green, and blue.
  • the measurement result of the coordinates may represent a coordinate system in which the color space is located, wherein the abscissa x may represent the proportion of one of the three colors, and the ordinate y may represent the proportion of the other.
  • the region 502 identified by the dashed line in FIG. 5 may represent the color gamut of the CIE 1931, which may be considered a collection of colors that can be recognized by the human eye, and each coordinate point in the color gamut 502 can be expressed.
  • the area 504 identified by the solid line in Figure 5 may represent the tunable domain of the luminaire, i.e., by adjusting the drive parameters of each of the three monochromatic channels included in the luminaire. a set of colors of the emitted light of the luminaire as a whole.
  • the three vertices Pr, Pg, and Pb of the color gamut 504 respectively represent color coordinate points of the three monochrome channels, wherein Pr can be measured by a colorimeter.
  • the color coordinate point of the red light channel, Pg may be the color coordinate point of the green light channel measured by the colorimeter, and Pb may be the color coordinate point of the blue light channel measured by the colorimeter.
  • any color located in the above-mentioned colorable field 504 can be superimposed, for example, white indicated by the color coordinate point Pw in FIG. .
  • step S404 the target illuminance of each channel can be obtained according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light of the luminaire and the color coordinates of each channel.
  • the illuminance corresponding to each of the plurality of monochrome channels can represent the light output ratio of each channel, and then the superposition of the output light at different ratios through the respective monochrome channels. Then, you can combine the desired color or the color coordinates of the light emitted by the luminaire. More specifically, as an optional manner, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing step S404 may include:
  • step S406 the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel may be acquired, and then the acquired each channel may be used through step S408.
  • the drive parameters drive each channel.
  • the drive parameter may represent a physical parameter for driving each channel in the luminaire and acting as an adjustment to the illuminance of each channel, for example, in some embodiments of the invention
  • the driving parameter may be a voltage amplitude of a voltage signal as an analog quantity, and in other embodiments, the driving parameter may also be a duty ratio of a pulse width modulation PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) signal as a digital quantity.
  • PWM Pulse Width Modulation
  • the driving parameter can generally correspond to the output of the driving circuit of the luminaire, but the invention does not limit this.
  • the drive parameter may be acquired based on a pre-established drive model for each monochrome channel.
  • the foregoing step S406 may include:
  • S12 Acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel according to the correspondence.
  • the sampled values of the plurality of sets of driving parameters measured in advance may be first matched with the illuminance sampled values, and then the single point is determined according to the result of the fitting.
  • the correspondence between the driving parameters of the color channel and the target illuminance In the simplest case, for a luminaire with high linearity between driving parameters and illuminance, such as a voltage signal below a certain voltage threshold or a PWM signal controlled below a certain frequency threshold, a Light Emitting Diode (LED)
  • the above fitting process can be performed by linear fitting.
  • this is not the only embodiment of the present invention.
  • other fitting methods may be used to obtain a correspondence between more complex driving parameters and target illuminance. Not limited.
  • step S8 may specifically include:
  • step S10 may specifically include:
  • step S12 may specifically include:
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram showing the fitting result between the driving parameters of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance according to the first embodiment of the present invention, taking the fitting result shown in FIG. 6 as an example.
  • the black solid dot may represent a sampling point
  • the abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios
  • the ordinate value of the sampling point may be
  • the illuminance sample value that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles. It can be seen from Fig.
  • the linearity between the driving parameters and the illuminance is better for the monochrome channel, so it can be fitted by the fitting method of linear fitting, and the fitting result can be It is a straight line 602 shown in FIG.
  • the constant coefficient p may be the slope of the straight line 602
  • the constant coefficient E 0 may be approximately zero, that is, the duty ratio as the driving parameter is substantially proportional to the target illuminance.
  • step S8 may include:
  • step S10 may specifically include:
  • E represents the target illuminance of each channel
  • c Representing the drive parameter of each channel
  • c 1 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 1 ⁇ c
  • c 2 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 2 >c
  • E 1 represents a plurality of illuminances
  • E 2 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 2 ;
  • step S12 may specifically include:
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a fitting result between a driving parameter and a target illuminance of a monochrome channel according to a second embodiment of the present invention, taking the fitting result shown in FIG. 7 as an example.
  • the black solid dot may represent a sampling point
  • the abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios
  • the ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles.
  • a plurality of sampling points are matched by using an interpolation method, and specifically, the processing method of the interpolation method can be regarded as using a connection.
  • a polyline of a plurality of sampling points to indicate a correspondence between a driving parameter of each channel and a target illuminance, that is, within a value interval between two adjacent sampling points, the correspondence may be connected by A line segment between two adjacent sampling points is represented.
  • the result of the fitting process performed by step S17 may be the polyline 702 connecting the plurality of sampling points in FIG. 7, and further between the driving parameters of the monochrome channel corresponding to the group of sampling points and the target illuminance.
  • the correspondence can be represented by the polyline 702.
  • the target illuminance E corresponding to any driving parameter c can represent for:
  • the required drive parameter c can be expressed as:
  • step S8 Two specific implementations of the fitting process described in step S8 are provided by the above two examples, however, it should be understood that the specific fitting processing method employed in the embodiments of the present invention is not limited to the above two.
  • other more complicated non-linear curve fitting processes such as cubic spline interpolation, etc.
  • other processing methods of neural networks or function approximation may also be employed. Implementation, etc., the invention is not limited thereto.
  • the foregoing method may further include:
  • step S402 may include:
  • S26 Acquire current color coordinates of each channel when driving each channel by using each driving parameter sampling value
  • S28 The average value of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of driving parameter sample values is used as the color coordinate of each channel.
  • the color of the monochrome channel under the sampling value of each driving parameter may be compared while the driving parameter is scanned to calibrate the correspondence between the driving parameter of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance.
  • the coordinates are measured, and the average of the measured plurality of color coordinates can be used as the color coordinates of the monochrome channel described in step S402.
  • interference factors from the inside or outside of the colorimeter can be further eliminated, such as the influence of temperature on the measurement inaccuracy caused by the colorimeter, so as to achieve more color coordinates of the emitted light of the lamp. To drive the control accurately.
  • the calibration of the luminaire can also be accomplished in a similar manner.
  • the foregoing step S404 may include:
  • S32 acquire, according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel, a target illuminance of each channel corresponding to each of the channels;
  • the above step S406 may include:
  • the above step S408 may include:
  • the target color coordinate and the driving may be calibrated before the lamp is shipped, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameter obtained based on the target color coordinate into the data table.
  • the mapping relationship between the parameters, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can use the pre-stored data table to quickly query and obtain the target color coordinate to be achieved in the actual use process. Matching the drive parameters of each channel to achieve an effect of further speeding up the adjustment of the exit light of the luminaire and reducing the computational power requirements of the luminaire's controller.
  • the color of the monochrome channel is not limited to The three primary colors, for other monochrome channels, can still obtain the target illuminance of each channel by determining the gradable domain with its color coordinates as the vertices and combining the target color coordinates, in fact, even for only two For a single-channel luminaire, it is still possible to obtain various colors in the color coordinate space on the line segment vertices with the color coordinates of the two monochrome channels by adjusting the driving parameters thereof.
  • the luminaire control method of this embodiment is a statistical method of the light color parameter
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of the statistical method of the light color parameter according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the statistical method of the light color parameter may include the following Processing steps:
  • Step S802 respectively acquiring color coordinates of respective monochrome channels of each of the plurality of lamps and mean values and covariances of color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps;
  • Step S804 Determine whether each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the one or more lamps that are subjected to the scaling process meets the preset condition according to the mean value and the covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps.
  • Step S806 Determine a common color gamut range of the plurality of lamps according to color coordinates of each of the plurality of lamps corresponding to the preset conditions.
  • the common gamut range of all the different luminaires is counted based on the color coordinates of the individual monochrome channels of the plurality of luminaires.
  • the common color gamut is the intersection of the gamuts of different luminaires. This ensures that the chromatic aberration of all the calibrated different luminaires that are illuminated at any reference color coordinate within the common color gamut cannot be recognized by the human eye.
  • the color coordinate of each monochromatic channel of each luminaire is the average of the multiple measurements of the color coordinates of the monochromatic channel of the luminaire.
  • step S802 respectively obtaining the mean and the covariance may include the following operations:
  • Step S1 setting the color coordinate of the i-th monochrome channel of the jth luminaire to Where T represents matrix transposition;
  • Step S2 Calculate the mean using the following formula: Where M represents the number of multiple luminaires;
  • Step S3 Calculate the covariance by the following formula:
  • the mean and covariance of the monochromatic channels can be used to evaluate the color of each monochromatic channel to find design flaws that improve chip selection and drive design.
  • Table 1 shows examples of color coordinate measurements for each channel of 15 RGBW (red, green, blue, white) four-channel LED luminaires. As shown in Table 1,
  • Rx and Ry represent the CIE 1931x coordinates and y coordinates of the red channel, respectively
  • Gx and Gy represent the CIE 1931x coordinates and y coordinates of the green channel, respectively
  • Bx and By represent the CIE 1931x coordinates and y of the blue channel, respectively.
  • the coordinates, Wx and Wy represent the CIE 1931x coordinates and y coordinates of the white channel, respectively; and the mean and covariance of each channel are calculated by calculation, and the results are as follows:
  • the mean value of the red channel is: (0.6959 0.3033)
  • the covariance of the red channel is:
  • the average value of the green channel is: (0.1956 0.7079),
  • the covariance of the green channel is:
  • the mean value of the blue channel is: (0.1408 0.0298)
  • the covariance of the blue channel is:
  • the mean value of the white channel is: (0.4367 0.4089),
  • the covariance of the white channel is:
  • determining the public color gamut range may include the following steps:
  • Step S4 determining a color gamut polygon of each luminaire according to color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each luminaire;
  • Step S5 obtaining, according to the value of n, the intersection of the common color gamut polygon of the n lamps and the color gamut polygon of the n+1th fixture as the common color gamut of the n+1 lamps, until the A common gamut range, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is equal to 1, the common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the gamut polygon of the first luminaire.
  • the common gamut range of all different luminaires can be counted.
  • 9 is a schematic illustration of a common color gamut range for different luminaires in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • the coordinate system used is the CIE 1931xy coordinate system.
  • A1A2A3 is the gamut triangle of the luminaire 1
  • B1B2B3 is the gamut triangle of the luminaire 2
  • C1C2C3 is the gamut triangle of the luminaire 3
  • the common color gamut is the intersection of the gamuts of different lamps, therefore, the grid shadow in Figure 9
  • the area is the common color gamut of the luminaire 1, the luminaire 2, and the luminaire 3. This ensures that the chromatic aberration of all the calibrated different luminaires that illuminate at any reference color coordinate within the common gamut is difficult to be recognized by the human eye.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow diagram of a method of obtaining a common color gamut range for different luminaires in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the method may include the following steps:
  • Step S1002 Obtain color coordinates of each monochrome channel of a single luminaire in the M luminaries, and determine a reference color coordinate set in the gamut polygon of each luminaire; the reference color coordinate in the preferred embodiment refers to the CIE1931xy coordinate system. Take a series of color coordinate points selected in a certain step size. The step size is determined by the human eye by two adjacent reference colors. For example, the steps of the x-axis and the y-axis can be taken as 0.002. Taking all grid points in the gamut triangle of the luminaire as reference color coordinate points;
  • Step S1004 taking the common color gamut as all the grid points in the gamut triangle of the first calibration luminaire, which is called the reference color coordinate set of the first luminaire;
  • Step S1006 selecting all the reference color coordinate points of the reference color coordinate set of the first luminaire that fall within the gamut triangle of the second luminaire, which are called the common color gamut of the two luminaires;
  • Step S1008 whether the number M of the determined lamps is greater than 2; if yes, proceed to step S1010; if not, go to step S1018;
  • Step S1012 selecting all the reference color coordinate points of the n color gamut in the common color gamut of the n luminaires, which are called the common color gamut of n+1 luminaries;
  • Step S1016 determining whether the value of n is the same as the value of M; if yes, proceeding to step S1018; if not, proceeding to step S1012;
  • Step S1018 Obtain the public color gamut of the M lamps, and the process ends.
  • step S804 according to the mean value and the covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps, it is determined whether the corresponding respective monochrome channels of the one or more lamps that are subjected to the scaling process are in compliance with the preset.
  • Conditions can include the following:
  • Step S6 acquiring color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the jth luminaire, and setting
  • Step S7 Calculate the statistic according to the following formula:
  • Step S8 Will Compare with the preset threshold T, if If it is greater than T, it means The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold determined according to a preset confidence level.
  • the mean value of the color coordinates of each of the monochromatic channels of the N lamps of the same type that have been counted (denoted as Where subscript i denotes the i-th monochrome channel) and covariance (denoted as ), it can be judged whether the N+1, ..., the subsequent calibration of each of the M luminaires is qualified, that is, whether it is significantly different from the known statistical law.
  • a chi-square test in a hypothesis test can be employed.
  • the specific implementation process is as follows:
  • the statistic t is compared with a preset threshold T to determine whether the following formula holds:
  • the preset threshold T may be derived from the cumulative distribution function of the chi-square distribution according to a preset confidence degree, or may be obtained by querying a standard chi-square distribution table.
  • N is the number of luminaire samples that need to be statistically mean and covariance. That is, the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of 1 to N lamps are first counted in the test. According to the statistical mean and covariance, it is determined whether N to M lamps are qualified.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic illustration of the determination of the eligibility of individual monochromatic channels of a luminaire using a chi-square test in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • the four ellipses in the figure respectively represent the normal range of color coordinates of the four monochrome channels within a preset confidence level (corresponding to the preset reliability of the chi-square test). Dots represent their respective mean values, while square points represent measured color coordinates. If the square point falls within the ellipse, the corresponding channel is qualified; otherwise, if the square point does not fall within the ellipse, the channel is unqualified. In the case shown in Fig. 11, all of the RGB channels are qualified; however, the W channel fails the detection.
  • step S804 after determining whether the corresponding respective monochrome channels of the one or more luminaires that perform the scaling process after the statistic is processed meet the preset condition, the following steps may be further included:
  • Step S9 In the process of acquiring the public color gamut range, the gamut gamut polygon of the luminaire that is determined not to meet the preset condition is not acquired.
  • the above method can also be used to determine whether to calculate the common gamut range of all luminaires that have been detected.
  • the gamut of a particular fixture needs to be taken into account. If a particular monochromatic channel of a luminaire is significantly different from known statistical laws, then the gamut of the luminaire should not be considered when calculating the common gamut range to avoid gamuts for fewer non-compliant luminaires.
  • the public color gamut range of most of the lamps that meet the production requirements is too conservative, because the color gamut of the luminaire and the known common color gamut are mixed, and many common colores are lost. A point within the domain that is not within the gamut of the fixture. In this case, the luminaire should be eliminated or repaired, or the gamut range should be marked separately, but the luminaire is not guaranteed to be identical to other luminaires.
  • the luminaire control method of this embodiment is a luminaire adjustment method.
  • the lamp adjusting method of the embodiment of the invention can adjust parameters such as luminous flux and power consumption of the lamp.
  • the human eye's visual system has photoreceptors, ie, cones, for the short (420-440 nm), medium (530-540 nm), and long (560-580 nm) bands, so for a certain luminaire,
  • the color that the emitted light is recognized by the human eye can be described based on the stimulation ratio of the three cones.
  • three main colors can be defined first, and then the color superimposition model is used to adjust the respective outputs of the three colors, so that various colors can be expressed by superimposing the three colors.
  • a luminaire having a plurality of monochromatic channels as a whole can express light colors other than the color of the monochromatic channel itself by superposition of light of a plurality of channels, for example, the plurality of monochromatic channels can include
  • the red light channel, the green light channel and the blue light channel are not limited in the present invention, and the combination of two or more monochrome channels of other colors can achieve the effect of combining different light colors. This does not affect the implementation of the technical solutions of the present invention and the implementation of the technical effects thereof, and similar embodiments are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • color coordinates may be used to describe the color of the light emitted by the luminaire and each of the monochromatic channels.
  • the color coordinates are in the form of parameter values.
  • An expression of color Generally, the color coordinates can be located in the color space, and the coordinate values can generally be used to describe the degree of stimulation of a certain color to different cones of the human eye, or tristimulus values.
  • the three main colors defined are similar to red, green, and blue, and thus some other color can be expressed as a combination of the three colors to achieve The same stimulating effect on the human eye, in which the respective components of the three colors can be used as the coordinate values X, Y and Z in the color space.
  • the luminaire adjustment method can be used in a tunable luminaire having at least three optical channels, that is, the luminaire has n different monochromatic optical channels (n ⁇ 3), and the target color is satisfied by adjusting the color coordinates of each optical channel. Coordinates, so that the color adjusted by the luminaire is the target color, but in order to make the light emitted by the luminaire meet the lighting requirements of the user, or for the purpose of energy saving, the luminaire can be further processed under the condition that the luminaire meets the target color. Adjustment, the method of adjusting the lamp comprises the following steps:
  • Step S1202 Acquire a first preset correspondence relationship between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the total luminous flux is the sum of the luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels.
  • Step S1204 Acquire a second preset correspondence relationship between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire as the target color.
  • the luminaire can be dimmed by PWM dimming mode, the luminaire is adjusted to the target color, and the luminaire can be adjusted to meet other preset conditions. Assuming that the luminaire has n different monochromatic channels, the tristimulus value XYZ of the mixed light output from the n channels of the luminaire satisfies the following linear superposition relationship:
  • X i Y i Z i is the CIE1931XYZ coordinate of the i-th channel
  • Y i represents the brightness in the chromaticity, and can also be expressed as the illuminance of the i-th channel in actual use.
  • X i Y i be the CIE1931xy color coordinate of the ith channel.
  • the coefficients ai and bi in the above formula are defined as follows
  • c i be the duty ratio of the PWM dimming signal of the i-th channel, that is, the driving parameter is c i
  • Y i p i c i
  • Y i represents the illuminance of the i-th optical channel
  • p i is a proportional coefficient between the PWM duty value and the illuminance of the i-th optical channel (the illuminance is proportional to the luminous flux actually generated by the i-th optical channel).
  • the luminous flux of the luminaire is proportional to its illuminance at any fixed target point.
  • the luminous flux of each optical channel is proportional to the illuminance of the channel at any fixed target point.
  • the luminous flux is proportional to the illuminance. Since the Y coordinate in the above CIE 1931 XYZ coordinates represents illuminance or brightness, and since the measurement of illuminance is much easier than measuring the luminous flux, the illuminance is used instead of the luminous flux to establish a formula for solving the driving parameters in the specification of the present invention.
  • the luminaire can be adjusted to the target color, that is, the second preset correspondence relationship is formula 6 and formula 7. It can be known from the above formula that the color of the luminaire can be adjusted to the target color by driving parameter c i , wherein the driving parameter c i is a variable.
  • the total illuminance of at least three optical channels is It can be seen that the total illuminance of at least three optical channels includes the driving parameter c i , and the illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire can be adjusted by obtaining the driving parameters, so that the total illuminance of the luminaire is proportional to the total luminous flux of the luminaire.
  • Step S1206 Acquire a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire.
  • each optical channel in the luminaire has its maximum luminous flux, that is, the upper limit of the luminous flux that can be achieved by each optical channel of the luminaire. Since the illuminance of the luminaire is proportional to the luminous flux, each optical channel is in one The illuminance that can be reached at a fixed target point cannot be greater than the maximum illuminance of the optical channel at this target point, expressed as Y i,max . Similarly, the maximum illuminance is proportional to the maximum luminous flux.
  • Step S1208 obtaining a range of driving parameters. Since the driving parameter c i is the PWM duty ratio of the i-th channel, the PWM duty ratio ranges between 0 and 1, that is, 0 ⁇ c i ⁇ 1.
  • Step S1210 According to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters, obtain driving parameter values that cause the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition.
  • the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters have a certain correspondence with the driving parameters, and therefore, according to the first preset
  • the equations consisting of the formula of the maximum luminous flux and the range of driving parameters for each optical channel are used to solve the driving parameter values.
  • step S1212 the luminaire is adjusted by using the driving parameter value. After the driving parameters are obtained, the driving parameters are substituted into the above equations to determine the parameters of the lamps, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the lamps.
  • the process of adjusting the parameters of the luminaire in the process of adjusting the parameters of the luminaire, it is not necessary to manually draw the auxiliary points in the gamut of the light source on the CIE1931 chromaticity diagram to find the parameters of the tuned lamp, and the optical channel of the luminaire is not more than four.
  • the inability to find the reversible matrix can not adjust the parameters of the luminaire.
  • the constraints on the driving parameters that need to be adjusted are satisfied, and the driving parameters can be solved to achieve the purpose of adjusting the luminaire, thereby solving the prior art.
  • the problem of inconvenient adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable luminaire is achieved, and the effect of adjusting the luminaire is achieved.
  • the performance of the luminous flux and power consumption of the luminaire can be adjusted under the condition that the target color is satisfied.
  • the following three adjustment schemes are provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the solution can adjust the total luminous flux or the total illuminance of the luminaire output to the maximum, that is, the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire to reach a maximum value:
  • the illuminance of the luminaire at any fixed target point in space also reaches its maximum.
  • the formula for maximum illuminance can be expressed as The maximum value of the total illuminance is an expression containing the variable of the driving parameter c i . It should be understood that the drive parameter c i that maximizes the illuminance can also maximize the total luminous flux of the luminaire.
  • the first driving parameter value is obtained according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter, where the first The drive parameter value drives the luminaire such that the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels.
  • the driving parameter value is solved by collecting the total illuminance outputted by the luminaire. Since the illuminance has a proportional relationship with the luminous flux, the driving parameter value solved according to the luminous flux can also be solved by the illuminance.
  • the drive parameters can be obtained by solving the following set of methods:
  • Equation 9 and Equation 10 can constrain the output color of the luminaire to the target color, that is, as the second preset correspondence; Equation 8 can optimize the total illuminance of the luminaire output to the maximum value, that is, as the first preset corresponding Relationship 11; Equation 11 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel. Equation 12 can constrain the driving parameter, that is, the duty cycle of the PWM dimming signal to be between 0 and 1.
  • the driving parameter c i solved by the formula 8 to the formula 12 is the first driving parameter value, and the first driving parameter value enables the total illumination of the luminaire to be the largest when the luminaire meets the target color, according to the ratio of the illuminance to the luminous flux.
  • the relationship shows that the total luminous flux output is the largest.
  • the first driving parameter value that maximizes the total luminous flux outputted by the luminaire can be solved under the condition of knowing the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the luminaire is adjusted by the first driving parameter value.
  • the invention solves the problem that the adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable lamp is inconvenient in the prior art, thereby achieving the effect of facilitating the adjustment of the lamp.
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire is adjusted to be less than or equal to the maximum power consumption of the luminaire based on the maximum total luminous flux or total illuminance of the adjusted output of the first scheme.
  • the luminaire has a design power consumption during the manufacturing process, that is, the luminaire can work normally when the power consumption is lower than the design power. When the power consumption is higher than the design power, the luminaire may burn and cause damage, and the design power consumption is the maximum. Power consumption, here expressed by P max .
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire is obtained, wherein the actual power consumption is the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color.
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire can be obtained by measuring the actual power consumption of each optical channel in the luminaire, that is, the actual power consumption of the luminaire is the sum of the actual power consumption of each optical channel in the luminaire, the ith light
  • the actual power consumption of the channel is P i,max c i
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire is
  • Equations 14 and 15 enable the output color of the luminaire to be the target color
  • Equation 13 can constrain the total illuminance of the luminaire output to a maximum value
  • Equation 16 can constrain the power consumption of multiple optical channels of the luminaire to be less than or equal to the luminaire.
  • the maximum power consumption, Equation 17 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel.
  • Equation 18 can constrain the driving parameter to be between 0 and 1.
  • the driving parameter c i solved by Equations 13 to 18 is the second driving parameter value, and the second driving parameter value enables the luminaire to output the total illuminance and the total luminous flux to the maximum when the target color is satisfied.
  • the driving parameters can be solved under the condition that the maximum illuminance and the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel are determined, and the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the luminaire is adjusted by the driving parameters, so that the actual luminaire is When the power is less than or equal to the maximum power, the total illumination and the total luminous flux output by the lamp are maximized, thereby solving the problem that the adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable lamp is inconvenient in the prior art, thereby achieving the effect of facilitating the adjustment of the lamp.
  • the embodiment in order to ensure that the color of the output of the lamp is the target color, not only the luminous flux of the lamp can meet the lighting requirements of the user, but also the total power consumption of the lamp can be minimized to achieve the purpose of energy saving, and the embodiment can also pass the The method of adjusting the luminaire:
  • the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire for the target color is obtained.
  • the actual power consumption is the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color
  • the third preset correspondence relationship satisfies the luminaire as the target color.
  • the actual power consumption is the minimum.
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire is The minimum actual power consumption is
  • the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux
  • the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i
  • the range of drive parameters yields a third drive parameter value, wherein the luminaire is driven with the third drive parameter value such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux.
  • the third preset correspondence and the range of the driving parameters obtain a third driving parameter value, wherein the third driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum value and the total illuminance is greater than or equal to the minimum target illuminance.
  • Equation 19 enables the actual power consumption of the luminaire to be the minimum, ie the third preset correspondence; Equation 20 and Equation 21 enable the output color of the luminaire to be the target color, and Equation 22 can constrain multiple luminaires
  • the sum of the illuminances of the optical channels is greater than or equal to the minimum target illuminance of the luminaire, that is, the first preset correspondence; Equation 23 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel, and Equation 24 can constrain the driving parameters.
  • the duty ratio of the PWM dimming signal is between 0 and 1.
  • the driving parameter c i solved by the formula 19 to the formula 24 is the third driving parameter value, and the third driving parameter value enables the luminaire to not only minimize the total power consumption of the luminaire, but also minimize the total power consumption of the luminaire. At the same time, the amount of light emitted by the luminaire is sufficient, that is, the total illuminance of the output is greater than or equal to the minimum illuminance of the luminaire.
  • the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire can be determined, and when the actual luminous flux of the luminaire is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire, the driving parameter when the optical power consumption of the luminaire is the minimum value is solved, that is, the minimum target of the luminaire is determined.
  • the illuminance, and when the actual illuminance of the luminaire is greater than or equal to the minimum illuminance of the luminaire, the driving parameters for solving the luminaire's optical power consumption are at a minimum, and the luminaire is adjusted by the driving parameters so that the luminous flux of the luminaire satisfies the normal illumination condition. The total power consumption of the luminaire output is minimized.
  • the adjustment parameters of the luminaire can be provided, and the driving parameters of the luminaire can be solved, and the illuminating parameters can be adjusted by using the obtained driving parameters, thereby solving the problem.
  • the problem of adjusting the parameters of the adjustable luminaire is inconvenient, and the effect of adjusting the luminaire is achieved.
  • the above embodiment is also applicable to a luminaire having more than 4 optical channels, which avoids the fact that the matrix can be used to solve the driving parameters without an invertible matrix, which makes it impossible to adjust the luminaire.
  • the illuminating method further includes: acquiring an optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; and acquiring a fourth preset correspondence between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter,
  • the fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the fourth preset correspondence relationship, and the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel
  • the fourth driving parameter value is obtained, wherein the fourth driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire such that the illuminating flux of the luminaire is in a predetermined range, and the optical radiant flux is proportional to the driving parameter.
  • the above-mentioned luminous flux can be calculated by illuminance conversion, that is, the optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels is obtained; and the fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter is obtained, wherein The fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the fourth preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux and driving of each optical channel
  • the range of the parameter results in a fourth drive parameter value, wherein the luminaire is driven with the fourth drive parameter value such that the illuminant flux of the luminaire is within a predetermined range.
  • the method for adjusting the luminaire of the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the three methods of the first to the third embodiments, and the luminaire can be adjusted for the parameters of each optical channel. For example, limiting the range of optical radiation flux of a certain optical channel on the basis of the first scheme, or limiting the range of the output luminous flux of the white light on the basis of the second scheme, or limiting the power of an optical channel on the basis of the third scheme. Wait. After determining the constraint condition for the parameter of an optical channel, the constraint parameter and the equations of the corresponding solution are used to solve the value of the driving parameter, thereby adjusting the luminaire by using the value of the obtained driving parameter.
  • the luminous flux is proportional to the illuminance
  • the illuminance is proportional to the brightness. Therefore, by adjusting the driving parameters to adjust the luminous flux, the brightness and illuminance of the luminaire can be adjusted accordingly. Similarly, adjustments are needed in comparison with the brightness or brightness.
  • the above method can also be used to establish the relationship between the illuminance or the brightness and the luminous flux, so that the driving parameters can be solved to adjust the luminaire under the condition that a certain illuminance or brightness is satisfied.
  • the illuminance of the luminaire is constrained so that the illuminance of the luminaire is in the range a to b, and the constraint on the illuminance can be determined according to the correspondence between the illuminance and the luminous flux and the formula 10 in the first scheme.
  • Equation 8, Equation 9, and Equation 11, Equation 12 to solve the value of the drive parameter.
  • the driving parameters can be solved for different constraints by the method provided by the above embodiments of the present invention, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the luminaire, so that the luminaire can achieve different performances. While the above embodiments do not have all of the constraints that the luminaire can adjust, it should be understood that any method of adjusting the luminaire using the methods provided by embodiments of the present invention is within the spirit of the present invention.
  • optical parameters of the five channels are shown in Table 2, including CIE1931xy color coordinates, the maximum illumination of each channel Y i,max (lux), the maximum power consumption of each channel P i,max (W), the ratio of illumination and PWM of each channel. p i .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a gamut of a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention, the gamut of which is shown in FIG.
  • the color gamut is an area surrounded by a curve and a straight line
  • the black circle on the five vertices of the area surrounded by the irregular quadrilateral represents the color coordinate point of the five channels
  • the black circle in the middle of the quadrilateral represents the color of the white light. Coordinates, ie (0.4, 0.4).
  • Table 3 From top to bottom are the five optical channels of the luminaire.
  • the xy color coordinates of the target colors of the five optical channels are as shown in the first column (x i , y i ) in Table 3, and the PWM duty ratio is as shown in the table.
  • the total illumination illuminance Y of each optical channel is shown in the third column of Table 3.
  • the total output power consumption of each optical channel is shown in the fourth column of Table 3.
  • Table 3 is the result of the adjustment by the method of the first scheme, wherein when the luminaire is the target color, that is, when the xy color coordinate of the luminaire is the same as the xy color coordinate of the target color, the illuminance and the luminous flux output by each channel are maximized, thereby The illuminance of the luminaire output and the luminous flux are the largest.
  • the lamps are adjusted.
  • the results are shown in Table 4.
  • the luminaire is adjusted, that is, when the power consumption is not greater than a certain value, the total brightness of the luminaire output is maximized.
  • the results of the adjustment of the luminaire by the method of the second scheme are as follows.
  • the driving parameters are determined by the second scheme, and when the luminaire is adjusted by the determined driving parameters, the output power of each channel of the luminaire can be adjusted, thereby adjusting the total power output of the luminaire.
  • the lamps are adjusted.
  • the results are shown in Table 5.
  • the luminaire is adjusted, that is, when the total illuminance of the luminaire output satisfies a certain amount, the output power consumption of each optical channel is minimized. Assume that the total illuminance of each light channel output in the luminaire cannot be less than 500 lux.
  • each optical channel is not limited to 500 Lux by scheme 3, and the output power of the optical channel is minimized when the illuminance is greater than 500 lux, the limitation of scheme 3 is limited to each optical channel in Table 5.
  • the output illuminance is 500 lux, and compared with Table 3 and Table 4, the output power of each optical channel in Table 5 is correspondingly reduced, and the PWM value of each optical channel is correspondingly reduced.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a luminaire control device. It should be noted that the luminaire control device can be used to perform the luminaire control method of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the provided luminaire control device is implemented.
  • 14 is a schematic diagram of a luminaire control apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the luminaire control apparatus includes: a first acquisition total module 10 for acquiring color coordinates of a monochrome channel of a luminaire; and a second acquisition total module 20, for obtaining the driving parameter of the monochrome channel of the lamp according to the color coordinate of the monochrome channel of the lamp; and controlling the total module 30 for controlling the lamp according to the driving parameter.
  • the luminaire control device of the embodiment is a driving device of the luminaire, and the driving device of the illuminating device can be used to perform the driving method of the luminaire according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the driving method of the illuminating device according to the embodiment of the present invention can also be provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the luminaire's drive is implemented. 15 is a schematic diagram of a driving device of a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the driving device of the luminaire includes:
  • a first obtaining unit 1502 configured to acquire color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire includes the plurality of monochrome channels, and the emitted light of the luminaire is respectively sent by the plurality of monochrome channels Superposition of monochromatic light;
  • a second obtaining unit 1504 configured to obtain a target illuminance of each channel according to a target color coordinate of the emitted light and a color coordinate of each channel;
  • a third obtaining unit 1506, configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel
  • one of the problems to be solved by embodiments of the present invention is to provide a device for facilitating the overall output of the luminaire by driving each of the luminaires including a plurality of monochromatic channels.
  • the light color or the color coordinate of the emitted light is adjusted, and the color coordinates of the outgoing light can be accurately returned to a certain target value by precise control of the driving parameters of each channel.
  • a solution known to the inventors is to use a recursive method to constantly adjust the driving parameters of each channel according to the feedback of the color coordinates of the outgoing light until the color coordinates of the outgoing light reach a certain level. Up to the allowable range near the target color coordinates. However, in this way, it usually takes a long time to wait for the end of the repetitive adjustment process, and in some scenarios, the drive parameters obtained by feedback adjustment may not converge, that is, the color of the emitted light may occur.
  • the coordinates revolve around the target color coordinates that need to be reached, but cannot always fall within the above allowable range.
  • the color coordinates of each monochromatic channel in the luminaire are measured first, and then the chromaticity principle is used to calculate each of the required light for the illuminating light of the luminaire to reach the target color coordinate.
  • the target illuminance of each channel and then use the driving model established for each monochrome channel, that is, the correspondence between the driving parameters of each channel and the target illuminance to match the driving parameters required for each channel, and then Each of these channels can be driven separately using these drive parameters to complete the drive of the luminaire and to achieve the overall exit of the luminaire Target color coordinates.
  • the control of each channel and its driving parameters based on the target color coordinates is open-loop, thereby eliminating the process of feedback adjustment, which can speed up the adjustment speed and improve the adjustment efficiency, thereby solving the existing The solution takes longer to adjust the luminaire with multiple different color channels.
  • the calibration of the luminaire can also be completed in a similar manner, that is, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameters acquired based on the target color coordinate into the data table,
  • the mapping relationship between the target color coordinates and the driving parameters is calibrated before the lamp is shipped, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can be quickly utilized in the actual use process by using the pre-stored data table.
  • the query obtains the driving parameters of each channel that match the target color coordinates that it needs to achieve, thereby achieving the effect of further accelerating the adjustment speed of the light emitted by the luminaire, and reducing the computing power of the controller of the luminaire. Claim.
  • the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels can be acquired by the first acquiring unit 1502, wherein the luminaire includes the plurality of monochromes.
  • the channel, and the emitted light of the luminaire includes a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels.
  • the human eye's visual system has photoreceptors, ie, cones, for the short (420-440 nm), medium (530-540 nm), and long (560-580 nm) bands, so for a certain luminaire,
  • the color that the emitted light is recognized by the human eye can be described based on the stimulation ratio of the three cones.
  • three main colors can be defined first, and then the color superimposition model is used to adjust the respective outputs of the three colors, so that various colors can be expressed by superimposing the three colors.
  • a luminaire having a plurality of monochromatic channels as a whole can express light colors other than the color of the monochromatic channel itself by superposition of light of a plurality of channels, for example, the plurality of monochromatic channels can include : red light channel, green light channel and blue light channel, however, the invention is not limited thereto, and the combination of two or more single color channels of other colors can achieve the effect of combining different light colors, which does not affect the present invention.
  • the implementation of the technical solutions and the realization of the technical effects thereof, and similar embodiments are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • color coordinates may be used to describe the color of the light emitted by the luminaire and each of the monochromatic channels.
  • the color coordinates are in the form of parameter values.
  • An expression of color Generally, the color coordinates can be located in the color space, and the coordinate values can generally be used to describe the degree of stimulation of a certain color to different cones of the human eye, or tristimulus values.
  • the three main colors defined are similar to red, green, and blue, and thus some other color can be expressed as a combination of the three colors to achieve The same stimulating effect on the human eye, in which the respective components of the three colors can be used as the coordinate values X, Y and Z in the color space.
  • the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels in the luminaire may be first measured by the first obtaining unit 1502.
  • the color coordinates may be measured using a colorimeter.
  • Figure 5 shows a measurement of the color coordinates of each of the optional luminaires including three monochromatic channels of red, green, and blue.
  • the xy coordinate system shown in FIG. 5 may represent a coordinate system in which the color space is located, wherein the abscissa x may represent the proportion of one of the three colors, and the ordinate y may represent the proportion of the other. Then, the proportion of the remaining one color can be expressed by (1-xy).
  • the area 504 identified by the solid line in Figure 5 may represent the tunable domain of the luminaire, i.e., by adjusting the drive parameters of each of the three monochromatic channels included in the luminaire. a set of colors of the emitted light of the luminaire as a whole.
  • the three vertices Pr, Pg, and Pb of the color gamut 504 respectively represent color coordinate points of the three monochrome channels, wherein Pr can be measured by a colorimeter.
  • the color coordinate point of the red light channel, Pg may be the color coordinate point of the green light channel measured by the colorimeter, and Pb may be the color coordinate point of the blue light channel measured by the colorimeter.
  • any color located in the above-mentioned colorable field 504 can be superimposed, for example, white indicated by the color coordinate point Pw in FIG. .
  • the second illuminating unit 1504 can obtain the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light of the luminaire and the color coordinates of each channel.
  • the illuminance corresponding to each of the plurality of monochrome channels can represent the light output ratio of each channel, and then the superposition of the output light at different ratios through the respective monochrome channels. Then, you can combine the desired color or the color coordinates of the light emitted by the luminaire. More specifically, as an optional manner, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing second obtaining unit 1504 may include:
  • a generating module configured to generate a color mixing region with a color coordinate of each channel as a vertex in a preset color coordinate space
  • a fourth obtaining module configured to obtain an illuminance ratio of each channel according to a relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel when the target color coordinates are located in the color mixing region;
  • a second processing module for using the product of the sum of the illuminance of the outgoing light and the illuminance ratio of each channel as the target illuminance for each channel.
  • the driving parameter of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel can be acquired by the third acquiring unit 1506, and can be obtained by using the first driving unit 1508.
  • the drive parameters for each channel drive each channel.
  • the drive parameter may represent a physical parameter for driving each channel in the luminaire and acting as an adjustment to the illuminance of each channel, for example, in some embodiments of the invention
  • the driving parameter may be a voltage amplitude of the analog voltage signal, and in other embodiments, the driving parameter may also be a duty ratio of the digital PWM signal, etc., wherein the driving parameter is generally Corresponding to the output of the driving circuit of the luminaire, the present invention does not limit this.
  • the drive parameter may be acquired based on a pre-established drive model for each monochrome channel.
  • the third acquiring unit 1506 may include:
  • a fitting module configured to perform fitting processing on a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sampling values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values One-to-one correspondence;
  • a first obtaining module configured to acquire, according to a result of the fitting process, a correspondence between a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and a target illuminance
  • the second acquiring module is configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel according to the correspondence relationship.
  • the sampled values of the plurality of sets of driving parameters measured in advance may be first matched with the illuminance sampled values, and then the single point is determined according to the result of the fitting.
  • the correspondence between the driving parameters of the color channel and the target illuminance In the simplest case, for a luminaire with high linearity between driving parameters and illuminance, such as an LED illuminator controlled by a voltage signal below a certain voltage threshold or a PWM signal below a certain frequency threshold, the above fitting process may A linear fit is used. However, this is not the only embodiment of the present invention. For example, for a luminaire with poor linearity, other fitting methods may be used to obtain a correspondence between more complex driving parameters and target illuminance. Not limited.
  • the foregoing fitting module may specifically include:
  • the foregoing first obtaining module may specifically include:
  • the foregoing second obtaining module may specifically include:
  • the black solid dot may represent a sampling point
  • the abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios
  • the ordinate value of the sampling point may be
  • the illuminance sample value that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles.
  • the linearity between the driving parameters and the illuminance is better for the monochrome channel, so it can be fitted by the fitting method of linear fitting, and the fitting result can be It is a straight line 602 shown in FIG.
  • the constant coefficient p may be the slope of the straight line 602
  • the constant coefficient E 0 may be approximately zero, that is, the duty ratio as the driving parameter is substantially proportional to the target illuminance.
  • the foregoing fitting module may include:
  • the foregoing first obtaining module may specifically include:
  • the foregoing second obtaining module may specifically include:
  • the fourth processing sub-module is configured to obtain driving parameters of each channel according to the following calculation formula:
  • the black solid dot may represent a sampling point
  • the abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios
  • the ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles.
  • a plurality of sampling points are matched by using an interpolation method, and specifically, the processing method of the interpolation method can be regarded as using a connection.
  • the relationship, that is, within the value interval between two adjacent sampling points, the correspondence may be represented by a line segment connected between the adjacent two sampling points.
  • the result of the fitting process performed by the second fitting sub-module may be the folding line 702 connecting the plurality of sampling points in FIG. 7, and further the driving parameters of the monochrome channel corresponding to the group of sampling points and
  • the correspondence between the target illuminances can be represented by the broken line 702.
  • the target illuminance E corresponding to any driving parameter c can represent for:
  • the required drive parameter c can be expressed as:
  • the apparatus may further include:
  • a second driving unit configured to drive each channel by using each of the plurality of driving parameter sampling values
  • the fourth obtaining unit is configured to acquire the current illuminance of each channel as the illuminance sampling value corresponding to each driving parameter sample value when driving each channel by using each driving parameter sampling value.
  • the first obtaining unit 1502 may include:
  • a third obtaining module configured to acquire a current color coordinate of each channel when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sampling value
  • the first processing module is configured to use an average value of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of driving parameter sample values as the color coordinates of each channel.
  • the color of the monochrome channel under the sampling value of each driving parameter may be compared while the driving parameter is scanned to calibrate the correspondence between the driving parameter of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance.
  • the coordinates are measured, and the average of the measured plurality of color coordinates can be used as the color coordinates of the monochrome channel described in the first obtaining unit 1502.
  • interference factors from the inside or outside of the colorimeter can be further eliminated, such as the influence of temperature on the measurement inaccuracy caused by the colorimeter, so as to achieve more color coordinates of the emitted light of the lamp. To drive the control accurately.
  • the calibration of the luminaire can also be accomplished in a similar manner.
  • the second acquiring unit 1504 may include:
  • a fifth obtaining module configured to acquire, according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel, a target illuminance of each channel corresponding to each of the channels;
  • the third obtaining unit 1506 may include:
  • a third processing module configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel as driving parameters corresponding to each channel and each one, and record the obtained driving parameters in the data table;
  • the first driving unit 1508 may include:
  • the target color coordinate and the driving may be calibrated before the lamp is shipped, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameter obtained based on the target color coordinate into the data table.
  • the mapping relationship between the parameters, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can use the pre-stored data table to quickly query and obtain the target color coordinate to be achieved in the actual use process. Matching the drive parameters of each channel to achieve an effect of further speeding up the adjustment of the exit light of the luminaire and reducing the computational power requirements of the luminaire's controller.
  • the color of the monochrome channel is not limited to The three primary colors, for other monochrome channels, can still obtain the target illuminance of each channel by determining the gradable domain with its color coordinates as the vertices and combining the target color coordinates, in fact, even for only two For a single-channel luminaire, it is still possible to obtain various colors in the color coordinate space on the line segment vertices with the color coordinates of the two monochrome channels by adjusting the driving parameters thereof.
  • the luminaire control device of the embodiment is a statistical device for the light color parameter, and the statistic device of the light color parameter can be used to perform the statistical method of the light color parameter of the embodiment of the present invention, and the statistical method of the light color parameter of the embodiment of the present invention is also It can be performed by the statistical device of the light color parameter provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of a statistical device for a light color parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG.
  • the statistical device of the light color parameter may include: an obtaining module 1610, configured to respectively acquire each of the plurality of lamps The color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels and the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps; the determining module 1620 is configured to determine the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps Whether the corresponding respective monochrome channels of the one or more luminaires that are subjected to the calibration process subsequently meet the preset condition; the processing module 1630 is configured to: according to each of the plurality of luminaires, each of the plurality of luminaires that meets the preset condition The color coordinates determine the common color gamut range of multiple fixtures.
  • the device shown in FIG. 16 solves the problem that the related art lacks a technical solution capable of statistically analyzing the light color parameters of the same type of monochrome channel or multi-color channel luminaire, and thus can be different for the same model.
  • the light color parameters of the luminaire are statistically analyzed, and the quality of the tested luminaire is checked according to the statistical result, so that the luminaire whose quality does not meet the requirements is timely filtered.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a statistical device for light color parameters according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • the processing module 1630 may include a determining unit 16300 for each monochrome channel of each luminaire.
  • the color coordinate determines the gamut polygon of each luminaire;
  • the selecting unit 16302 is configured to obtain the intersection of the common color gamut polygon of the n luminaires and the gamut polygon of the n+1th luminaire according to the value of n from small to large.
  • n+1 the common color gamut of the luminaire until the common gamut range is obtained, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is equal to 1, the common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the first The gamut polygon of a fixture.
  • the determining module 1620 may include: a setting unit 16200, configured to acquire color coordinates of the ith monochrome channel of the jth luminaire, and set The calculating unit 16202 is configured to calculate a statistic according to the following formula: among them, Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted, The covariance of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel representing the N lamps, Express Inverse matrix, Obeying a chi-square distribution with a degree of freedom of 2; a comparison unit 16204 for Compare with the preset threshold T, if If it is greater than T, it means The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold determined according to a preset confidence level.
  • each monochromatic channel of the luminaire is statistically analyzed. That is, by counting the color coordinates of each monochrome channel of a plurality of lamps, the common color gamut range of all the different lamps is counted.
  • the common color gamut is the intersection of the gamuts of different luminaires. This ensures that the chromatic aberration of all the calibrated different luminaires that are illuminated at any reference color coordinate within the common color gamut cannot be recognized by the human eye.
  • a hypothesis test method can be used to determine whether each of the monochrome channels of the subsequently calibrated luminaire is qualified.
  • the luminaire control device of this embodiment is a luminaire adjustment device, and the luminaire adjustment device of the embodiment can be used to perform the luminaire adjustment method provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the luminaire adjustment device is provided for execution.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic illustration of a luminaire adjustment apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the luminaire adjusting device includes a first acquiring unit 1810, a second acquiring unit 1820, a third obtaining unit 1830, a fourth obtaining unit 1840, a solving unit 1850, and an adjusting unit 1860.
  • the first obtaining unit 1810 is configured to acquire a first preset correspondence between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the total luminous flux is the sum of the luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels.
  • the second obtaining unit 1820 is configured to acquire a second preset correspondence between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire to the target color.
  • the luminaire can be dimmed by PWM dimming mode, the luminaire is adjusted to the target color, and the luminaire can be adjusted to meet other preset conditions. Assuming that the luminaire has n different monochromatic channels, the tristimulus value XYZ of the mixed light output from the n channels of the luminaire satisfies the following linear superposition relationship:
  • X i Y i Z i is the CIE1931XYZ coordinate of the i-th channel
  • Y i represents the brightness in the chromaticity, and can also be expressed as the illuminance of the i-th channel in actual use.
  • X i Y i be the CIE1931xy color coordinate of the ith channel.
  • the coefficients ai and bi in the above formula are defined as follows
  • Y represents the illuminance of the i-th optical channel
  • p i is a proportional coefficient between the PWM duty value and the illuminance of the i-th optical channel (the illuminance is proportional to the luminous flux actually generated by the i-th optical channel).
  • the target reference color coordinate be (x r , y r ).
  • c i must satisfy the following equations:
  • the luminaire can be adjusted to the target color, that is, the second preset correspondence relationship is formula 6 and formula 7. It can be known from the above formula that the color of the luminaire can be adjusted to the target color by driving parameter c i , wherein the driving parameter c i is a variable.
  • the total illuminance of at least three optical channels is It can be seen that the total illuminance of at least three optical channels includes the driving parameter c i , and the illuminance and luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire can be adjusted by obtaining the driving parameters, so that the total illuminance of the luminaire is proportional to the total luminous flux of the luminaire. .
  • the third obtaining unit 1830 is configured to acquire the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire.
  • each optical channel in the luminaire has its maximum luminous flux, that is, the upper limit of the luminous flux that can be achieved by each optical channel of the luminaire. Since the illuminance of the luminaire is proportional to the luminous flux, each optical channel is in one The illuminance that can be reached at a fixed target point cannot be greater than the maximum illuminance of the optical channel at this target point, expressed as Y i,max . Similarly, the maximum illuminance is proportional to the maximum luminous flux.
  • the fourth obtaining unit 1840 is configured to acquire a range of driving parameters. Since the driving parameter c i is the PWM duty ratio of the i-th channel, the PWM duty ratio ranges between 0 and 1, that is, 0 ⁇ c i ⁇ 1.
  • the solving unit 1850 is configured to obtain a driving parameter value that causes the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters.
  • the target color, the total luminous flux or the total illuminance and the maximum optical channel or maximum illuminance of each optical channel can be obtained by the driving parameters, and therefore, by the target color, the total luminous flux or the total illuminance and the maximum of each optical channel.
  • the value of the drive parameter can be solved by the optical channel or the maximum illumination and the range of the drive parameters, that is, the value of the drive parameter can be obtained by solving the equations of the above multiple parameters.
  • the adjustment unit 1860 is for adjusting the luminaire with the driving parameters. After the driving parameters are obtained, the driving parameters are substituted into the above equations to determine the parameters of the lamps, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the lamps.
  • the optical channel of the luminaire is not more than four.
  • the constraint condition of the driving parameters that need to be adjusted and the driving parameters can be solved to achieve the purpose of adjusting the luminaire, thereby solving the problem that the adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable luminaire is inconvenient in the prior art, and the effect of adjusting the luminaire is achieved. .
  • the performance of the luminous flux and power consumption of the luminaire can be adjusted under the condition that the target color is satisfied.
  • the following three adjustment schemes are provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first preset correspondence in the solution satisfies the total luminous flux or the total illuminance of the luminaire as a maximum value, that is, the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value
  • the solution unit includes:
  • the illuminance of the luminaire at any fixed target point in space also reaches its maximum.
  • the formula for maximum illuminance can be expressed as The maximum value of the total illuminance is an expression containing the variable of the driving parameter c i . It should be understood that the drive parameter c i that maximizes the illuminance can also maximize the total luminous flux of the luminaire.
  • a first solving module configured to obtain a first driving parameter value according to a first preset correspondence relationship, a second preset correspondence relationship, and a range of driving parameters when an actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to a maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i
  • the driving parameter value is solved by collecting the total illuminance outputted by the luminaire. Since the illuminance has a proportional relationship with the luminous flux, the driving parameter value solved according to the luminous flux can also be solved by the illuminance.
  • the driving parameters can be obtained by solving the group consisting of the formula 8 and the formula 12, wherein the formula 8 to the formula 12 and the formula 8 in the embodiment of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention are Equation 12 corresponds to the same and will not be described here:
  • Equation 9 and Equation 10 can constrain the output color of the luminaire to the target color, ie as the second preset correspondence; Equation 8 can optimize the total illuminance or total luminous flux output of the luminaire to the maximum value, ie as the first Preset correspondence; Equation 11 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel. Equation 12 can constrain the driving parameter, that is, the duty cycle of the PWM dimming signal is between 0 and 1. .
  • the driving parameter c i solved by the formula 8 to the formula 12 is the first driving parameter value, and the first driving parameter value enables the total illumination of the luminaire to be the largest when the luminaire meets the target color, according to the ratio of the illuminance to the luminous flux.
  • the relationship shows that the total luminous flux output is the largest.
  • the driving parameters of the total luminous flux output or the total illuminance of the luminaire output can be solved under the condition of knowing the maximum luminous flux or the maximum illuminance of each optical channel, and the driving parameters are used to enter the luminaire.
  • the line adjustment solves the problem that the adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable lamp is inconvenient in the prior art, thereby achieving the effect of facilitating the adjustment of the lamp.
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire is adjusted to be less than or equal to the maximum power consumption of the luminaire based on the maximum total luminous flux or total illuminance of the adjusted output of the first scheme.
  • the solution unit includes: a first acquisition module for acquiring maximum power consumption of the luminaire; and a second acquisition module for acquiring actual power consumption of the luminaire, wherein the actual power consumption is power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color.
  • the second solution module is configured to: when the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second pre- The range of correspondence and driving parameters is obtained to obtain the second driving parameter value to drive the luminaire to reach the target color, the actual power consumption does not exceed the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value.
  • the luminaire has a design power consumption during the manufacturing process, that is, the luminaire can work normally when the power consumption is lower than the design power. When the power consumption is higher than the design power, the luminaire may burn and cause damage, and the design power consumption is the maximum. Power consumption, here expressed by P max .
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire can be obtained by measuring the actual power consumption of each optical channel in the luminaire, that is, the actual power consumption of the luminaire is the sum of the actual power consumption of each optical channel in the luminaire, the ith light
  • the actual power consumption of the channel is P i,max c i
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire is
  • the driving parameters are solved by the equations of the formulas 13 to 18.
  • the formulas 13 to 18 are the same as the formulas 13 to 18 in the method embodiment provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and are not described herein again.
  • Equations 14 and 15 enable the output color of the luminaire to be the target color
  • Equation 13 can constrain the total illuminance of the luminaire output to a maximum value
  • Equation 16 can constrain the power consumption of multiple optical channels of the luminaire to be less than or equal to the luminaire.
  • the maximum power consumption, Equation 17 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel.
  • Equation 18 can constrain the driving parameter to be between 0 and 1.
  • the driving parameter c i solved by Equation 13 to Equation 18 is the second driving parameter value, and the second driving parameter value enables the luminaire to output the total illuminance and the total luminous flux to the maximum when the target color is satisfied.
  • the driving parameters can be solved under the condition that the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel is determined, and the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the luminaire is adjusted by the driving parameters so that the actual power in the luminaire is less than or equal to At the maximum power, the total illuminance and total luminous flux outputted by the luminaire are maximized, thereby solving the problem of inconvenient adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable luminaire in the prior art, thereby achieving the effect of facilitating adjustment of the luminaire.
  • the embodiment in order to ensure that the color of the output of the lamp is the target color, not only the luminous flux of the lamp can meet the lighting requirements of the user, but also the total power consumption of the lamp can be minimized to achieve the purpose of energy saving, and the embodiment can also pass the The device adjusts the luminaire:
  • the solution unit includes: a third acquisition module is configured to obtain a minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire; and a fourth acquisition module is configured to acquire a third preset correspondence relationship between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the actual power consumption is that the luminaire reaches the target color.
  • the sum of the power consumptions of the respective optical channels, the third preset correspondence satisfies the minimum value of the actual power consumption when the luminaire is the target color; the third solution module is used for the total luminous flux greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux, and the actual optical channel i
  • the third driving parameter value is obtained according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the third preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter, wherein the third driving is used.
  • the parameter values drive the luminaire such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux.
  • the actual power consumption of the luminaire is The minimum actual power consumption is
  • Equation 19 enables the total illuminance of the luminaire output to be a minimum
  • Equation 20 and Equation 21 enable the output color of the luminaire to be the target color
  • Equation 22 can constrain the sum of the illuminances of the multiple optical channels of the luminaire to be greater than or equal to
  • Equation 23 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel.
  • Equation 24 can constrain the driving parameter, that is, the duty cycle of the PWM dimming signal is between 0 and 1. .
  • the driving parameter c i solved by the formula 19 to the formula 24 is the third driving parameter value, and the third driving parameter value enables the luminaire to not only minimize the total power consumption of the luminaire, but also minimize the total power consumption of the luminaire. At the same time, the amount of light emitted by the luminaire is sufficient, that is, the total illuminance of the output is greater than or equal to the minimum illuminance of the luminaire.
  • the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire can be determined, and when the actual luminous flux of the luminaire is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire, the driving parameter when the optical power consumption of the luminaire is the minimum value is solved, that is, the minimum target of the luminaire is determined.
  • the illuminance, and when the actual illuminance of the luminaire is greater than or equal to the minimum illuminance of the luminaire, the driving parameters for solving the luminaire's optical power consumption are at a minimum, and the luminaire is adjusted by the driving parameters so that the luminous flux of the luminaire satisfies the normal illumination condition. The total power consumption of the luminaire output is minimized.
  • the adjustment parameters of the luminaire can be provided, and the driving parameters of the luminaire can be solved, and the illuminating parameters can be adjusted by using the obtained driving parameters, thereby solving the problem.
  • the problem of adjusting the parameters of the adjustable luminaire is inconvenient, and the effect of adjusting the luminaire is achieved.
  • the above embodiment is also applicable to a luminaire having more than 4 optical channels, which avoids the fact that the matrix can be used to solve the driving parameters without an invertible matrix, which makes it impossible to adjust the luminaire.
  • the apparatus further includes: a fifth acquiring unit, configured to acquire optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; and a sixth obtaining unit And a fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, where the fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence, the second a preset driving relationship, a fourth preset correspondence, a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and a range of driving parameters, to obtain a fourth driving parameter value, wherein the fourth driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire to make the illuminating flux of the luminaire In the predetermined range.
  • the above luminous flux can be calculated by illuminance conversion. That is, obtaining optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; acquiring a fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, wherein the fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux
  • the fourth driving parameter value is obtained according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the fourth preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters, where The luminaire is driven with a fourth drive parameter value such that the radiant flux of the luminaire is within a predetermined range.
  • the luminaire adjusting device of the embodiment of the invention is not limited to the first to the third embodiments, and the luminaire can be adjusted for the parameters of each optical channel. For example, limiting the range of optical radiation flux of a certain optical channel on the basis of the first scheme, or limiting the range of the output luminous flux of the white light on the basis of the second scheme, or limiting the power of an optical channel on the basis of the third scheme. Wait. After determining the constraints of the parameters for a certain optical channel, the values of the driving parameters are solved by combining the constraints and the equations of the corresponding schemes, thereby adjusting the luminaires by using the solved driving parameters.
  • the illuminance is proportional to the brightness. Therefore, adjusting the luminous flux by solving the driving parameter can also adjust the brightness and illuminance of the luminaire accordingly. Similarly, adjustment is needed in comparison with the brightness or brightness.
  • the above device can also be used to establish the relationship between the illuminance or the brightness and the luminous flux, so that the driving parameters can be solved to adjust the luminaire under the condition that a certain illuminance or brightness is satisfied.
  • the illuminance of the luminaire is constrained so that the illuminance of the luminaire is in the range a to b, and the constraint on the illuminance can be determined according to the correspondence between the illuminance and the luminous flux and the formula 10 in the first scheme.
  • Equation 8, Equation 9, and Equation 11, Equation 12 to solve the value of the drive parameter.
  • the driving parameters can be solved for different constraints by the device provided by the above embodiments of the present invention, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the luminaire, so that the luminaire can achieve different performances. While none of the above-described embodiments are exhaustive of all of the constraints that can be adjusted by the luminaire, it should be understood that any means for adjusting the luminaire using the apparatus provided by embodiments of the present invention is within the spirit of the present invention.
  • the luminaire control device of this embodiment is a configuration device for luminaire drive parameters, and the luminaire drive parameter configuration device is used for calibrating the luminaire.
  • the so-called calibration refers to determining a drive parameter that matches the target color coordinate of the LED luminaire.
  • the LED lamp can be toned, and the LED lamp can include various types of lamps such as a wall washer, a stage lamp, a bulb lamp, a spotlight, a downlight, a panel lamp, and a ceiling lamp.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a configuration apparatus of a lamp driving parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 19, the apparatus includes a control unit 1910.
  • Control component 1910 can be used to configure drive parameters for luminaire A.
  • the luminaire A may have a plurality of monochromatic channels, and the illuminating light of the luminaire A may be a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels.
  • 20 is a schematic view of a luminaire according to a first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 20, the luminaire A may include a total of seven components A1 to A7, wherein A1 to A7 are respectively a lampshade, an LED light source panel, a DC driver, and a process. , communication module, DC regulated power supply and lamp housing. Among them, the communication module of A can be responsible for communicating with the control component 1910.
  • Control component 1910 can include a desktop or notebook computer, and control component 1910 can be an all-in-one with a touch screen and a processor.
  • the control component 1910 and the lamp A can be wirelessly connected through WIFI, Bluetooth, ZigBee, infrared, 2.4G radio, etc., or can be wired through DMX512, 485, CAN, etc., or can directly be connected to the driver A3 of the lamp.
  • Signal input port is connected.
  • the purpose of the control component 1910 communicating with the luminaire may include:
  • control component 1910 can sequentially transmit the ratio of the PWM duty ratio or the amplitude of the analog dimming signal to each monochromatic channel of the luminaire according to the preset step size to control the illumination of each monochromatic channel of the luminaire.
  • control component 1910 sends the configured target drive parameters to the luminaire, and the luminaire can store the target drive parameters into the memory.
  • control component 1910 can program target drive parameters into the memory of the luminaire.
  • control component 1910 can be connected to the program data programming port of the processor in the luminaire, or in the case of WIFI, Bluetooth, etc. having the remote update firmware function, the control component 1910 can be based on the corresponding communication protocol and control command.
  • the target drive parameters are programmed into the memory of the luminaire.
  • the driving parameters may include a driving current, a driving voltage, a driving power, and the like.
  • the luminaire represented by the luminaire A shown in FIG. 20 is a luminaire that has been completely assembled, that is, the luminaire A shown in FIG. 20 may be a finished luminaire.
  • the lamp A can also be a lamp that only assembles some components, that is, the lamp A can be a semi-finished lamp.
  • 21 is a schematic view of a luminaire according to a second embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 21, the luminaire A may include only four components A1 to A3 and A6, wherein A1 to A3 and A6 respectively represent the lampshade and LED of the luminaire. Light source board, DC driver and DC regulated power supply.
  • the configuration device of the lamp driving parameters may include a control circuit board 2120, as shown in FIG.
  • the control circuit board 2120 can include a communication module 21202 and a processor 21204.
  • the communication module 21202 and the processor 21204 are respectively used to simulate the communication module A5 and the processor A4 of the luminaire, and the functions thereof are not described herein.
  • control component 1910 may be configured to acquire target color coordinates of the emitted light and color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, and may be based on the target color coordinates and the color of each of the monochrome channels.
  • the coordinates determine the target illuminance for each of the monochrome channels, and the target drive parameters for each of the monochrome channels can be determined based on the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels, and the target drive parameters for each of the monochrome channels can be configured to the luminaire.
  • Control component 1910 can include one or more of the following: a communication module, a processor, a memory, a user interface, and the like.
  • the communication module may be responsible for communicating with the luminaire
  • the processor may be responsible for processing the communication protocol and the communication data, and may also be responsible for controlling the luminaire to store the target drive parameters, and may be responsible for processing the input information received by the user interface and on the user interface. Display the corresponding information and so on.
  • the memory can be used to store target drive parameters and the like corresponding to the target color coordinates.
  • the user interface can be used to receive configuration information input by the user, such as a serial port number, a network address of the luminaire, and the like.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a control unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the control unit 1910 may include a first communication module 19102, a second communication module 19104, and a processor 19106.
  • the first communication module 19102 is configured to acquire a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values are in one-to-one correspondence .
  • the device 19106 is configured to perform a fitting process on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels to obtain a fitting result, and determine, according to the fitting result, each monochrome channel Corresponding mapping relationship between driving parameters and illuminance, and determining a target driving parameter corresponding to the target illuminance of each monochrome channel based on the mapping relationship.
  • the second communication module 19104 can be configured to configure target drive parameters for each of the monochrome channels to the luminaire.
  • the calibration of the luminaire can also be completed in a similar manner, that is, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the target driving parameter acquired based on the target color coordinate into the data table, in the luminaire
  • the mapping relationship between the target color coordinates and the target driving parameters is calibrated before leaving the factory, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can quickly query using the pre-stored data table in the actual use process.
  • the memory of the control component 1910 can also be used to store the target color coordinates of the luminaire, the target drive parameters, and the correspondence between the target color coordinates and the target drive parameters.
  • the memory can be used to store the aforementioned data table.
  • the human eye's visual system has photoreceptors, ie, cones, for the short (420-440 nm), medium (530-540 nm), and long (560-580 nm) bands, so for a certain luminaire,
  • the color that the emitted light is recognized by the human eye can be described based on the stimulation ratio of the three cones.
  • three main colors can be defined first, and then the color superimposition model is used to adjust the respective outputs of the three colors, so that various colors can be expressed by superimposing the three colors.
  • a luminaire having a plurality of monochromatic channels as a whole can express light colors other than the color of the monochromatic channel itself by superposition of light of a plurality of channels, for example, the plurality of monochromatic channels can include : red light channel, green light channel and blue light channel, however, the invention is not limited thereto, and the combination of two or more single color channels of other colors can achieve the effect of combining different light colors, which does not affect the present invention.
  • the implementation of the technical solutions and the realization of the technical effects thereof, and similar embodiments are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • color coordinates may be used to describe the color of the light emitted by the luminaire and each of the monochromatic channels.
  • the color coordinates are in the form of parameter values.
  • An expression of color Generally, the color coordinates can be located in the color space, and the coordinate values can generally be used to describe the degree of stimulation of a certain color to different cones of the human eye, or tristimulus values.
  • the three main colors defined are similar to red, green, and blue, and thus some other color can be expressed as a combination of the three colors to achieve The same stimulating effect on the human eye, in which the respective components of the three colors can be used as the coordinate values X, Y and Z in the color space.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a configuration apparatus of preferred luminaire drive parameters in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 23, this embodiment can be used as a preferred embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 19.
  • the configuration device of the lamp driving parameter of this embodiment includes a light blocking member 1920 and a control device 1910 including the above embodiment. Measuring component 1930.
  • the light-shielding space inside the light-shielding member 1920 can be used to set the light fixture.
  • the luminaire can be configured to receive a plurality of drive parameter sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, and each of the plurality of drive parameter sample values can be used to drive each of the monochrome channels.
  • the measuring component 1930 can be disposed in the light-shielding space and connected to the control component 1910, and can be used to measure the current illuminance value of each monochrome channel when each driving parameter sample value is driven for each monochrome channel, and The current illuminance value is taken as the illuminance sample value corresponding to each drive parameter sample value.
  • 24 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a measuring component in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 24, the measuring component 1930 can include a tristimulus colorimetric module 19302 and a signal processing module 19304.
  • the three-stimulus colorimetric module 19302 can include three sets of filters and corresponding photodiode L circuits.
  • the three sets of filters can be red light filter R, green light filter G, and blue light filter.
  • B which is used to measure the energy of the red, green, and blue bands of visible light, respectively.
  • the signal processing module 19304 can be used to convert the signals measured by the tristimulus colorimetric module 19302 into color coordinates and illuminance.
  • measurement component 1930 can be a colorimeter.
  • the first communication module 19102 is further configured to acquire an illuminance sample value corresponding to each driving parameter sample value of each monochrome channel measured by the measuring component 1930. After the first communication module 19102 acquires the illuminance sample value, it may be stored in a memory in the control unit 1910.
  • the color coordinates of each monochrome channel in the luminaire to be assembled can be obtained by:
  • the first communication module 19102 is further configured to acquire, when each driving parameter sample value is driven for each monochrome channel, a plurality of current color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels under the plurality of driving parameter sample values; and the processor 19106 It is also used to average a plurality of current color coordinates, obtain an average of a plurality of current color coordinates, and use the average value as the color coordinates of each monochrome channel. By averaging, more accurate measurements can be obtained.
  • the color coordinates can be measured using a colorimeter.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic illustration of an alternative color space and color coordinates, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, and Figure 25 illustrates an alternative luminaire including three red, green, and blue monochromatic channels.
  • the xy coordinate system shown in FIG. 25 may represent a coordinate system in which the color space is located, wherein the abscissa x may represent a proportion of one of the three colors, and the ordinate y may represent another ratio. Then, the proportion of the remaining one color can be expressed by (1-xy).
  • FIG. 25 may represent the color gamut of CIE 1931, which may be regarded as a set of colors that can be recognized by the human eye, and each coordinate point in the color gamut may express one color. .
  • Figure 25 by The area identified by the solid line may represent the tunable field of the luminaire, that is, the illuminating light of the luminaire as a whole that can be combined by adjusting the driving parameters of each of the three monochromatic channels included in the luminaire
  • the set of colors, specifically, the three vertices Pr, Pg, Pb of the color gamut identified by the solid line respectively represent the color coordinate points of the three monochrome channels, wherein Pr can be measured by the colorimeter
  • the color coordinate point of the red light channel, Pg may be the color coordinate point of the green light channel measured by the colorimeter
  • Pb may be the color coordinate point of the blue light channel measured by the colorimeter.
  • the control unit 1910 can obtain the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light of the luminaire and the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels.
  • the illuminance corresponding to each of the plurality of monochrome channels can represent the light output ratio of each channel, and then the output light of each monochromatic channel at different ratios can be combined to form a desired The color or the color coordinates of the light emitted by the luminaire.
  • the control unit 1910 can determine the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels based on the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels in the following manner:
  • a color mixing region in which the color coordinates of each monochrome channel are vertices is generated in a preset color coordinate space.
  • the target color coordinate is in the color mixing area.
  • the illuminance ratio of each of the monochrome channels is determined based on the positional relationship of the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels.
  • the product of the total illuminance of the emitted light and the illuminance ratio is calculated. Then, the product is taken as the target illuminance for each monochrome channel.
  • the target driving parameter may represent a physical parameter for driving each of the monochrome channels in the luminaire and functioning as an adjustment to the illuminance of each of the monochrome channels, for example, in the present invention.
  • the target drive parameter may be a voltage amplitude of the analog voltage signal, and in other embodiments, the target drive parameter may also be a digital pulse width modulation PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) signal.
  • PWM Pulse Width Modulation
  • the duty ratio or the like, wherein the target driving parameter can generally correspond to the output of the driving circuit of the luminaire, which is not limited in the present invention.
  • the target driving parameter may be acquired based on a pre-established driving model of each monochrome channel.
  • the target driving parameters of each monochrome channel can be obtained by:
  • a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel are matched in advance, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sample values are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of illuminance sampling values; then, Corresponding relationship between the driving parameter corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance is obtained according to the result of the fitting process; then, the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel are acquired according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the sampling values of the plurality of driving parameters measured in advance and the illuminance sampling values may be first fitted, and then the result is determined according to the fitting result.
  • the correspondence between the driving parameters of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance simply, for a luminaire with a high degree of linearity between the drive parameters and the illuminance, such as a light emitting diode LED (Light Emitting Diode) luminaire controlled by a voltage signal below a certain voltage threshold or a PWM signal below a certain frequency threshold.
  • the above fitting process can adopt a linear fitting method.
  • this is not the only embodiment of the present invention.
  • other fitting methods may be used to obtain a correspondence between more complex driving parameters and target illuminance. Not limited.
  • the foregoing fitting result may be a result obtained by a linear fitting method or a result obtained by using an interpolation method.
  • linear fitting can be performed in the following manner, and a linear fitting result is obtained:
  • Fig. 26 is a diagram showing the result of linear fitting of the driving parameter sample value and the illuminance sample value according to the first embodiment of the present invention, taking the fitting result shown in Fig. 26 as an example.
  • a black solid dot may represent a sampling point
  • an abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios
  • an ordinate value of the sampling point may be
  • the illuminance sample value that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles. It can be seen from Fig.
  • the linearity between the driving parameter and the illuminance is better, so it can be fitted by a linear fitting fitting method, and the fitting result can be It is the straight line shown in Fig. 26.
  • the constant coefficient p may be the slope of the straight line
  • the constant coefficient E0 may be approximately zero, that is, the duty ratio as the driving parameter is substantially proportional to the target illuminance.
  • interpolation fitting can be performed in the following manner, and a linear fitting result is obtained:
  • Fig. 27 is a diagram showing the result of interpolation fitting of the drive parameter sample value and the illuminance sample value according to the second embodiment of the present invention, taking the fitting result shown in Fig. 27 as an example.
  • a black solid dot may represent a sampling point
  • an abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios
  • an ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles.
  • a plurality of sampling points are matched by using an interpolation method, and specifically, the processing method of the interpolation method can be regarded as using a connection.
  • a polyline of a plurality of sampling points to indicate a correspondence between a driving parameter of each channel and a target illuminance, that is, within a value interval between two adjacent sampling points, the correspondence may be connected by A line segment between two adjacent sampling points is represented.
  • the result of the fitting process performed by the interpolation method may be a polyline connecting a plurality of sampling points in FIG. 27, and further between the driving parameters of the monochrome channel corresponding to the group of sampling points and the target illuminance.
  • the correspondence can be represented by the polyline.
  • the target illuminance E corresponding to any driving parameter c can be expressed as:
  • the required drive parameter c can be expressed as:
  • c (c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1.
  • the illumination sample values of each monochrome channel can be obtained by: first, selecting a plurality of drive parameter sample values corresponding to each channel; Next, each monochrome channel is driven using each of the plurality of drive parameter sample values; then, each channel is driven while using each drive parameter sample value to obtain the current of each channel Illuminance is taken as the illuminance sample value corresponding to each drive parameter sample value.
  • the color coordinates of each monochrome channel can be obtained by: firstly, when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value, The current color coordinate of each channel; then, the average of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of drive parameter sample values is taken as the color coordinate of each channel.
  • the color of the monochrome channel under the sampling value of each driving parameter may be compared while the driving parameter is scanned to calibrate the correspondence between the driving parameter of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance.
  • the coordinates are measured, and the average of the measured plurality of color coordinates can be used as the color coordinates of the monochrome channel.
  • interference factors from the inside or outside of the colorimeter can be further eliminated, such as the influence of temperature on the measurement inaccuracy caused by the colorimeter, so as to achieve more color coordinates of the emitted light of the lamp. To drive the control accurately.
  • the target color coordinates may include a plurality, such that the control component 1910 may further be configured to acquire each of the plurality of target color coordinates, and based on each of the target color coordinates and each of the monochrome colors.
  • the color coordinates of the channel determine the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates, and determine the target illuminance based on the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates
  • the target drive parameters of a single monochrome channel are configured to the luminaire in the form of a data table.
  • the calibration of the luminaire can also be accomplished in a similar manner.
  • the calibration process of the luminaire may be as follows: selecting a plurality of target color coordinates; acquiring and matching color coordinates according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and each channel; The target illuminance of each corresponding channel; wherein, each of the driving parameters of each channel is obtained as a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and each, and the obtained corresponding driving parameters are recorded in In the data table, wherein the target color coordinates that the light needs to reach at present are determined; the driving parameters corresponding to each channel and the target color coordinates that need to be reached are searched in the data table; each channel is performed using the found driving parameters. drive.
  • the target color coordinate and the driving may be calibrated before the lamp is shipped, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameter obtained based on the target color coordinate into the data table.
  • the mapping relationship between the parameters, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can use the pre-stored data table to quickly query and obtain the target color coordinate to be achieved in the actual use process. Matching the driving parameters of each of the monochromatic channels, thereby achieving the effect of further accelerating the adjustment speed of the illumination of the luminaire, and reducing the computational power requirements of the luminaire's controller.
  • the illuminance matching of each channel is described by taking three monochrome channels of red, green, and blue as an example.
  • the color of the monochrome channel is not limited to The three primary colors, for other monochrome channels, can still obtain each by determining the tunable domain with its color coordinates as the vertices and combining the target color coordinates.
  • the color coordinates of the two monochromatic channels in the color coordinate space can be obtained by adjusting the driving parameters thereof.
  • the control component 1910 may be a cloud server.
  • the cloud server has the functions of the processor and the memory in the foregoing control component 1910, and details are not described herein again.
  • the cloud server may also have some functions of the first communication module and the second communication module in the control component 1910.
  • the cloud server may program the target driving parameters into the memory of the luminaire by using an external sending module, for example, the cloud.
  • the server can control the measuring component 1930 to measure the color coordinates, illuminance, and the like of each of the monochrome channels of the luminaire. Specifically, referring to the foregoing control component 1910, it will not be described again.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic illustration of another preferred luminaire drive parameter configuration device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 28, this embodiment can be taken as a preferred embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, and the configuration device of the lamp driving parameter of this embodiment includes, besides the control member 1910, the light blocking member 1920, and the measuring member 1930 of the foregoing embodiment, A detection component 1940 and an adjustment component 1950 are included.
  • the detecting component 1940 can be disposed within the light-shielding space, which can be used to detect an ambient temperature within the light-shielding space.
  • Adjustment component 1950 can be used to adjust the ambient temperature within the occlusion space.
  • the control component 1910 can be coupled between the detection component 1940 and the adjustment component 1950, which can be used to acquire the detected ambient temperature and control the operational state of the adjustment component 1950 based on the detected ambient temperature.
  • detection component 1940 can include a temperature sensor.
  • the temperature sensor can be used to detect an ambient temperature, wherein the temperature sensor is spaced from the luminaire by a first predetermined distance.
  • the adjustment component 1950 can include a temperature control device such as a fan and an air conditioner. Among them, a fan, an air conditioner, or the like can be used to reduce the ambient temperature in the light-shielding space by blowing air into the light-shielding space.
  • the control component 1910 can be connected between the temperature sensor and the fan for acquiring the ambient temperature and controlling the operating state of the fan according to the ambient temperature.
  • the detection component 1940 can collect ambient temperatures around the luminaire.
  • Adjustment component 1950 can be used to adjust the ambient temperature within the occlusion space.
  • the control unit 1910 can be connected between the detecting unit 1940 and the adjusting unit 1950 for acquiring the ambient temperature collected by the detecting unit 1940, and for controlling the opening or stopping of the adjusting unit 1950 according to the collected ambient temperature.
  • the adjusting member 1950 can be controlled to be turned on, thereby reducing or increasing the temperature in the light-shielding space to meet the requirement of the normal operation of the lamp.
  • the adjustment component 1950 can be controlled to shut down.
  • the control unit 1950 can be turned on or off by the relay.
  • control component 1910 may include one or more independent temperature controllers, the temperature controller may be connected between the detecting component 1940 and the regulating component 1950, or the control component 1910 may include a temperature control module directly passing the temperature.
  • the control module controls the temperature within the occlusion space.
  • the temperature control module can be responsible for temperature acquisition, and compares the collected temperature value with a preset temperature value, and performs an operation by a control algorithm to obtain a time condition for the relay to close.
  • the above control algorithm may be a proportional integral differential PID control algorithm.
  • a control panel can be set on the temperature controller, and a button can be set on the control panel, and the preset temperature value can be input through the button.
  • a seven-segment LED display can be placed on the control panel to display the measured temperature.
  • the LED light color parameter configuration device may include a relay.
  • the relay can be connected between the control component 1910 and the regulating component 1950, and the regulating component 1950 is connected to the power source via a relay.
  • the relay can be used to control the on and off of the fan power supply.
  • the configuration device may further be included in an analog-to-digital converter ADC.
  • the ADC is coupled between the detecting component 1940 and the control component 1910 for sampling the collected temperature signal of the detecting component 1940 according to a preset sampling period and transmitting the sampling data to the control component 1910.
  • control unit 1910 since the control unit 1910, the detecting unit 1940, and the adjusting unit 1950 can simulate the ambient temperature required for normal operation of the luminaire, it is possible to ensure that the measurement result of the measuring unit 1930 is more accurate.
  • the detecting component 1940 can include a temperature sensor.
  • the temperature sensor can be used to collect the ambient temperature around the luminaire, wherein the temperature sensor is spaced from the luminaire by a first predetermined distance.
  • Adjustment component 1950 can include a fan. The fan can be used to blow air into the shaded space.
  • the control component 1910 can be connected between the temperature sensor and the fan, and the control component 1910 can be used to obtain the ambient temperature around the luminaire and control the fan to be turned on or off according to the ambient temperature around the luminaire.
  • a temperature sensor may be disposed on an inner wall of the light shielding member 1920, and a fan may be connected to the temperature sensor through the control member 1910. In this way, it is possible to ensure that the luminaire simulates the ambient temperature required for normal operation, thereby ensuring that the measurement result of the measuring component 1930 is more accurate.
  • the sensing component 1940 can include a thermocouple.
  • the thermocouple can be used to be disposed on the first side of the light source panel of the luminaire and to collect the temperature of the luminaire, wherein the first side is provided with a plurality of LED chips.
  • the adjustment component 1950 can include a refrigeration or a heater. A refrigeration or heater may be provided on the second side of the light source panel and perform a refrigeration process or a heat treatment on the luminaire, wherein the control component 1950 may be coupled to the thermocouple and the refrigeration or heater In between, it can be used to obtain the collected temperature and control the cooling or heat treatment of the lamp by the refrigeration or the heater according to the collected temperature.
  • thermocouple 19402 may represent an aluminum substrate.
  • the control unit 1910 can be connected between the thermocouple 19402 and the refrigerating or heating device 19502 for acquiring the temperature collected by the thermocouple 19402 and controlling the cooling or heating device 19502 to cool or modulate the lamp according to the temperature collected by the thermocouple 19402. heat.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic illustration of a separate structure employing a thermocouple and a refrigerating or heating device, as shown in Figures 29 and 30, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 29 is a schematic diagram showing a combined structure of the LED light source panel A2 and the cooling or heating device 19502, and FIG.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram showing the separated structure of the LED light source panel A2 and the cooling or heating device 19502.
  • the LED light source panel A2 is provided with a plurality of LEDs
  • the thermocouple 19402 is disposed near the LED
  • the cooling or heating device 19502 includes a cooling plate and a heating plate (not shown)
  • two The positive and negative electrodes of the DC power supply are respectively disposed on the boards.
  • the aforementioned scheme using the fan and the external temperature sensor is not accurate.
  • the arrangement of the semiconductor cooling or heating device 19502 and the LED light source panel A2 shown in FIG. 29 may be employed, and the thermocouple 19402 may be mounted at a certain position or positions of the LED light source panel A2 near the LED.
  • the semiconductor refrigeration or heater 19502 is responsible for cooling or heating the LED light source panel A2 to control its operating temperature more quickly and accurately.
  • the semiconductor refrigeration or heater 19502 is directly driven by a DC power source. The direction in which the DC power source is connected determines its operation in the state of cooling or heating.
  • the control component 1910 compares the temperature of the LED light source panel A2 collected by the thermocouple 19402 with a preset temperature, and if it is higher than the preset temperature, supplies power to the cooling or heating device 19502 to reduce the temperature of the luminaire; Power is supplied to achieve temperature rise of the luminaire. Further, the cooling or heating process can be controlled by PID, so that the temperature control of the LED light source panel A2 can be made faster and more accurate, and the temperature overshoot can be reduced.
  • the light shielding member 1920 may be a shutter
  • the measuring component 1930 may be a colorimeter
  • the inner wall of the first end of the shutter is provided with a first connecting component
  • the first connection The component is connected to the luminaire
  • the second end of the second end of the shutter is provided with a second connecting component
  • the second connecting component is connected with the colorimeter
  • the luminaire and the colorimeter are separated by a second preset distance
  • second The preset distance is a preset multiple of the geometry of the illuminated face of the luminaire.
  • the second predetermined distance is 10 times the diameter of the light emitting face of the luminaire.
  • the light emitting surface of the luminaire can be approximated as a point light source at the probe of the measuring component 1930, thereby ensuring that the light emitted by each of the monochrome channels in the luminaire is sufficiently mixed at the probe, thereby improving the measurement result of the measuring component 1930. accuracy.
  • the second preset distance can be determined by two factors:
  • Factor One determines a second preset distance according to a maximum range of the measuring component 1930, wherein the maximum range may be a metric range. In the state where the respective monochrome channels of the luminaire are fully illuminated, the illuminance at the probe cannot exceed the maximum range. If the maximum illumination of the luminaire exceeds the maximum range, the distance between the two can be increased.
  • Factor 2 determining a second preset distance according to a minimum accuracy of the measuring component 1930, wherein the minimum precision may be a minimum illuminance.
  • the illumination of the weakest light that the luminaire may emit at the probe should not be less than the minimum accuracy of the measurement component 1930. If the minimum illumination of the luminaire is less than the minimum accuracy, the distance between the two can be reduced.
  • the length of the light blocking member 1920 can be adjusted for telescoping.
  • the shutter may be a closed shading member, and the material of the shutter may be an opaque material.
  • a layer of light absorbing material may be attached to the inner wall of the shutter. This layer of material absorbs most of the incident light, it also reflects a small portion of the light, and the light absorbing material does not change the color of the reflected light.
  • the light absorbing material may be a black shading cloth, such as a black flannel.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a lamp control system, wherein the lamp control system is a configuration system of a lamp driving parameter, wherein the lamp driving parameter configuration system is used for simultaneously calibrating a plurality of lamps, that is, the lamp driving parameter
  • the configuration system can be used to configure corresponding driving parameters for a plurality of lamps at the same time, each of the plurality of lamps has a plurality of monochrome channels, and each of the lamps emits a single color of a plurality of monochrome channels. The superposition of light.
  • the configuration system of the lamp driving parameter may include a plurality of the foregoing shading members, and the shading members are in one-to-one correspondence with the lamps, that is, one lamp may be disposed inside each of the shading members.
  • the configuration system of the lamp driving parameter may further include a plurality of measuring components as described above, and the measuring component and the light shielding component are also in one-to-one correspondence, that is, one measuring component may be disposed inside each of the light shielding components.
  • the configuration system of the luminaire driving parameters may further comprise the aforementioned control component, which may be used to configure corresponding driving parameters for each of the plurality of luminaires.
  • the principle and process for the control component to configure the driving parameters for each luminaire correspond to the principles and processes of the configurating device for the luminaire driving parameters described above, and are not described herein again.
  • control component 1910 in the configuration device of the aforementioned lamp driving parameter may be correspondingly copied, and the corresponding portion after the copying may be configured with the lamp driving parameter.
  • the control components are connected to achieve the purpose of simultaneously calibrating multiple lamps.
  • each set of copy parts other than the control part can be a test unit.
  • the luminaire control system that is, the control component of the luminaire drive parameter configuration system, can simultaneously connect at least two sets of test units, each set of test units can be Calibrate a fixture. among them:
  • the control component may include a processor, a memory, and a user interface, and may include a first communication module, a second communication module, and a third communication module.
  • the functions of the processor, the memory, and the user interface are similar to those described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the first communication module can be connected to a plurality of luminaires at the same time for communicating with a plurality of luminaires.
  • the second communication module can be connected to a plurality of temperature control components at the same time.
  • the third communication module can be connected to a plurality of measurement components at the same time.
  • Each luminaire can be the luminaire shown in FIG. 20 and FIG. 21, and details are not described herein again.
  • Each measurement component can include a processor, a light color measurement module, and a communication module.
  • each test unit may further include a temperature sensor, a temperature controller, and a fan, wherein the connection relationship of each part is as shown in the drawing, and details are not described herein again.
  • modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that they may be stored in a storage device by a computing device, or they may be fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or Multiple modules or steps are made into a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.

Landscapes

  • Circuit Arrangement For Electric Light Sources In General (AREA)

Abstract

A lamp control method, device and system.The lamp control method comprises: acquiring a colour coordinate of a single-colour channel of a lamp (S302); acquiring a drive parameter of the single-colour channel of the lamp according to the colour coordinate of the single-colour channel of the lamp (S304); and controlling the lamp according to the drive parameter (S306). The present invention solves the problem in the prior art that the drive parameter configuration accuracy and efficiency of the lamp are low.

Description

灯具控制方法、装置及系统Lamp control method, device and system 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及灯具领域,具体而言,涉及一种灯具控制方法、装置及系统。The invention relates to the field of lamps, and in particular to a lamp control method, device and system.
背景技术Background technique
对于具有多个不同颜色通道的灯具来说,可以通过对其中每个通道的驱动参数的调整,来实现对灯具整体的出射光的光色或者说色坐标的调节,并且可以通过对每个通道的驱动参数的精确控制,使得出射光的色坐标准确地回归到某一目标值。For luminaires with multiple different color channels, the adjustment of the driving parameters of each of the channels can be achieved by adjusting the light color or color coordinates of the illuminating light of the luminaire as a whole, and can pass each channel. The precise control of the drive parameters allows the color coordinates of the exiting light to accurately return to a certain target value.
为达到这一目的,为发明人所知的一种解决方案是采用递归的方式,不断地根据出射光的色坐标的反馈来调节每个通道的驱动参数,直到出射光的色坐标达到某一目标色坐标附近的允许范围内为止。然而,采用这种方式通常需要消耗较长的时间来等待重复执行的调节过程的完结,并且在一些场景下,通过反馈调节得出的驱动参数可能并不收敛,也即可能出现出射光的色坐标围绕着需要达到的目标色坐标浮动、但始终无法落入上述允许范围的情形。In order to achieve this, a solution known to the inventors is to use a recursive method to constantly adjust the driving parameters of each channel according to the feedback of the color coordinates of the outgoing light until the color coordinates of the outgoing light reach a certain level. Up to the allowable range near the target color coordinates. However, in this way, it usually takes a long time to wait for the end of the repetitive adjustment process, and in some scenarios, the drive parameters obtained by feedback adjustment may not converge, that is, the color of the emitted light may occur. The coordinates revolve around the target color coordinates that need to be reached, but cannot always fall within the above allowable range.
由于生产工艺的差异性,同一批次、相同型号的不同发光二极管(LED)芯片的光效、光色以及电气参数均不相同。由此造成了即便是在相同的驱动信号作用下,同一种型号的不同的LED芯片发光的颜色和强度都有所差异。因此,相同型号的不同LED芯片在出厂前需要被分组,也就是所谓的“分bin”。Due to the difference in production process, the light efficiency, light color and electrical parameters of different light-emitting diode (LED) chips of the same batch and the same model are different. This results in different colors and intensities of illumination of different LED chips of the same type even under the same driving signal. Therefore, different LED chips of the same model need to be grouped before leaving the factory, which is called "bin".
在实际操作过程中,分bin操作越细致,同一bin内的芯片发光的颜色差异就越小,从而由该bin内的芯片构成的不同灯具的颜色同一性就越高。但是,此种操作方式的缺陷在于:bin越小,芯片的成本就越高。通常,市场上的灯具厂家为了能够降低生产成本,其并不会选择太细分的bin,反而会去选择分bin较为粗略的芯片,即颜色差异较大的同型号芯片。这样会造成由这些芯片构成的不同灯具的颜色相差甚远。而在将多盏此类灯具放在一起点亮使用的情况下,此种颜色差异就非常明显。In the actual operation process, the finer the bin operation, the smaller the color difference of the chip illumination in the same bin, and the higher the color identity of the different lamps formed by the chips in the bin. However, the drawback of this mode of operation is that the smaller the bin, the higher the cost of the chip. In general, in order to reduce the production cost, the luminaire manufacturers on the market do not choose the bins that are too subdivided, but instead choose the chips that are more roughly binned, that is, the same type of chips with different color differences. This will result in a very different color for the different luminaires made up of these chips. This color difference is obvious when multiple lamps are put together for lighting.
针对上述问题,现有技术一般采用以下方案来对灯具进行调色:In view of the above problems, the prior art generally adopts the following scheme to color the lamps:
方案一,采用手动方式调整灯具的光色。具体地,将待配置灯具的实际出射光的颜色与标准色进行比较,如果发现其与标准色不一致,则调节待配置灯具中各单色通 道的驱动电流,直到待配置灯具的实际出射光的颜色与标准色一致为止。显然,该方案不但效率低,而且由于视觉误差不可避免,因此难以保证所配置的驱动电流的精度。In the first scheme, the light color of the luminaire is adjusted manually. Specifically, comparing the color of the actual outgoing light of the luminaire to be configured with the standard color, and if it is found to be inconsistent with the standard color, adjusting each monochromatic pass in the luminaire to be configured The drive current of the track until the color of the actual outgoing light of the fixture to be configured matches the standard color. Obviously, this solution is not only inefficient, but also because the visual error is unavoidable, it is difficult to ensure the accuracy of the configured drive current.
方案二,采用循环方式调整灯具的光色。具体地,1),将待配置灯具的出射光的光的实际色坐标与目标色坐标进行对比,得到待配置灯具各单色通道的光通量比;2)根据各单色通道的光通量比确定相应的驱动功率,3)使用相应的驱动功率对待配置灯具中各单色通道进行驱动,并判断待配置灯具当前出射光的颜色是否与目标色坐标对应的颜色相一致,如果不一致,则循环执行1)、2)、3),直到两者一致为止。然而,该方案需要对每个待配置灯具执行循环配置,因此效率低,并且在一些场景下,通过循环方式进行调节得出的驱动参数可能并不收敛,从而无法落入目标驱动参数的预设范围内。In the second scheme, the light color of the luminaire is adjusted in a circular manner. Specifically, 1) comparing the actual color coordinates of the light of the emitted light of the luminaire to be configured with the target color coordinate to obtain the luminous flux ratio of each monochromatic channel of the luminaire to be configured; 2) determining the corresponding luminous flux ratio of each monochromatic channel The driving power, 3) use the corresponding driving power to drive each monochrome channel in the luminaire, and determine whether the color of the current outgoing light of the luminaire to be configured is consistent with the color corresponding to the target color coordinate, and if not, loop execution 1 ), 2), 3) until the two match. However, this solution needs to perform a loop configuration for each luminaire to be configured, so the efficiency is low, and in some scenarios, the driving parameters obtained by the cyclic adjustment may not converge, and thus cannot fall into the preset of the target driving parameters. Within the scope.
由于相关技术只考虑通过调节灯具中各个单色通道的驱动参数来使多个通道混合光的颜色达到目标颜色的控制方法。但是在灯具的生产和定标过程中,缺少一种能够对同一型号的单色通道或多色通道灯具的光色参数进行统计分析的技术方案。这种统计分析的结果可以指导灯具设计和制造商对灯具中各个单色通道的设计和LED芯片选型进行有针对性的修改,使得即便不经过定标流程处理的灯具的光色一致性也能够达到要求;另外,统计的结果还可以用于对被测灯具的质量进行检验,从而及时过滤掉质量不合要求的灯具。Since the related art only considers a control method of making the color of the mixed light of the plurality of channels reach the target color by adjusting the driving parameters of the respective monochrome channels in the luminaire. However, in the production and calibration process of the luminaire, there is a lack of a technical solution for statistical analysis of the light color parameters of the same type of monochrome channel or multi-color channel luminaire. The results of this statistical analysis can guide the luminaire design and manufacturer to make targeted modifications to the design of each monochromatic channel in the luminaire and the selection of LED chips, so that even the color consistency of the luminaires that are not processed by the calibration process is also The requirements can be met; in addition, the statistical results can also be used to test the quality of the tested luminaires, so as to timely filter out luminaires of unqualified quality.
而对于一般颜色可调的白光灯具,通常利用三种以上的彩色光源(比如彩色发光二级管)组合而成,为了达到用户期望得到的目标颜色,可以通过调节不同颜色的光通量和光功耗以达到目标颜色。为了保证在得到目标颜色之后的灯具能够满足一定的光通量或者功耗,现有的技术方案通常按照以下方法进行调节:For a white light fixture with adjustable color, usually three or more color light sources (such as color light-emitting diodes) are combined. In order to achieve the target color desired by the user, the luminous flux and optical power consumption of different colors can be adjusted. Reach the target color. In order to ensure that the luminaire after the target color can meet a certain luminous flux or power consumption, the existing technical solutions are usually adjusted as follows:
技术方案1:首先,在图1所示的CIE1931色度图上灯具的色域内确定P1、P2、P3、P4和P5这5个通道在色域内的色坐标,然后绘制一个辅助点P0,目标颜色点在P0与其他两个彩色光源的颜色点组成的三角形内。通过不同颜色点对应的通道配比得到实现P0的颜色组合,再通过附加线性组合原理确定P0与三角形的其余两个顶点代表的彩色光源的光强之间的关系,从而得到目标颜色的亮度组合。Technical Solution 1: First, determine the color coordinates of the five channels P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 in the color gamut in the color gamut of the luminaire on the CIE1931 chromaticity diagram shown in FIG. 1, and then draw an auxiliary point P 0 . The target color point is within a triangle consisting of P 0 and the color points of the other two colored light sources. The color combination of P 0 is obtained by the channel ratio corresponding to different color points, and the relationship between P 0 and the intensity of the color light source represented by the remaining two vertices of the triangle is determined by an additional linear combination principle, thereby obtaining the target color. Brightness combination.
在确定P0时,一般将P0点选在黑体辐射曲线上或者曲线附近,可以通过查询颜色点对应的数据确定P0,如图2,想要得到最大显色指数可以选择Q0,想要得到最大发光效率可选Q2,想要两者兼顾可选Q1,即在达到目标颜色组合的前提下,调整光通量或者功耗。 In determining P 0, P 0 will typically click on or near the black body radiation curve curve can be determined by querying the data corresponding to the color of the point P 0, 2, want to get the maximum color rendering index can select Q 0, like To get the maximum luminous efficiency, you can choose Q 2 , and you want to choose both Q 1 , that is, adjust the luminous flux or power consumption on the premise of achieving the target color combination.
技术方案2:对于灯具中有四种颜色的发光灯具,还可以通过设定一个首要目标和一个次要目标对光通量进行调节。灯具的控制器当中有一个矩阵乘法模块可以计算驱动信号向量和首要目标与次要目标组成的向量之间的线性关系。比如灯具有RGBW四个通道,首要目标是灯具颜色的三刺激值XYZ,次要目标是总功耗P。四个通道的PWM与首要目标之间的线性关系可以由标定得到,下式中的矩阵M即是标定矩阵。Technical Solution 2: For a luminaire with four colors in the luminaire, the luminous flux can also be adjusted by setting a primary target and a secondary target. The luminaire controller has a matrix multiplication module that calculates the linear relationship between the drive signal vector and the vector of the primary target and the secondary target. For example, the lamp has four channels of RGBW, the primary target is the tristimulus value XYZ of the luminaire color, and the secondary target is the total power consumption P. The linear relationship between the PWM of the four channels and the primary target can be obtained by calibration. The matrix M in the following equation is the calibration matrix.
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000001
由于PWM限制在0~100之间,只要固定三刺激值XYZ,即可以得到次要目标即功耗的范围。通过计算分析可以在保证灯具通过四个通道的颜色调节出用户需要的灯光颜色的前提下,对灯具的功耗和光通量等进行调节。Since the PWM limit is between 0 and 100, as long as the tristimulus value XYZ is fixed, the range of the secondary target, that is, the power consumption, can be obtained. Through calculation and analysis, the power consumption and luminous flux of the luminaire can be adjusted under the premise of ensuring that the luminaire adjusts the color of the light required by the user through the color of the four channels.
现有技术通过上述两个技术方案对灯具的耗能量和光通量进行调节时,技术方案1需要在调节前遍历所有颜色点,并将颜色点的数据存在存储器中,然后要求用户确定辅助点后对灯具的功耗或者光通量进行调整,这种方法对用户的知识和技能的要求较高,使用很不方便。而针对技术方案2中的四通道的灯具建立的参数矩阵是可逆矩阵,需要额外增加一个目标值才能通过参数矩阵的逆矩阵求得对应各通道的PWM值。如果灯具的通道数大于四,则无法保证参数矩阵可逆。因此,对于大于四个颜色通道的灯具,无法利用上述方法对灯具的光通量和功耗进行调节。In the prior art, when the energy consumption and the luminous flux of the lamp are adjusted by the above two technical solutions, the technical solution 1 needs to traverse all the color points before the adjustment, and store the data of the color point in the memory, and then ask the user to determine the auxiliary point and then The power consumption or luminous flux of the luminaire is adjusted. This method has high requirements on the user's knowledge and skills, and is inconvenient to use. The parameter matrix established for the four-channel luminaire in the technical scheme 2 is an invertible matrix, and an additional target value is needed to obtain the PWM value corresponding to each channel through the inverse matrix of the parameter matrix. If the number of channels in the luminaire is greater than four, there is no guarantee that the parameter matrix is reversible. Therefore, for luminaires with more than four color channels, the above methods cannot be used to adjust the luminous flux and power consumption of the luminaire.
针对现有技术中灯具的驱动参数配置精度和效率低的问题,目前尚未提出有效的解决方案。In view of the problem of low precision and low efficiency of driving parameter configuration of lamps in the prior art, an effective solution has not been proposed yet.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种灯具控制方法、装置及系统,以至少解决现有技术中灯具的驱动参数配置精度和效率低的技术问题。The embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a system for controlling a lamp to solve at least the technical problem of low precision and low efficiency of driving parameter configuration of the lamp in the prior art.
根据本发明实施例的一个方面,提供了一种灯具控制方法,包括:获取灯具单色通道的色坐标;根据灯具单色通道的色坐标获取灯具单色通道的驱动参数;以及按照驱动参数对灯具进行控制。According to an aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a luminaire control method includes: acquiring color coordinates of a monochrome channel of a luminaire; obtaining driving parameters of a monochrome channel of the luminaire according to color coordinates of a monochrome channel of the luminaire; The luminaire is controlled.
进一步地,灯具控制方法为灯具的驱动方法,其中:获取灯具单色通道的色坐标包括:获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,其中,灯具包括多个单色通道,且 灯具的出射光为多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加;根据灯具单色通道的色坐标获取灯具单色通道的驱动参数包括:根据出射光的目标色坐标和每个通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度;获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数;按照驱动参数对灯具进行控制包括:使用获取的每个通道的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。Further, the luminaire control method is a driving method of the luminaire, wherein: acquiring color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire comprises: acquiring color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire comprises a plurality of monochrome channels, and The emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels; the driving parameters of the monochromatic channel of the luminaire are obtained according to the color coordinates of the monochromatic channel of the luminaire, including: the target color coordinate of the outgoing light and the color of each channel The coordinates acquire the target illuminance of each channel; obtain the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel; controlling the luminaire according to the driving parameters includes: driving each channel by using the obtained driving parameters of each channel .
进一步地,获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数包括:对预先获取的与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,其中,多个驱动参数采样值与多个照度采样值一一对应;根据拟合处理的结果获取与每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系;根据对应关系获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数。Further, acquiring driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel comprises: fitting a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance, wherein The plurality of driving parameter sample values are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of illuminance sampling values; the correspondence relationship between the driving parameters corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance is obtained according to the result of the fitting process; and each channel is obtained according to the corresponding relationship The target illuminance corresponds to the drive parameters of each channel.
进一步地,在对预先获取的与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理之前,灯具控制方法还包括:选取与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值;使用多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动;在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前照度作为与每个驱动参数采样值对应的照度采样值。Further, before fitting the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance, the lamp control method further comprises: selecting a plurality of drivers corresponding to each channel Parameter sample value; each channel is driven using each of the drive parameter sample values; when each channel is driven using each drive parameter sample value, the current illuminance of each channel is obtained as The illuminance sample value corresponding to each drive parameter sample value.
进一步地,获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标包括:在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前色坐标;将在多个驱动参数采样值下获取的多个当前色坐标的平均值作为每个通道的色坐标。Further, acquiring color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels includes: acquiring, when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value, acquiring current color coordinates of each channel; The average of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the sampled value is taken as the color coordinate of each channel.
进一步地,对预先获取的与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理包括:对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行线性拟合;根据拟合处理的结果获取与每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系包括:根据线性拟合的结果获取对应关系:E=p*c+E0,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,p和E0为常系数;根据对应关系获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数包括:根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:c=(E-E0)/p。Further, the fitting processing of the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance comprises: linearly fitting the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values; Obtaining a correspondence between the driving parameter corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance according to the result of the fitting process includes: obtaining a correspondence according to a result of the linear fitting: E=p*c+E 0 , wherein E represents each The target illuminance of each channel, c represents the driving parameter of each channel, p and E 0 are constant coefficients; obtaining the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel according to the corresponding relationship includes: acquiring each according to the following calculation formula Drive parameters for each channel: c = (EE 0 ) / p.
进一步地,对预先获取的与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理包括:采用插值法对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理;根据拟合处理的结果获取与每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系包括:根据拟合处理的结果获取对应关系:E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1, 其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,c1表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c1<c,c2表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c2>c,E1表示多个照度采样值中与c1对应的一个,E2表示多个照度采样值中与c2对应的一个;根据对应关系获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数包括:根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1Further, fitting the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance comprises: using the interpolation method to simulate the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values Combining processing; obtaining a correspondence relationship between the driving parameter corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance according to the result of the fitting processing includes: obtaining a correspondence according to the result of the fitting processing: E=(E 2 -E 1 )*( Cc 1 )/(c 2 -c 1 )+E 1 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c represents the drive parameter of each channel, and c 1 represents one of the plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 1 <c, c 2 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 2 >c, E 1 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 1 , and E 2 represents a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 2 One of obtaining the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel according to the corresponding relationship includes: obtaining driving parameters of each channel according to the following calculation formula: c=(c 2 -c 1 )*(EE 1 ) /(E 2- E 1 )+c 1 .
进一步地,根据出射光的目标色坐标和每个通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度包括:在预设色坐标空间中生成以每个通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域;若目标色坐标位于混色区域内,则根据目标色坐标相对于每个通道的色坐标之间的相对位置关系获取每个通道的照度比例;将出射光的照度总和与每个通道的照度比例的乘积作为每个通道的目标照度。Further, acquiring the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinate of the emitted light and the color coordinate of each channel includes: generating a color mixing region with the color coordinates of each channel as a vertex in the preset color coordinate space; The coordinates are located in the color mixing region, and the illuminance ratio of each channel is obtained according to the relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel; the product of the illuminance sum of the outgoing light and the illuminance ratio of each channel is taken as per The target illumination of the channels.
进一步地,根据出射光的目标色坐标和每个通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度包括:选取多个目标色坐标;根据多个目标色坐标中的每一个和每个通道的色坐标获取与每一个相对应的每个通道的目标照度;获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数包括:在每一个下获取每个通道的驱动参数作为与每个通道及每一个均对应的驱动参数,并将获取的均对应的驱动参数记录在数据表中;使用获取的每个通道的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动包括:判断出射光当前需要达到的目标色坐标;在数据表中查找与每个通道及需要达到的目标色坐标均对应的驱动参数;使用查找到的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。Further, acquiring the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light and the color coordinates of each channel comprises: selecting a plurality of target color coordinates; according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel Obtaining the target illuminance of each channel corresponding to each one; acquiring driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel includes: acquiring driving parameters of each channel under each one as each channel and each A corresponding driving parameter is recorded, and the obtained corresponding driving parameters are recorded in the data table; driving each channel by using the obtained driving parameter of each channel includes: determining a target color coordinate that the outgoing light currently needs to reach; Find the drive parameters corresponding to each channel and the target color coordinates that need to be reached in the data table; drive each channel using the found drive parameters.
进一步地,灯具控制方法为光色参数的统计方法,其中:获取灯具单色通道的色坐标包括:分别获取多个灯具中每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标以及多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差;根据灯具单色通道的色坐标获取灯具单色通道的驱动参数包括:根据多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件;按照驱动参数对灯具进行控制包括:根据多个灯具中符合预设条件的每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定多个灯具的公共色域范围。Further, the luminaire control method is a statistical method of the light color parameter, wherein: obtaining color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire comprises: respectively acquiring color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each of the plurality of luminaires and each single of the plurality of luminaires The mean value and covariance of the color coordinates of the color channel; obtaining the driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the lamp according to the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the lamp includes: determining the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps Whether each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the one or more luminaires performing the calibration process meets a preset condition; and controlling the luminaire according to the driving parameters includes: according to each of the plurality of luminaires corresponding to the preset condition, each of the monochrome channels of the luminaire The color coordinates determine the common color gamut range of multiple fixtures.
进一步地,确定公共色域范围包括:根据每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定每个灯具的色域多边形;按照n的取值由小到大依次获取n个灯具的公共色域多边形与第n+1个灯具的色域多边形的交集作为n+1个灯具的公共色域,直至获取公共色域范围,其中,n为大于或等于1的正整数,并且当n等于1时,将1个灯具的公共色域多边形取为第1个灯具的色域多边形。 Further, determining the common color gamut range comprises: determining a color gamut polygon of each luminaire according to color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each luminaire; and obtaining a common gamut polygon of n luminaires according to the value of n from small to large The intersection of the gamut polygons of the n+1th luminaire as the common color gamut of n+1 luminaires until a common gamut range is obtained, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is equal to 1, The common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the gamut polygon of the first luminaire.
进一步地,根据多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件包括:获取第j个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标,并设置为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000002
按照以下公式计算统计量:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000003
其中
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000004
表示已经统计的N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的均值,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000005
表示N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的协方差,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000006
表示
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000007
的逆矩阵;将
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000008
与预设阈值T进行比较,如果
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000009
大于T,则表示与
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000010
对应的灯具不符合预设条件,其中,T为根据预设的置信度获取的阈值。
Further, according to the mean value and the covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps, determining whether each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the one or more lamps that are subjected to the scaling process meets the preset condition includes: acquiring the jth The color coordinates of the ith monochrome channel of the fixture, and is set to
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000002
Calculate the statistic according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000003
among them
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000004
Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000005
The covariance of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel representing the N lamps,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000006
Express
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000007
Inverse matrix;
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000008
Compare with the preset threshold T, if
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000009
If it is greater than T, it means
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000010
The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold obtained according to a preset confidence.
进一步地,在判定获取统计量之后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具的对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件之后,灯具控制方法还包括:在获取公共色域范围的过程中,不获取将判定为不符合预设条件的灯具的色域多边形。Further, after determining whether the corresponding respective monochrome channels of the one or more luminaires after the calibration process are subjected to the calibration process meet the preset condition, the luminaire control method further includes: in the process of acquiring the public gamut range, Get the gamut polygon of the luminaire that will be judged not to meet the preset conditions.
进一步地,每个灯具的每个单色通道的色坐标是对该灯具的该单色通道的色坐标的多次测量结果求取的平均值。Further, the color coordinate of each of the monochrome channels of each of the luminaires is an average of the multiple measurements of the color coordinates of the monochromatic channel of the luminaire.
进一步地,灯具控制方法为灯具调节方法,灯具包括至少三个光通道,其中:获取灯具单色通道的色坐标包括:获取灯具的总光通量与驱动参数的第一预设对应关系,其中,总光通量为至少三个光通道的光通量的和;获取灯具的目标颜色与驱动参数的第二预设对应关系,其中,驱动参数用于调整灯具为目标颜色;获取灯具中每个光通道的最大光通量;获取驱动参数的范围;根据灯具单色通道的色坐标获取灯具单色通道的驱动参数包括:根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到使总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值;按照驱动参数对灯具进行控制包括:利用驱动参数值对灯具进行调整。Further, the luminaire control method is a luminaire adjustment method, and the luminaire includes at least three optical channels, wherein: obtaining color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire comprises: obtaining a first preset correspondence relationship between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein The luminous flux is the sum of the luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels; obtaining a second preset correspondence between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire as the target color; and obtaining the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire Obtaining a range of driving parameters; obtaining driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the luminaire according to color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire, including: according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the driving parameter The range is obtained by driving parameter values that cause the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition; controlling the luminaire according to the driving parameter includes: adjusting the luminaire by using the driving parameter value.
进一步地,第一预设对应关系满足灯具的总光通量达到最大值,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到使总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值包括:在光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围,得到第一驱动参数值以驱动灯具达到目标颜色时,总光通量达到最大值,其中,光通道i为至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道。 Further, the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value, and the total luminous flux is obtained according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters. The driving parameter value that reaches the preset condition includes: when the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, and the range of the driving parameter, the first is obtained. When the driving parameter value drives the luminaire to reach the target color, the total luminous flux reaches a maximum value, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels.
进一步地,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到使总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值包括:获取灯具的最大功耗;获取灯具的实际功耗,其中,实际功耗为灯具达到目标颜色时的各个光通道的功耗之和;在灯具的实际功耗小于等于最大功耗,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第二驱动参数值以驱动灯具达到目标颜色时的实际功耗不超过灯具的最大功耗,且灯具的总光通量达到最大值。Further, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of the driving parameters, the driving parameter values that enable the total luminous flux to reach the preset condition include: obtaining the maximum power of the luminaire The actual power consumption of the luminaire is obtained, wherein the actual power consumption is the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color; the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than When the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i is equal to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameters, the second driving parameter value is obtained to drive the luminaire to reach the target color, and the actual power consumption does not exceed the maximum luminaire. Power consumption, and the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum.
进一步地,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到使总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值包括:获取灯具为目标颜色的最小目标光通量;获取灯具实际功耗与驱动参数的第三预设对应关系,其中,实际功耗为灯具达到目标颜色时各个光通道的功耗之和,第三预设对应关系满足灯具为目标颜色时实际功耗为最小值;在总光通量大于等于最小目标光通量,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第三预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第三驱动参数值,其中,利用第三驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具为目标颜色的实际功耗为最小值并且总光通量大于等于最小目标光通量。Further, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of the driving parameters, the driving parameter values that enable the total luminous flux to reach the preset condition include: obtaining the target color of the light fixture The minimum target luminous flux; the third preset correspondence relationship between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the actual power consumption is the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color, and the third preset correspondence satisfies the luminaire The actual power consumption is the minimum value in the target color; when the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence relationship and the second preset correspondence relationship And a third preset correspondence relationship and a range of driving parameters to obtain a third driving parameter value, wherein the third driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum value and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux .
进一步地,灯具控制方法还包括:获取至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道的光辐射通量;获取光辐射通量与驱动参数的第四预设对应关系,其中,第四预设对应关系用于限制光辐射通量处于预定范围,其中,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第四预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到第四驱动参数值,其中,利用第四驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具的光辐射通量处于预定范围。Further, the luminaire control method further includes: acquiring an optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; acquiring a fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, wherein the fourth preset correspondence relationship And limiting the optical radiant flux to a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the fourth preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters, A four drive parameter value, wherein the luminaire is driven with the fourth drive parameter value such that the radiant flux of the luminaire is within a predetermined range.
根据本发明实施例的另一方面,提供了一种灯具控制装置,包括:第一获取总模块,用于获取灯具单色通道的色坐标;第二获取总模块,用于根据灯具单色通道的色坐标获取灯具单色通道的驱动参数;以及控制总模块,用于按照驱动参数对灯具进行控制。According to another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a luminaire control apparatus includes: a first acquisition total module for acquiring color coordinates of a monochrome channel of a luminaire; and a second acquisition total module for illuminating a monochrome channel according to the luminaire The color coordinates obtain the driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the luminaire; and the control total module is used to control the luminaire according to the driving parameters.
进一步地,灯具控制装置为灯具的驱动装置,其中:第一获取总模块包括:第一获取单元,用于获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,其中,灯具包括多个单色通道,且灯具的出射光为多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加;第二获取总模块包括:第二获取单元,用于根据出射光的目标色坐标和每个通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度;第三获取单元,用于获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数;控制总模块包括:第一驱动单元,用于使用获取的每个通道的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。 Further, the luminaire control device is a driving device of the luminaire, wherein: the first acquisition total module includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire includes multiple orders a color channel, and the emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochrome channels; the second acquisition total module includes: a second acquisition unit for arranging the target color coordinates of the outgoing light and the color of each channel The coordinates acquire the target illuminance of each channel; the third obtaining unit is configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel; and the control total module includes: a first driving unit, configured to use each acquired The drive parameters of the channel drive each channel.
进一步地,第三获取单元包括:拟合模块,用于对预先获取的与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,其中,多个驱动参数采样值与多个照度采样值一一对应;第一获取模块,用于根据拟合处理的结果获取与每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系;第二获取模块,用于根据对应关系获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数。Further, the third obtaining unit includes: a fitting module, configured to perform a fitting process on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance, wherein the plurality of driving parameter samples are respectively sampled The value is in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of illuminance sample values; the first obtaining module is configured to obtain a correspondence between the driving parameter corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance according to the result of the fitting process; and the second acquiring module is configured to: The driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel are acquired according to the correspondence relationship.
进一步地,灯具控制装置还包括:选取单元,用于选取与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值;第二驱动单元,用于使用多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动;第四获取单元,用于在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前照度作为与每个驱动参数采样值对应的照度采样值。Further, the luminaire control apparatus further includes: a selecting unit configured to select a plurality of driving parameter sampling values corresponding to each channel; and a second driving unit configured to use each of the plurality of driving parameter sampling values to sample The value is driven for each channel; the fourth obtaining unit is configured to acquire the current illuminance of each channel as the illumination sample corresponding to each driving parameter sample value when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value value.
进一步地,第一获取单元包括:第三获取模块,用于在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前色坐标;第一处理模块,用于将在多个驱动参数采样值下获取的多个当前色坐标的平均值作为每个通道的色坐标。Further, the first obtaining unit includes: a third acquiring module, configured to acquire a current color coordinate of each channel when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value; and a first processing module, configured to be The average of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of drive parameter sample values is used as the color coordinate of each channel.
进一步地,拟合模块包括:第一拟合子模块,用于对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行线性拟合;第一获取模块包括:第一处理子模块,用于根据线性拟合的结果获取对应关系:E=p*c+E0,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,p和E0为常系数;第二获取模块包括:第二处理子模块,用于根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数::c=(E-E0)/p。Further, the fitting module includes: a first fitting sub-module, configured to linearly fit the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values; the first obtaining module includes: a first processing sub-module, configured to The result of linear fitting obtains the corresponding relationship: E=p*c+E 0 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c represents the driving parameter of each channel, p and E 0 are constant coefficients; second acquisition module The method includes: a second processing submodule, configured to obtain a driving parameter of each channel according to the following calculation formula: :c=(EE 0 )/p.
进一步地,拟合模块包括:第二拟合子模块,用于采用插值法对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理;第一获取单元包括:第三处理子模块,用于根据拟合处理的结果获取对应关系:E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,c1表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c1<c,c2表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c2>c,E1表示多个照度采样值中与c1对应的一个,E2表示多个照度采样值中与c2对应的一个;第二获取模块包括:第四处理子模块,用于根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1Further, the fitting module includes: a second fitting sub-module, configured to perform fitting processing on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values by using an interpolation method; the first obtaining unit includes: a third processing sub-module, For obtaining a correspondence according to the result of the fitting process: E=(E 2 -E 1 )*(cc 1 )/(c 2 -c 1 )+E 1 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c Representing the drive parameter of each channel, c 1 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 1 <c, c 2 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 2 >c, and E 1 represents a plurality of illuminances One of the sample values corresponding to c 1 , E 2 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 2 ; the second acquisition module includes: a fourth processing sub-module configured to acquire the drive of each channel according to the following calculation formula Parameters: c = (c 2 - c 1 ) * (EE 1 ) / (E 2 - E 1 ) + c 1 .
进一步地,第二获取单元包括:生成模块,用于在预设色坐标空间中生成以每个通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域;第四获取模块,用于在目标色坐标位于混色区域内时,根据目标色坐标相对于每个通道的色坐标之间的相对位置关系获取每个通道的照 度比例;第二处理模块,用于将出射光的照度总和与每个通道的照度比例的乘积作为每个通道的目标照度。Further, the second obtaining unit includes: a generating module, configured to generate a color mixing region with the color coordinates of each channel as a vertex in the preset color coordinate space; and a fourth acquiring module, configured to: the target color coordinate is located in the color mixing region Obtain a photo of each channel according to the relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel. The second processing module is configured to use the product of the illuminance sum of the outgoing light and the illuminance ratio of each channel as the target illuminance of each channel.
进一步地,第二获取单元包括:选取模块,用于选取多个目标色坐标;第五获取模块,用于根据多个目标色坐标中的每一个和每个通道的色坐标获取与每一个相对应的每个通道的目标照度;第三获取单元包括:第三处理模块,用于在每一个下获取每个通道的驱动参数作为与每个通道及每一个均对应的驱动参数,并将获取的均对应的驱动参数记录在数据表中;第一驱动单元包括:判断模块,用于判断出射光当前需要达到的目标色坐标;查找模块,用于在数据表中查找与每个通道及需要达到的目标色坐标均对应的驱动参数;驱动模块,用于使用查找到的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。Further, the second obtaining unit includes: a selecting module, configured to select a plurality of target color coordinates; and a fifth acquiring module, configured to acquire each phase according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel Corresponding target illumination of each channel; the third obtaining unit comprises: a third processing module, configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel as driving parameters corresponding to each channel and each one, and obtain the driving parameters The corresponding driving parameters are recorded in the data table; the first driving unit includes: a determining module for determining a target color coordinate that the outgoing light currently needs to reach; a searching module for searching and matching each channel in the data table The target color coordinates are corresponding to the driving parameters; the driving module is used to drive each channel using the found driving parameters.
进一步地,灯具控制装置为光色参数的统计装置,其中:第一获取总模块包括:获取模块,用于分别获取多个灯具中每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标以及多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差;第二获取总模块包括:判断模块,用于根据多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件;控制总模块包括:处理模块,用于根据多个灯具中符合预设条件的每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定多个灯具的公共色域范围。Further, the luminaire control device is a statistical device of the light color parameter, wherein: the first acquisition total module comprises: an acquisition module, configured to respectively acquire color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each of the plurality of luminaires and a plurality of luminaires The mean value and covariance of the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels; the second acquisition total module includes: a judging module, configured to determine the calibration and the covariance according to the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps Whether the respective monochrome channels corresponding to the one or more luminaires meet the preset condition; the control total module includes: a processing module, configured to determine, according to color coordinates of each of the plurality of luminaires of each of the plurality of luminaires that meet the preset condition The common color gamut range of multiple fixtures.
进一步地,处理模块包括:确定单元,用于根据每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定每个灯具的色域多边形;获取单元,用于按照n的取值由小到大依次获取n个灯具的公共色域多边形与第n+1个灯具的色域多边形的交集作为n+1个灯具的公共色域,直至获取公共色域范围,其中,n为大于或等于1的正整数,并且当n等于1时,将1个灯具的公共色域多边形取为第1个灯具的色域多边形。Further, the processing module includes: a determining unit, configured to determine a gamut polygon of each luminaire according to color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each luminaire; and an acquiring unit configured to sequentially acquire n according to a value of n The intersection of the common color gamut polygon of the luminaire and the gamut polygon of the n+1th luminaire is used as the common color gamut of n+1 luminaires until a common gamut range is obtained, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. And when n is equal to 1, the common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the gamut polygon of the first luminaire.
进一步地,判断模块包括:设置单元,用于获取第j个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标,并设置为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000011
计算单元,用于按照以下公式计算统计量:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000012
其中,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000013
表示已经统计的N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的均值,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000014
表示N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的协方差,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000015
表示
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000016
的逆矩阵;比较单元,用于将
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000017
与预设阈值T进行比较,如果
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000018
大于T,则表示与
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000019
对应的灯具不符合预设条件,其中,T为根据预设的置信度获取的阈值。
Further, the determining module includes: a setting unit, configured to acquire color coordinates of the ith monochrome channel of the jth luminaire, and set
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000011
A calculation unit for calculating statistics according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000012
among them,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000013
Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000014
The covariance of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel representing the N lamps,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000015
Express
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000016
Inverse matrix; comparison unit for
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000017
Compare with the preset threshold T, if
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000018
If it is greater than T, it means
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000019
The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold obtained according to a preset confidence.
进一步地,灯具控制装置为灯具调节装置,灯具包括至少三个光通道,其中:第一获取总模块包括:第一获取单元,用于获取灯具的总光通量与驱动参数的第一预设对应关系,其中,总光通量为至少三个光通道的光通量的和;第二获取单元,用于获取灯具的目标颜色与驱动参数的第二预设对应关系,其中,驱动参数用于调整灯具为目标颜色;第三获取单元,用于获取灯具中每个光通道的最大光通量;第四获取单元,用于获取驱动参数的范围;第二获取总模块包括:求解单元,用于根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到使总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值;以及控制总模块包括:调整单元,用于利用驱动参数值对灯具进行调整。Further, the luminaire control device is a luminaire adjustment device, and the luminaire comprises at least three optical channels, wherein: the first acquisition total module comprises: a first acquisition unit, configured to acquire a first preset correspondence between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter The total luminous flux is the sum of the luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels; the second obtaining unit is configured to obtain a second preset correspondence between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire to the target color a third obtaining unit, configured to obtain a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire; a fourth acquiring unit, configured to obtain a range of driving parameters; and a second acquiring total module, comprising: a solving unit, configured to correspond to the first preset The relationship between the relationship, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the driving parameter, obtains a driving parameter value that causes the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition; and the control total module includes: an adjusting unit configured to utilize the driving parameter value Adjust the luminaire.
进一步地,第一预设对应关系满足灯具的总光通量达到最大值,求解单元包括:第一求解模块,用于在光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围,得到第一驱动参数值以驱动灯具达到目标颜色时,总光通量达到最大值,其中,光通道i为至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道。Further, the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire to reach a maximum value, and the solving unit includes: a first solving module, configured to: when the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first pre- The corresponding relationship, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameters are set, and when the first driving parameter value is obtained to drive the luminaire to reach the target color, the total luminous flux reaches a maximum value, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels. Light channel.
进一步地,求解单元包括:第一获取模块,用于获取灯具的最大功耗;第二获取模块,用于获取灯具的实际功耗,其中,实际功耗为灯具达到目标颜色时的各个光通道的功耗之和;第二求解模块,用于在灯具的实际功耗小于等于最大功耗,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第二驱动参数值以驱动灯具达到目标颜色时的实际功耗不超过灯具的最大功耗,且灯具的总光通量达到最大值。Further, the solution unit includes: a first acquisition module, configured to obtain a maximum power consumption of the luminaire; and a second acquisition module, configured to acquire actual power consumption of the luminaire, wherein the actual power consumption is each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color. The sum of the power consumptions; the second solution module is configured to: when the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence, The second preset correspondence and the range of the driving parameters obtain the second driving parameter value to drive the actual power consumption of the luminaire to reach the target color does not exceed the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value.
进一步地,求解单元包括:第三获取模块,用于获取灯具的最小目标光通量;第四获取模块,用于获取灯具的实际功耗与驱动参数的第三预设对应关系,其中,实际功耗为灯具达到目标颜色时各个光通道的功耗之和,第三预设对应关系满足灯具为目标颜色时实际功耗为最小值;第三求解模块,用于在总光通量大于等于最小目标光通量,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第三预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第三驱动参数值,其中,利用第三驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具为目标颜色的实际功耗为最小值并且总光通量大于等于最小目标光通量。 Further, the solving unit includes: a third acquiring module, configured to acquire a minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire; and a fourth acquiring module, configured to acquire a third preset correspondence relationship between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the actual power consumption For the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color, the third preset correspondence satisfies the minimum value of the actual power consumption when the luminaire is the target color; and the third solution module is configured to use the total luminous flux equal to or greater than the minimum target luminous flux, And the third driving parameter value is obtained according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the third preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter, when the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, Wherein, the luminaire is driven by the third driving parameter value such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum value and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux.
进一步地,灯具控制装置还包括:第五获取单元,用于获取至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道的光辐射通量;第六获取单元,用于获取光辐射通量与驱动参数的第四预设对应关系,其中,第四预设对应关系用于限制光辐射通量处于预定范围,其中,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第四预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到第四驱动参数值,其中,利用第四驱动参数值驱动灯具,使灯具的光辐射通量处于预定范围。Further, the luminaire control device further includes: a fifth acquiring unit, configured to acquire optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; and a sixth acquiring unit, configured to acquire the radiant flux and the driving parameter a fourth preset correspondence, wherein the fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the fourth preset correspondence, each The maximum luminous flux and the range of the driving parameters of the optical channels obtain a fourth driving parameter value, wherein the fourth driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire such that the illuminating flux of the luminaire is within a predetermined range.
进一步地,灯具控制装置为灯具驱动参数的配置设备,用于为灯具配置驱动参数,灯具具有多个单色通道,且灯具的出射光为多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加,其中:控制总模块包括:控制部件,用于获取出射光的目标色坐标和多个单色通道中每个单色通道的色坐标,并基于目标色坐标和每个单色通道的色坐标确定每个单色通道的目标照度,并基于每个单色通道的目标照度确定每个单色通道的目标驱动参数,以及将每个单色通道的目标驱动参数配置给灯具。Further, the luminaire control device is a configuration device of the luminaire driving parameter, configured to configure driving parameters for the luminaire, the luminaire has a plurality of monochromatic channels, and the emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels. Wherein: the control total module comprises: a control component, configured to acquire a target color coordinate of the emitted light and a color coordinate of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, and determine the color coordinate based on the target color coordinate and each monochrome channel; The target illuminance of each monochrome channel, and the target drive parameters of each monochrome channel are determined based on the target illuminance of each monochrome channel, and the target drive parameters of each monochrome channel are configured to the luminaire.
进一步地,控制部件包括:第一通信模块,用于获取与每个单色通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值,其中,多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值一一对应;处理器,用于对与每个单色通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,得到拟合结果,并基于拟合结果确定与每个单色通道相对应的驱动参数和照度之间的映射关系,以及基于映射关系确定每个单色通道的与目标照度相对应的目标驱动参数;以及第二通信模块,用于将每个单色通道的目标驱动参数配置给灯具。Further, the control component includes: a first communication module, configured to acquire a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance samples a value-to-one correspondence; a processor, configured to fit a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels to obtain a fitting result, and determine and each based on the fitting result a mapping relationship between the driving parameters and the illuminance corresponding to the monochrome channel, and determining a target driving parameter corresponding to the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels based on the mapping relationship; and a second communication module for each single The target drive parameters of the color channel are configured for the luminaire.
进一步地,灯具控制装置还包括:遮光部件,遮光部件内部的遮光空间用于设置灯具,灯具用于接收与每个单色通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值,多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值用于对每个单色通道进行驱动;以及测量部件,设置在遮光空间内,与控制部件相连接,用于在每个驱动参数采样值对每个单色通道进行驱动时,测量每个单色通道的当前照度值,并将当前照度值作为与每个驱动参数采样值相对应的照度采样值,其中,第一通信模块还用于获取测量部件测量到的与每个单色通道的每个驱动参数采样值相对应的照度采样值。Further, the luminaire control device further includes: a light shielding component, the light shielding space inside the light shielding component is used for setting the luminaire, and the luminaire is configured to receive the plurality of driving parameter sampling values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, and the plurality of driving parameter sampling values Each drive parameter sample value is used to drive each of the monochrome channels; and the measurement component is disposed in the light-shielding space and connected to the control component for sampling each of the drive parameter values for each of the monochrome channels When driving, measuring a current illuminance value of each monochrome channel, and using the current illuminance value as an illuminance sampling value corresponding to each driving parameter sample value, wherein the first communication module is further configured to acquire the measured component and the measured component The illuminance sample value corresponding to each drive parameter sample value of each monochrome channel.
进一步地,第一通信模块还用于在每个驱动参数采样值对每个单色通道进行驱动时,获取每个单色通道在多个驱动参数采样值下的多个当前色坐标;以及处理器还用于对多个当前色坐标求平均,得到多个当前色坐标的平均值,以及将平均值作为每个单色通道的色坐标。Further, the first communication module is further configured to acquire, when each driving parameter sample value is driven for each monochrome channel, a plurality of current color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels under the plurality of driving parameter sample values; and processing The device is also used to average a plurality of current color coordinates, obtain an average of a plurality of current color coordinates, and use the average value as the color coordinates of each monochrome channel.
进一步地,拟合结果为采用线性拟合法得到的结果或者采用插值法得到的结果。 Further, the fitting result is a result obtained by a linear fitting method or a result obtained by an interpolation method.
进一步地,控制部件通过以下方式基于目标色坐标和每个单色通道的色坐标确定每个单色通道的目标照度:在预设色坐标空间中生成以每个单色通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域;判断目标色坐标是否在混色区域内;如果判断出目标色坐标在混色区域内,则基于目标色坐标与每个单色通道的色坐标的位置关系确定每个单色通道的照度比;计算出射光的总照度与照度比的乘积;以及将乘积作为每个单色通道的目标照度。Further, the control unit determines the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels based on the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels by generating color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels as vertices in the preset color coordinate space. The color mixing area; determining whether the target color coordinate is in the color mixing area; if it is determined that the target color coordinate is in the color mixing area, determining the illumination of each monochrome channel based on the positional relationship between the target color coordinate and the color coordinate of each monochrome channel Ratio; calculate the product of the total illuminance of the emitted light and the illuminance ratio; and use the product as the target illuminance for each monochromatic channel.
进一步地,目标色坐标包括多个,控制部件还用于获取多个目标色坐标中的每个目标色坐标,并基于每个目标色坐标和每个单色通道的色坐标确定与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标照度,并基于与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标照度确定与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标驱动参数,并将与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标驱动参数存储到数据表中,以及将与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标驱动参数以数据表的形式配置给灯具。Further, the target color coordinate includes a plurality, and the control component is further configured to acquire each target color coordinate of the plurality of target color coordinates, and determine each target based on each target color coordinate and color coordinates of each monochrome channel. a target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the color coordinates, and determining a target of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates based on the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates Driving parameters, and storing target driving parameters of each monochrome channel corresponding to each target color coordinate into the data table, and target driving parameters of each monochrome channel corresponding to each target color coordinate The form of the data sheet is configured for the luminaire.
进一步地,控制部件为云服务器。Further, the control component is a cloud server.
进一步地,灯具控制装置还包括:检测部件,设置在遮光空间内,用于检测遮光空间内的环境温度;以及调节部件,用于调节遮光空间内的环境温度,其中,控制部件连接在检测部件和调节部件之间,用于获取检测到的环境温度,并根据检测到的环境温度控制调节部件的运行状态。Further, the luminaire control device further includes: a detecting component disposed in the opaque space for detecting an ambient temperature in the opaque space; and an adjusting component for adjusting an ambient temperature in the opaque space, wherein the control component is connected to the detecting component Between the adjusting component and the adjusting component, the detected ambient temperature is controlled, and the operating state of the adjusting component is controlled according to the detected ambient temperature.
进一步地,检测部件包括:热电偶,热电偶用于设置在灯具的光源板的第一侧上,并采集灯具的温度,其中,第一侧上设置有LED芯片,调节部件包括:制冷或制热器,用于设置在光源板的第二侧上,并对灯具执行制冷处理或制热处理,其中,控制部件,连接在热电偶和制冷或制热器之间,用于获取采集到的温度并根据采集到的温度控制制冷或制热器对灯具行制冷处理或制热处理。Further, the detecting component comprises: a thermocouple for setting on the first side of the light source panel of the luminaire, and collecting the temperature of the luminaire, wherein the LED chip is disposed on the first side, and the adjusting component comprises: cooling or manufacturing a heat device for being disposed on the second side of the light source panel and performing a cooling process or a heat treatment on the luminaire, wherein the control component is connected between the thermocouple and the refrigerating or heating device for acquiring the collected temperature And according to the collected temperature, the refrigeration or heating device is controlled to perform cooling treatment or heat treatment on the lamps.
根据本发明实施例的另一方面,还提供了一种灯具控制系统,灯具控制系统为灯具驱动参数的配置系统,用于为多个灯具配置相应的驱动参数,多个灯具中的每个灯具具有多个单色通道,且每个灯具的出射光为多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加,包括:上述灯具控制装置中的遮光部件,其中,遮光部件包括多个,且遮光部件与灯具一一对应;上述灯具控制装置中的测量部件,其中,测量部件包括多个,测量部件与遮光部件一一对应;以及上述灯具控制装置中的控制部件,控制部件用于为多个灯具中的各个灯具配置相应的驱动参数。According to another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, there is also provided a lamp control system, wherein the lamp control system is a configuration system of lamp driving parameters, configured to configure corresponding driving parameters for each of the plurality of lamps, each of the plurality of lamps A plurality of monochromatic channels, and the emitted light of each of the lamps is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels, including: a light shielding member in the lamp control device, wherein the light shielding member includes a plurality of The component is in one-to-one correspondence with the luminaire; the measuring component in the luminaire control device, wherein the measuring component comprises a plurality of measuring components and the light shielding component are in one-to-one correspondence; and the control component in the luminaire control device is used for the plurality of Each luminaire in the luminaire is configured with corresponding drive parameters.
通过本发明,采用获取灯具多个单色通道中每个单色通道的色坐标,根据每个单色通道的色坐标计算灯具每个单色通道的驱动参数,按照该驱动参数对灯具进行控制 调节。本发明解决了现有技术中灯具的驱动参数配置精度和效率低的问题,达到了提高灯具驱动参数配置精度,提高灯具控制效率的技术效果。Through the invention, the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels of the luminaire are obtained, the driving parameters of each monochromatic channel of the luminaire are calculated according to the color coordinates of each monochromatic channel, and the luminaire is controlled according to the driving parameter. Adjustment. The invention solves the problem that the driving parameter configuration precision and the efficiency of the lamp in the prior art are low, and achieves the technical effect of improving the precision of the lamp driving parameter configuration and improving the control efficiency of the lamp.
附图说明DRAWINGS
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明,并不构成对本发明的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described herein are intended to provide a further understanding of the invention, and are intended to be a part of the invention. In the drawing:
图1是根据现有技术在色域内绘制有辅助点的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of drawing auxiliary points in a color gamut according to the prior art;
图2是根据现有技术色点对应的光色指数的示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a light color index corresponding to a color point according to the prior art;
图3是根据本发明实施例的灯具控制方法的流程图;3 is a flow chart of a method of controlling a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4是根据本发明实施例的灯具的驱动方法的流程图;4 is a flow chart of a method of driving a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5是根据本发明实施例的色彩空间及色坐标的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a color space and color coordinates according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图6是根据本发明第一实施例的单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的拟合结果的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram showing a fitting result between a driving parameter of a monochrome channel and a target illuminance according to the first embodiment of the present invention;
图7是根据本发明第二实施例的单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的拟合结果的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram showing a fitting result between a driving parameter of a monochrome channel and a target illuminance according to a second embodiment of the present invention;
图8是根据本发明实施例的光色参数的统计方法的流程图;8 is a flow chart of a statistical method of light color parameters according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9是根据本发明优选实施例的不同灯具的公共色域范围的示意图;9 is a schematic illustration of a common color gamut range of different luminaires in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图10是根据本发明优选实施例的获取不同灯具的公共色域范围方法的流程图;10 is a flow chart of a method of obtaining a common color gamut range of different luminaires in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图11是根据本发明优选实施例的采用卡方检验判断一个灯具的各个单色通道是否合格的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of determining whether each of the monochrome channels of a luminaire is qualified by using a chi-square test according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图12是根据本发明实施例的灯具调节方法的流程图;12 is a flow chart of a method of adjusting a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图13是根据本发明实施例的灯具色域的示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic illustration of a gamut of a luminaire in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图14是根据本发明实施例的灯具控制装置的示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic illustration of a luminaire control apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图15是根据本发明实施例的灯具的驱动装置的示意图; Figure 15 is a schematic illustration of a driving device of a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图16是根据本发明实施例的光色参数的统计装置的示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of a statistical device for light color parameters according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图17是根据本发明优选实施例的光色参数的统计装置的示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of a statistical device for light color parameters in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图18是根据本发明实施例的灯具调节装置的示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic illustration of a luminaire adjusting device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图19是根据本发明实施例的灯具驱动参数的配置设备的示意图;19 is a schematic diagram of a configuration apparatus of a lamp driving parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图20是根据本发明第一实施例的灯具的示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic illustration of a light fixture in accordance with a first embodiment of the present invention;
图21是根据本发明第二实施例的灯具的示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic illustration of a luminaire in accordance with a second embodiment of the present invention;
图22是根据本发明实施例的控制部件的结构的示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic illustration of the structure of a control unit in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图23是根据本发明实施例的优选的灯具驱动参数的配置设备的示意图;23 is a schematic diagram of a configuration apparatus of a preferred lamp driving parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图24是根据本发明实施例的测量部件的结构的示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic illustration of the structure of a measuring component in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图25是根据本发明实施例的可选的色彩空间及色坐标的示意图;Figure 25 is a schematic illustration of an alternative color space and color coordinates in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图26是根据本发明第一实施例的驱动参数采样值与照度采样值的线性法拟合结果的示意图;26 is a schematic diagram showing a linear method fitting result of a driving parameter sample value and an illuminance sampling value according to the first embodiment of the present invention;
图27是根据本发明第二实施例的驱动参数采样值与照度采样值的插值法拟合结果的示意图;27 is a schematic diagram showing an interpolation result of an interpolation of a driving parameter sample value and an illuminance sampling value according to a second embodiment of the present invention;
图28是根据本发明实施例的另一优选的灯具驱动参数的配置设备的示意图;28 is a schematic diagram of another preferred luminaire drive parameter configuration apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图29是根据本发明实施例的采用热电偶和制冷或制热器的组合结构的示意图;29 is a schematic diagram of a combined structure using a thermocouple and a refrigerating or heating device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图30是根据本发明实施例的采用热电偶和制冷或制热器的分离结构的示意图;以及Figure 30 is a schematic illustration of a separate structure employing a thermocouple and a refrigerating or heating device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图31是根据本发明实施例的灯具控制系统的示意图。31 is a schematic diagram of a luminaire control system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。下面将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。 It should be noted that the embodiments in the present application and the features in the embodiments may be combined with each other without conflict. The invention will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings in conjunction with the embodiments.
为了使本技术领域的人员更好地理解本发明方案,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分的实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都应当属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is an embodiment of the invention, but not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts shall fall within the scope of the present invention.
需要说明的是,本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的本发明的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。It is to be understood that the terms "first", "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the present invention are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a particular order or order. It is to be understood that the data so used may be interchanged where appropriate, so that the embodiments of the invention described herein can be implemented in a sequence other than those illustrated or described herein. In addition, the terms "comprises" and "comprises" and "the" and "the" are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, for example, a process, method, system, product, or device that comprises a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to Those steps or units may include other steps or units not explicitly listed or inherent to such processes, methods, products or devices.
本发明实施例提供了一种灯具控制方法,图3是根据本发明实施例的灯具控制方法的流程图,如图3所示,该灯具控制方法包括:The embodiment of the present invention provides a luminaire control method, and FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a luminaire control method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the luminaire control method includes:
步骤S302,获取灯具单色通道的色坐标。Step S302, obtaining color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire.
步骤S304,根据灯具单色通道的色坐标获取灯具单色通道的驱动参数。Step S304, obtaining driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the lamp according to the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the lamp.
步骤S306,按照驱动参数对灯具进行控制。Step S306, the luminaire is controlled according to the driving parameters.
该实施例的灯具控制方法利用灯具单色通道的色坐标获取灯具单色通道的驱动参数,按照该驱动参数对灯具进行控制,解决了现有技术中灯具的驱动参数配置精度和效率低的问题,进而达到了提高灯具控制效率,提高灯具驱动参数配置精度的技术效果。The lamp control method of the embodiment obtains the driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the lamp by using the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the lamp, and controls the lamp according to the driving parameter, thereby solving the problem that the driving parameter configuration precision and efficiency of the lamp in the prior art are low. In turn, the technical effect of improving the control efficiency of the lamp and improving the accuracy of the configuration parameters of the lamp driving is achieved.
实施例1Example 1
该实施例的灯具控制方法为灯具的驱动方法,图4是根据本发明实施例的灯具的驱动方法的流程图,如图4所示,该灯具的驱动方法包括:The luminaire control method of this embodiment is a driving method of the luminaire, and FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a driving method of the luminaire according to the embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the driving method of the luminaire includes:
S402:获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,其中,灯具包括多个单色通道,且灯具的出射光为多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加;S402: Acquire color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire comprises a plurality of monochrome channels, and the emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochrome channels;
S404:根据出射光的目标色坐标和每个通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度;S404: Obtain a target illuminance of each channel according to a target color coordinate of the emitted light and a color coordinate of each channel;
S406:获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数; S406: Acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to target illuminance of each channel;
S408:使用获取的每个通道的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。S408: Drive each channel by using the acquired driving parameters of each channel.
应当明确的是,本发明实施例所要解决的问题之一是提供一种方法,以便于通过对包含有多个单色通道的灯具中的每个通道的驱动,来实现该灯具的整体所发出的出射光的光色或者说色坐标的调整,并可以通过对每个通道的驱动参数的精确控制,使得该出射光的色坐标准确地回归到某一目标值。It should be clear that one of the problems to be solved by embodiments of the present invention is to provide a method for facilitating the overall output of the luminaire by driving each of the luminaires including a plurality of monochromatic channels. The light color or the color coordinate of the emitted light is adjusted, and the color coordinates of the outgoing light can be accurately returned to a certain target value by precise control of the driving parameters of each channel.
为达到这一目的,为发明人所知的一种解决方案是采用递归的方式,不断地根据出射光的色坐标的反馈来调节每个通道的驱动参数,直到出射光的色坐标达到某一目标色坐标附近的允许范围内为止。然而,采用这种方式通常需要消耗较长的时间来等待重复执行的调节过程的完结,并且在一些场景下,通过反馈调节得出的驱动参数可能并不收敛,也即可能出现出射光的色坐标围绕着需要达到的目标色坐标浮动、但始终无法落入上述允许范围的情形。In order to achieve this, a solution known to the inventors is to use a recursive method to constantly adjust the driving parameters of each channel according to the feedback of the color coordinates of the outgoing light until the color coordinates of the outgoing light reach a certain level. Up to the allowable range near the target color coordinates. However, in this way, it usually takes a long time to wait for the end of the repetitive adjustment process, and in some scenarios, the drive parameters obtained by feedback adjustment may not converge, that is, the color of the emitted light may occur. The coordinates revolve around the target color coordinates that need to be reached, but cannot always fall within the above allowable range.
为解决上述问题,在本发明实施例中,先测得灯具中的每个单色通道的色坐标,然后利用色度学原理计算出为使灯具整体的出射光达到目标色坐标所需的每个通道的目标照度,再利用预先为每一单色通道所建立的驱动模型、也即每个通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系来匹配出每个通道所需的驱动参数,进而可以使用这些驱动参数分别对每个通道进行驱动,以完成对灯具的驱动,并使灯具整体的出射光达到目标色坐标。在本发明实施例中,基于目标色坐标对每个通道及其驱动参数的控制是开环的,从而免除了反馈调节的过程,这就可以加快调节速度并提高调节效率,进而解决了现有方案对具有多个不同颜色通道的灯具进行调节耗时较长的问题。In order to solve the above problem, in the embodiment of the present invention, the color coordinates of each monochromatic channel in the luminaire are measured first, and then the chromaticity principle is used to calculate each of the required light for the illuminating light of the luminaire to reach the target color coordinate. The target illuminance of each channel, and then use the driving model established for each monochrome channel, that is, the correspondence between the driving parameters of each channel and the target illuminance to match the driving parameters required for each channel, and then Each of these channels can be driven separately using these drive parameters to complete the drive of the luminaire and to achieve the target color coordinates of the luminaire as a whole. In the embodiment of the present invention, the control of each channel and its driving parameters based on the target color coordinates is open-loop, thereby eliminating the process of feedback adjustment, which can speed up the adjustment speed and improve the adjustment efficiency, thereby solving the existing The solution takes longer to adjust the luminaire with multiple different color channels.
进一步地,在本发明实施例中,还可以利用类似的方式完成对灯具的标定,也即通过设定目标色坐标并将基于该目标色坐标所获取的驱动参数记录到数据表中的方式,在灯具出厂前标定出目标色坐标与驱动参数之间的映射关系,并可以将记录得到的数据表存储到灯具的控制器中,以便于灯具在实际使用的过程中能够利用预存的数据表快速查询得到与其所需达到的目标色坐标相匹配的每个通道的驱动参数,从而达到进一步地加快对灯具的出射光进行调节的调节速度的效果,并降低了对灯具的控制器的计算能力的要求。Further, in the embodiment of the present invention, the calibration of the luminaire can also be completed in a similar manner, that is, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameters acquired based on the target color coordinate into the data table, The mapping relationship between the target color coordinates and the driving parameters is calibrated before the lamp is shipped, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can be quickly utilized in the actual use process by using the pre-stored data table. The query obtains the driving parameters of each channel that match the target color coordinates that it needs to achieve, thereby achieving the effect of further accelerating the adjustment speed of the light emitted by the luminaire, and reducing the computing power of the controller of the luminaire. Claim.
以下将结合附图及具体的实施例对本发明实施例的技术方案进行更为详细的描述。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments.
如图4所示,根据本发明实施例提供的灯具的驱动方法,在步骤S402中,可以获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,其中,灯具包括该多个单色通道,且灯具的出射光包括该多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加。 As shown in FIG. 4, according to the driving method of the luminaire provided by the embodiment of the present invention, in step S402, the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels may be acquired, wherein the luminaire includes the plurality of monochrome channels. And the emitted light of the luminaire includes a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochrome channels.
一般地,人眼的视觉系统具有对于短(420-440nm)、中(530-540nm)和长(560-580nm)三个波段的光感受器即视锥细胞,因此对于某一灯具而言,其出射光被人眼所识别到的颜色可以基于对三种视锥细胞的刺激比例来描述。具体来说,可以先定义三种主要颜色,再利用颜色叠加模型来调节三种颜色各自的输出,便可以通过三种颜色的叠加表现出各种颜色。利用上述原理,具有多个单色通道的灯具作为一个整体,便可以通过多个通道的光的叠加表现出单色通道本身的颜色之外的光色,例如,该多个单色通道可以包括:红光通道、绿光通道和蓝光通道,然而本发明对此不作限定,利用其他颜色的两个以上的单色通道的组合均可以达到组合出不同光色的效果,这并不影响本发明技术方案的实施及其技术效果的实现,类似的实施方式均应视为在本发明的保护范围之内。In general, the human eye's visual system has photoreceptors, ie, cones, for the short (420-440 nm), medium (530-540 nm), and long (560-580 nm) bands, so for a certain luminaire, The color that the emitted light is recognized by the human eye can be described based on the stimulation ratio of the three cones. Specifically, three main colors can be defined first, and then the color superimposition model is used to adjust the respective outputs of the three colors, so that various colors can be expressed by superimposing the three colors. With the above principle, a luminaire having a plurality of monochromatic channels as a whole can express light colors other than the color of the monochromatic channel itself by superposition of light of a plurality of channels, for example, the plurality of monochromatic channels can include : red light channel, green light channel and blue light channel, however, the invention is not limited thereto, and the combination of two or more single color channels of other colors can achieve the effect of combining different light colors, which does not affect the present invention. The implementation of the technical solutions and the realization of the technical effects thereof, and similar embodiments are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
更具体地,在本发明实施例中,可以采用色坐标的方式来对灯具及其每一单色通道的出射光的颜色进行描述,换而言之,色坐标是以参数值的形式对某一种颜色的表达。一般地,该色坐标可以位于色彩空间内,其坐标值通常可以用于描述某种颜色对人眼的不同视锥细胞的刺激程度,或者说三色刺激值。例如,对于为本领域技术人员所知的CIE1931色彩空间来说,其所定义的三种主要颜色近似于红色、绿色和蓝色,进而某一其他颜色可以表达为这三种颜色的组合以达到对人眼的相同的刺激效果,其中,三种颜色各自的分量便可以作为该色彩空间中的坐标值X、Y和Z。More specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, color coordinates may be used to describe the color of the light emitted by the luminaire and each of the monochromatic channels. In other words, the color coordinates are in the form of parameter values. An expression of color. Generally, the color coordinates can be located in the color space, and the coordinate values can generally be used to describe the degree of stimulation of a certain color to different cones of the human eye, or tristimulus values. For example, for the CIE 1931 color space known to those skilled in the art, the three main colors defined are similar to red, green, and blue, and thus some other color can be expressed as a combination of the three colors to achieve The same stimulating effect on the human eye, in which the respective components of the three colors can be used as the coordinate values X, Y and Z in the color space.
在本发明实施例中,可以先通过步骤S402测得灯具中的多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,具体地,该色坐标可以使用色度计进行测量。例如,图5是根据本发明实施例的色彩空间及色坐标的示意图,图5示出了一种可选的包括红、绿和蓝共三个单色通道的灯具中的每个通道的色坐标的测量结果。具体地,图5中所示的x-y坐标系可以表示色彩空间所在的坐标系,其中横坐标x可以表示三种颜色中的一种的占比,纵坐标y可以表示另一种的占比,则剩余的一种颜色的占比可以通过(1-x-y)来表示。图5中由虚线所标识出的区域502可以表示CIE1931的色域,该色域502可以视为是能够被人眼所识别的颜色的集合,且色域502中的每一个坐标点均可以表达一种颜色。图5中由实线所标识出的区域504可以表示该灯具的可调色域,也即通过对灯具所包括的三个单色通道中的每个通道的驱动参数的调节所能组合出的灯具整体的出射光的颜色的集合,具体地,该色域504的三个顶点Pr、Pg、Pb分别表示三个单色通道各自的色坐标点,其中,Pr可以是色度计所测得的红光通道的色坐标点,Pg可以是色度计所测得的绿光通道的色坐标点,Pb可以是色度计所测得的蓝光通道的色坐标点。在上述场景下,通过对三个单色通道的驱动参数的调节,便可以内叠加出位于上述可调色域504的任一种颜色,例如图5中通过色坐标点Pw所表示的白色等。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels in the luminaire may be first measured through step S402. Specifically, the color coordinates may be measured using a colorimeter. For example, FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of color space and color coordinates according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 5 illustrates an optional color of each channel in a luminaire including three monochromatic channels of red, green, and blue. The measurement result of the coordinates. Specifically, the xy coordinate system shown in FIG. 5 may represent a coordinate system in which the color space is located, wherein the abscissa x may represent the proportion of one of the three colors, and the ordinate y may represent the proportion of the other. Then, the proportion of the remaining one color can be expressed by (1-xy). The region 502 identified by the dashed line in FIG. 5 may represent the color gamut of the CIE 1931, which may be considered a collection of colors that can be recognized by the human eye, and each coordinate point in the color gamut 502 can be expressed. One color. The area 504 identified by the solid line in Figure 5 may represent the tunable domain of the luminaire, i.e., by adjusting the drive parameters of each of the three monochromatic channels included in the luminaire. a set of colors of the emitted light of the luminaire as a whole. Specifically, the three vertices Pr, Pg, and Pb of the color gamut 504 respectively represent color coordinate points of the three monochrome channels, wherein Pr can be measured by a colorimeter. The color coordinate point of the red light channel, Pg may be the color coordinate point of the green light channel measured by the colorimeter, and Pb may be the color coordinate point of the blue light channel measured by the colorimeter. In the above scenario, by adjusting the driving parameters of the three monochrome channels, any color located in the above-mentioned colorable field 504 can be superimposed, for example, white indicated by the color coordinate point Pw in FIG. .
在此基础上,根据本发明实施例提供的灯具的驱动方法,在步骤S404中,可以根据灯具的出射光的目标色坐标和每个通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度。Based on this, according to the driving method of the luminaire provided by the embodiment of the present invention, in step S404, the target illuminance of each channel can be obtained according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light of the luminaire and the color coordinates of each channel.
具体地,在本发明实施例中,多个单色通道中的每个通道各自对应的照度便可以表示每个通道的光输出比例,进而通过各单色通道在不同比例下的输出光的叠加,便可以组合出所需的颜色或者说灯具的出射光的色坐标。更具体地,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述步骤S404可以包括:Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the illuminance corresponding to each of the plurality of monochrome channels can represent the light output ratio of each channel, and then the superposition of the output light at different ratios through the respective monochrome channels. Then, you can combine the desired color or the color coordinates of the light emitted by the luminaire. More specifically, as an optional manner, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing step S404 may include:
S2:在预设色坐标空间中生成以所述每个通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域;S2: generating a color mixing region in which a color coordinate of each channel is a vertex in a preset color coordinate space;
S4:若所述目标色坐标位于所述混色区域内,则根据所述目标色坐标相对于所述每个通道的色坐标之间的相对位置关系获取所述每个通道的照度比例;S4: if the target color coordinate is located in the color mixing area, obtaining an illuminance ratio of each channel according to a relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and color coordinates of each channel;
S6:将所述出射光的照度总和与所述每个通道的照度比例的乘积作为所述每个通道的目标照度。S6: The product of the sum of the illuminances of the emitted light and the illuminance ratio of each channel is used as the target illuminance of each channel.
进一步地,根据本发明实施例提供的驱动方法,在步骤S406中,可以获取与每个通道的目标照度相对应的每个通道的驱动参数,进而可以通过步骤S408,使用获取的每个通道的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。Further, according to the driving method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, in step S406, the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel may be acquired, and then the acquired each channel may be used through step S408. The drive parameters drive each channel.
具体地,在本发明实施例中,该驱动参数可以表示用于驱动灯具中的每个通道并起到对每个通道的照度的调节作用的物理参量,例如,在本发明的一些实施例中,该驱动参数可以是作为模拟量的电压信号的电压幅值,而在另一些实施例中,该驱动参数也可以是作为数字量的脉宽调制PWM(Pulse Width Modulation)信号的占空比等,其中,该驱动参数通常可以与灯具的驱动电路的输出相对应,然而本发明对此不作任何限定。In particular, in an embodiment of the invention, the drive parameter may represent a physical parameter for driving each channel in the luminaire and acting as an adjustment to the illuminance of each channel, for example, in some embodiments of the invention The driving parameter may be a voltage amplitude of a voltage signal as an analog quantity, and in other embodiments, the driving parameter may also be a duty ratio of a pulse width modulation PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) signal as a digital quantity. Wherein, the driving parameter can generally correspond to the output of the driving circuit of the luminaire, but the invention does not limit this.
在另一方面,在本发明实施例中,该驱动参数可以基于预先建立的每一单色通道的驱动模型来获取。例如,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述步骤S406可以包括:In another aspect, in an embodiment of the invention, the drive parameter may be acquired based on a pre-established drive model for each monochrome channel. For example, in an embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing step S406 may include:
S8:对预先获取的与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,其中,多个驱动参数采样值与多个照度采样值一一对应;S8: performing a fitting process on a plurality of driving parameter sample values corresponding to each channel and a plurality of illuminance sampling values, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sampling values are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of illuminance sampling values;
S10:根据拟合处理的结果获取与每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系;S10: Obtain a correspondence between a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and a target illuminance according to a result of the fitting process;
S12:根据该对应关系获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数。 S12: Acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel according to the correspondence.
在本发明实施例中,对于灯具中的每个通道来说,均可以先对提前测得的多组驱动参数采样值与照度采样值进行拟合,然后根据拟合的结果来判断出该单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系。最简单地,对于驱动参数与照度之间的线性度较高的灯具,如利用一定电压阈值以下的电压信号或者是在一定频率阈值以下的PWM信号控制的发光二级管LED(Light Emitting Diode)灯具来说,上述拟合处理可以采用线性拟合的方式。然而这并非本发明唯一的实施方式,例如,对于线性度较差的灯具来说,则也可以采用其他拟合方式获得更为复杂的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系,本发明对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, for each channel in the luminaire, the sampled values of the plurality of sets of driving parameters measured in advance may be first matched with the illuminance sampled values, and then the single point is determined according to the result of the fitting. The correspondence between the driving parameters of the color channel and the target illuminance. In the simplest case, for a luminaire with high linearity between driving parameters and illuminance, such as a voltage signal below a certain voltage threshold or a PWM signal controlled below a certain frequency threshold, a Light Emitting Diode (LED) For the luminaire, the above fitting process can be performed by linear fitting. However, this is not the only embodiment of the present invention. For example, for a luminaire with poor linearity, other fitting methods may be used to obtain a correspondence between more complex driving parameters and target illuminance. Not limited.
例如,作为其中一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述步骤S8具体可以包括:For example, in an embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing step S8 may specifically include:
S14:对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行线性拟合;其中,S14: linearly fitting a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values; wherein
上述步骤S10具体可以包括:The foregoing step S10 may specifically include:
S15:根据线性拟合的结果获取对应关系:E=p*c+E0,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,p和E0为常系数;其中,S15: Obtain a correspondence according to the result of the linear fitting: E=p*c+E 0 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c represents the driving parameter of each channel, and p and E 0 are constant coefficients; ,
上述步骤S12具体可以包括:The above step S12 may specifically include:
S16:根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:c=(E-E0)/p。S16: Obtain the driving parameter of each channel according to the following formula: c=(EE 0 )/p.
图6是根据本发明第一实施例的单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的拟合结果的示意图,以图6所示的拟合结果为例。在图6中,黑色实心圆点可以表示采样点,该采样点的横坐标值可以表示驱动参数采样值,也即预设的多个PWM占空比的值,该采样点的纵坐标值可以表示照度采样值,也即在该多个PWM占空比中的每一个下所测得的单色通道的照度值。从图6中可以看出,对应该单色通道来说,其驱动参数与照度之间的线性度较好,因此可以采用线性拟合的拟合处理方式对其进行拟合,拟合结果可以是图6中所示的直线602。在上述场景下,常系数p可以是直线602的斜率,常系数E0可以近似为零,也即作为驱动参数的占空比与目标照度基本呈比例关系。6 is a schematic diagram showing the fitting result between the driving parameters of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance according to the first embodiment of the present invention, taking the fitting result shown in FIG. 6 as an example. In FIG. 6, the black solid dot may represent a sampling point, and the abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios, and the ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles. It can be seen from Fig. 6 that the linearity between the driving parameters and the illuminance is better for the monochrome channel, so it can be fitted by the fitting method of linear fitting, and the fitting result can be It is a straight line 602 shown in FIG. In the above scenario, the constant coefficient p may be the slope of the straight line 602, and the constant coefficient E 0 may be approximately zero, that is, the duty ratio as the driving parameter is substantially proportional to the target illuminance.
此外,作为另一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述步骤S8可以包括:In addition, as an alternative manner, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing step S8 may include:
S17:采用插值法对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理;其中,S17: fitting a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values by using an interpolation method; wherein,
上述步骤S10具体可以包括:The foregoing step S10 may specifically include:
S18:根据拟合处理的结果获取对应关系:E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,c1表示多个驱动参数采样值 中的一个且c1<c,c2表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c2>c,E1表示多个照度采样值中与c1对应的一个,E2表示多个照度采样值中与c2对应的一个;其中,S18: Obtain a correspondence according to the result of the fitting process: E=(E 2 -E 1 )*(cc 1 )/(c 2 -c 1 )+E 1 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c Representing the drive parameter of each channel, c 1 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 1 <c, c 2 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 2 >c, and E 1 represents a plurality of illuminances One of the sample values corresponding to c 1 , and E 2 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 2 ;
上述步骤S12具体可以包括:The above step S12 may specifically include:
S19:根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1S19: Acquire driving parameters of each channel according to the following calculation formula: c=(c 2 -c 1 )*(EE 1 )/(E 2 -E 1 )+c 1 .
图7是根据本发明第二实施例的单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的拟合结果的示意图,以图7所示的拟合结果为例。在图7中,黑色实心圆点可以表示采样点,该采样点的横坐标值可以表示驱动参数采样值,也即预设的多个PWM占空比的值,该采样点的纵坐标值可以表示照度采样值,也即在该多个PWM占空比中的每一个下所测得的单色通道的照度值。区别于前述线性拟合的处理方式,在本发明实施例中,采用了插值法的处理方式对多个采样点进行了拟合处理,具体地,该插值法的处理方式可以视为是使用连接多个采样点的折线来表示每个通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系,也即,在相邻的两个采样点之间的取值区间内,该对应关系可以通过连接在该相邻的两个采样点之间的线段来表示。7 is a schematic diagram showing a fitting result between a driving parameter and a target illuminance of a monochrome channel according to a second embodiment of the present invention, taking the fitting result shown in FIG. 7 as an example. In FIG. 7, the black solid dot may represent a sampling point, and the abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios, and the ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles. Different from the foregoing processing method of linear fitting, in the embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of sampling points are matched by using an interpolation method, and specifically, the processing method of the interpolation method can be regarded as using a connection. a polyline of a plurality of sampling points to indicate a correspondence between a driving parameter of each channel and a target illuminance, that is, within a value interval between two adjacent sampling points, the correspondence may be connected by A line segment between two adjacent sampling points is represented.
在上述场景下,通过步骤S17所执行的拟合处理的结果可以是图7中的连接多个采样点的折线702,进而与该组采样点对应的单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系便可以通过该折线702来表示。例如,对于图7中相邻的两个采样点(c1,E1)和(c2,E2)之间的取值区间来说,任一驱动参数c所对应的目标照度E可以表示为:In the above scenario, the result of the fitting process performed by step S17 may be the polyline 702 connecting the plurality of sampling points in FIG. 7, and further between the driving parameters of the monochrome channel corresponding to the group of sampling points and the target illuminance. The correspondence can be represented by the polyline 702. For example, for the value interval between two adjacent sampling points (c 1 , E 1 ) and (c 2 , E 2 ) in FIG. 7, the target illuminance E corresponding to any driving parameter c can represent for:
E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1E=(E 2 -E 1 )*(cc 1 )/(c 2 -c 1 )+E 1 ,
相对应地,则若要达到目标照度E,则所需的驱动参数c可以表示为:Correspondingly, if the target illuminance E is to be reached, the required drive parameter c can be expressed as:
c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1c = (c 2 - c 1 ) * (EE 1 ) / (E 2 - E 1 ) + c 1 .
通过上述两个示例提供了步骤S8中所描述的拟合处理的两种具体的实施方式,然而应当理解的是,本发明实施例中所采用的具体的拟合处理方式并不限于上述两种,例如,还可以采用其他更为复杂的非线性曲线拟合处理,如三次样条插值法等,此外,在本发明的一些实施例中,也可以采用神经网络或者函数逼近的其他处理方式来实现,等等,本发明对此不作任何限定。Two specific implementations of the fitting process described in step S8 are provided by the above two examples, however, it should be understood that the specific fitting processing method employed in the embodiments of the present invention is not limited to the above two. For example, other more complicated non-linear curve fitting processes, such as cubic spline interpolation, etc., may be employed. Further, in some embodiments of the present invention, other processing methods of neural networks or function approximation may also be employed. Implementation, etc., the invention is not limited thereto.
在另一方面,从以上描述可知,作为一种可选的方式,在步骤S8之前,上述方法还可以包括: On the other hand, it can be seen from the above description that, as an optional manner, before the step S8, the foregoing method may further include:
S20:选取与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值;S20: selecting a plurality of driving parameter sample values corresponding to each channel;
S22:使用多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动;S22: driving each channel by using each of the plurality of driving parameter sample values;
S24:在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前照度作为与每个驱动参数采样值对应的照度采样值。S24: When each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value, the current illuminance of each channel is obtained as the illuminance sample value corresponding to each driving parameter sample value.
在此基础上,进一步可选地,在本发明实施例中,上述步骤S402可以包括:On this basis, further optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing step S402 may include:
S26:在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前色坐标;S26: Acquire current color coordinates of each channel when driving each channel by using each driving parameter sampling value;
S28:将在多个驱动参数采样值下获取的多个当前色坐标的平均值作为每个通道的色坐标。S28: The average value of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of driving parameter sample values is used as the color coordinate of each channel.
也即,在本发明实施例中,可以在对驱动参数进行扫描以标定单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系的同时,对每个驱动参数采样值下的单色通道的色坐标进行测量,进而可以将测得的多个色坐标的平均值作为步骤S402中所描述该单色通道的色坐标。通过这一方式,可以进一步地消除来自于色度计的内部或外部的干扰因素,如温度对色度计带来的测量不准确的影响等,从而实现对灯具的出射光的色坐标进行更为准确地驱动控制。That is, in the embodiment of the present invention, the color of the monochrome channel under the sampling value of each driving parameter may be compared while the driving parameter is scanned to calibrate the correspondence between the driving parameter of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance. The coordinates are measured, and the average of the measured plurality of color coordinates can be used as the color coordinates of the monochrome channel described in step S402. In this way, interference factors from the inside or outside of the colorimeter can be further eliminated, such as the influence of temperature on the measurement inaccuracy caused by the colorimeter, so as to achieve more color coordinates of the emitted light of the lamp. To drive the control accurately.
在以上描述的基础上,在本发明的一些实施例中,还可以利用类似的方式完成对灯具的标定。其中,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述步骤S404可以包括:Based on the above description, in some embodiments of the present invention, the calibration of the luminaire can also be accomplished in a similar manner. In an embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing step S404 may include:
S30:选取多个目标色坐标;S30: Select multiple target color coordinates;
S32:根据多个目标色坐标中的每一个和每个通道的色坐标获取与每一个相对应的每个通道的目标照度;其中,S32: acquire, according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel, a target illuminance of each channel corresponding to each of the channels; wherein,
上述步骤S406可以包括:The above step S406 may include:
S34:在每一个下获取每个通道的驱动参数作为与每个通道及每一个均对应的驱动参数,并将获取的均对应的驱动参数记录在数据表中;其中,S34: Obtain a driving parameter of each channel as a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and each one, and record the obtained driving parameters in the data table; wherein
上述步骤S408可以包括:The above step S408 may include:
S36:判断出射光当前需要达到的目标色坐标; S36: determining a target color coordinate that the light needs to reach at present;
S38:在数据表中查找与每个通道及需要达到的目标色坐标均对应的驱动参数;S38: searching, in the data table, a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and a target color coordinate that needs to be achieved;
S40:使用查找到的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。S40: Drive each channel using the found drive parameters.
换而言之,在本发明实施例中,可以通过设定目标色坐标并将基于该目标色坐标所获取的驱动参数记录到数据表中的方式,在灯具出厂前标定出目标色坐标与驱动参数之间的映射关系,并可以将记录得到的数据表存储到灯具的控制器中,以便于灯具在实际使用的过程中能够利用预存的数据表快速查询得到与其所需达到的目标色坐标相匹配的每个通道的驱动参数,从而达到进一步地加快对灯具的出射光进行调节的调节速度的效果,并降低了对灯具的控制器的计算能力的要求。In other words, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target color coordinate and the driving may be calibrated before the lamp is shipped, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameter obtained based on the target color coordinate into the data table. The mapping relationship between the parameters, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can use the pre-stored data table to quickly query and obtain the target color coordinate to be achieved in the actual use process. Matching the drive parameters of each channel to achieve an effect of further speeding up the adjustment of the exit light of the luminaire and reducing the computational power requirements of the luminaire's controller.
通过上述方式,对本发明技术方案及其工作原理进行了阐述,然而应当理解的是,上述实施例仅用于对本发明的理解,并不应视为是对本发明的限定。例如,前述实施例中以红、绿和蓝三个单色通道为例描述了每个通道的照度的匹配,然而在本发明的另一些实施例中,该单色通道的颜色并不仅限于是三原色,对于其他单色通道而言,仍然可以通过确定以其色坐标为顶点的可调色域并结合目标色坐标的方式来获取每个通道的目标照度,事实上,即便是对于仅具有两个单色通道的灯具来说,仍可以通过对其驱动参数的调节来获取色坐标空间中位于以该两个单色通道的色坐标为顶点的线段上的各种颜色。The technical solutions of the present invention and the working principles thereof are explained in the above manner, but it should be understood that the above embodiments are only used to understand the present invention and are not to be construed as limiting the present invention. For example, in the foregoing embodiment, the illuminance matching of each channel is described by taking three monochrome channels of red, green, and blue as an example. However, in other embodiments of the present invention, the color of the monochrome channel is not limited to The three primary colors, for other monochrome channels, can still obtain the target illuminance of each channel by determining the gradable domain with its color coordinates as the vertices and combining the target color coordinates, in fact, even for only two For a single-channel luminaire, it is still possible to obtain various colors in the color coordinate space on the line segment vertices with the color coordinates of the two monochrome channels by adjusting the driving parameters thereof.
实施例2Example 2
该实施例的灯具控制方法为光色参数的统计方法,图8是根据本发明实施例的光色参数的统计方法的流程图,如图8所示,该光色参数的统计方法可以包括以下处理步骤:The luminaire control method of this embodiment is a statistical method of the light color parameter, and FIG. 8 is a flowchart of the statistical method of the light color parameter according to the embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the statistical method of the light color parameter may include the following Processing steps:
步骤S802:分别获取多个灯具中每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标以及多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差;Step S802: respectively acquiring color coordinates of respective monochrome channels of each of the plurality of lamps and mean values and covariances of color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps;
步骤S804:根据多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件。Step S804: Determine whether each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the one or more lamps that are subjected to the scaling process meets the preset condition according to the mean value and the covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps.
步骤S806:根据多个灯具中符合预设条件的每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定多个灯具的公共色域范围。Step S806: Determine a common color gamut range of the plurality of lamps according to color coordinates of each of the plurality of lamps corresponding to the preset conditions.
相关技术中,缺少一种能够对同一型号的单色通道或多色通道灯具的光色参数进行统计分析的技术方案。采用如图8所示的方法,根据多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标统计出所有不同灯具的公共色域范围。而公共色域即为不同灯具的色域的交集。 由此可以保证所有定标过的不同灯具在该公共色域范围内的任一参考色坐标下发光的色差无法被人眼所识别。此外,根据已经统计得到的同一型号灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差可以判断后续定标的灯具的每个单色通道是否合格,即根据统计结果对后续灯具的质量进行检验,从而及时过滤掉质量不合要求的灯具。In the related art, there is a lack of a technical solution capable of performing statistical analysis on the light color parameters of the same type of monochrome channel or multi-color channel luminaire. Using the method shown in Figure 8, the common gamut range of all the different luminaires is counted based on the color coordinates of the individual monochrome channels of the plurality of luminaires. The common color gamut is the intersection of the gamuts of different luminaires. This ensures that the chromatic aberration of all the calibrated different luminaires that are illuminated at any reference color coordinate within the common color gamut cannot be recognized by the human eye. In addition, according to the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the same type of luminaire that have been statistically obtained, it can be judged whether each of the monochrome channels of the subsequently calibrated luminaire is qualified, that is, the quality of the subsequent luminaire is verified according to the statistical result. In order to timely filter out the lamps of unqualified quality.
在优选实施过程中,每个灯具的每个单色通道的色坐标是对该灯具的该单色通道的色坐标的多次测量结果求取的平均值。In a preferred implementation, the color coordinate of each monochromatic channel of each luminaire is the average of the multiple measurements of the color coordinates of the monochromatic channel of the luminaire.
优选地,在步骤S802中,分别获取均值和协方差可以包括以下操作:Preferably, in step S802, respectively obtaining the mean and the covariance may include the following operations:
步骤S1:将第j个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标设置为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000020
其中,T表示矩阵转置;
Step S1: setting the color coordinate of the i-th monochrome channel of the jth luminaire to
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000020
Where T represents matrix transposition;
步骤S2:采用以下公式计算均值:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000021
其中,M表示多个灯具的数量;
Step S2: Calculate the mean using the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000021
Where M represents the number of multiple luminaires;
步骤S3:采用以下公式计算协方差:Step S3: Calculate the covariance by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000022
单色通道的均值和协方差可以用于评估每个单色通道颜色的精准度,从而发现设计缺陷,进而改善芯片选型和驱动设计。The mean and covariance of the monochromatic channels can be used to evaluate the color of each monochromatic channel to find design flaws that improve chip selection and drive design.
表1为15个RGBW(红色、绿色、蓝色、白色)四通道LED灯具的各通道色坐标测量值的示例。如表1所示,Table 1 shows examples of color coordinate measurements for each channel of 15 RGBW (red, green, blue, white) four-channel LED luminaires. As shown in Table 1,
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000024
在上述表1中,Rx和Ry分别代表红色通道的CIE 1931x坐标和y坐标,Gx和Gy分别代表绿色通道的CIE 1931x坐标和y坐标,Bx和By分别代表蓝色通道的CIE 1931x坐标和y坐标,Wx和Wy分别代表白色通道的CIE 1931x坐标和y坐标;并通过计算得到各通道的均值和协方差,其结果如下:In Table 1 above, Rx and Ry represent the CIE 1931x coordinates and y coordinates of the red channel, respectively, Gx and Gy represent the CIE 1931x coordinates and y coordinates of the green channel, respectively, and Bx and By represent the CIE 1931x coordinates and y of the blue channel, respectively. The coordinates, Wx and Wy represent the CIE 1931x coordinates and y coordinates of the white channel, respectively; and the mean and covariance of each channel are calculated by calculation, and the results are as follows:
红色通道的均值为:(0.6959 0.3033),The mean value of the red channel is: (0.6959 0.3033),
红色通道的协方差为:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000025
The covariance of the red channel is:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000025
绿色通道的均值为:(0.1956 0.7079),The average value of the green channel is: (0.1956 0.7079),
绿色通道的协方差为:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000026
The covariance of the green channel is:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000026
蓝色通道的均值为:(0.1408 0.0298),The mean value of the blue channel is: (0.1408 0.0298),
蓝色通道的协方差为:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000027
The covariance of the blue channel is:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000027
白色通道的均值为:(0.4367 0.4089), The mean value of the white channel is: (0.4367 0.4089),
白色通道的协方差为:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000028
The covariance of the white channel is:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000028
优选地,在步骤S804中,确定公共色域范围可以包括以下步骤:Preferably, in step S804, determining the public color gamut range may include the following steps:
步骤S4:根据每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定每个灯具的色域多边形;Step S4: determining a color gamut polygon of each luminaire according to color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each luminaire;
步骤S5:按照n的取值由小到大依次获取n个灯具的公共色域多边形与第n+1个灯具的色域多边形的交集作为n+1个灯具的公共色域,直至获取所述公共色域范围,其中,n为大于或等于1的正整数,并且当n等于1时,将1个灯具的公共色域多边形取为第1个灯具的色域多边形。Step S5: obtaining, according to the value of n, the intersection of the common color gamut polygon of the n lamps and the color gamut polygon of the n+1th fixture as the common color gamut of the n+1 lamps, until the A common gamut range, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is equal to 1, the common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the gamut polygon of the first luminaire.
在优选实施例中,可以统计出所有不同灯具的公共色域范围。图9是根据本发明优选实施例的不同灯具的公共色域范围的示意图。如图9所示,其所采用的坐标系为CIE 1931xy坐标系。A1A2A3为灯具1的色域三角形,B1B2B3为灯具2的色域三角形,C1C2C3为灯具3的色域三角形,而公共色域即为不同灯具的色域的交集,因此,图9中的栅格阴影区域即为灯具1、灯具2和灯具3的公共色域范围。由此可以确保所有定标过的不同灯具在该公共色域范围内的任一参考色坐标下发光的色差难以被人眼识别。In a preferred embodiment, the common gamut range of all different luminaires can be counted. 9 is a schematic illustration of a common color gamut range for different luminaires in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 9, the coordinate system used is the CIE 1931xy coordinate system. A1A2A3 is the gamut triangle of the luminaire 1, B1B2B3 is the gamut triangle of the luminaire 2, C1C2C3 is the gamut triangle of the luminaire 3, and the common color gamut is the intersection of the gamuts of different lamps, therefore, the grid shadow in Figure 9 The area is the common color gamut of the luminaire 1, the luminaire 2, and the luminaire 3. This ensures that the chromatic aberration of all the calibrated different luminaires that illuminate at any reference color coordinate within the common gamut is difficult to be recognized by the human eye.
图10是根据本发明优选实施例的获取不同灯具的公共色域范围方法的流程图。如图10所示,该方法可以包括以下步骤:10 is a flow diagram of a method of obtaining a common color gamut range for different luminaires in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the method may include the following steps:
步骤S1002:获取M个灯具中单个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标,确定每个灯具的色域多边形内的参考色坐标集;该优选实施例中的参考色坐标是指在CIE1931xy坐标系内以一定的步长选取的取一系列色坐标点。步长大小以相邻两个参考色可被人眼识别为准,例如:x轴和y轴的步长都可取为0.002。将灯具的色域三角形内所有栅格点取为参考色坐标点;Step S1002: Obtain color coordinates of each monochrome channel of a single luminaire in the M luminaries, and determine a reference color coordinate set in the gamut polygon of each luminaire; the reference color coordinate in the preferred embodiment refers to the CIE1931xy coordinate system. Take a series of color coordinate points selected in a certain step size. The step size is determined by the human eye by two adjacent reference colors. For example, the steps of the x-axis and the y-axis can be taken as 0.002. Taking all grid points in the gamut triangle of the luminaire as reference color coordinate points;
步骤S1004:将公共色域取为第1个定标灯具的色域三角形内的所有栅格点,称为第1个灯具的参考色坐标集;Step S1004: taking the common color gamut as all the grid points in the gamut triangle of the first calibration luminaire, which is called the reference color coordinate set of the first luminaire;
步骤S1006:选出第1个灯具的参考色坐标集中的点落在第2个灯具的色域三角形内的所有参考色坐标点,称为2个灯具的公共色域;Step S1006: selecting all the reference color coordinate points of the reference color coordinate set of the first luminaire that fall within the gamut triangle of the second luminaire, which are called the common color gamut of the two luminaires;
步骤S1008:判断的灯具的数量M是否大于2;如果是,则继续执行步骤S1010;如果否,则转到步骤S1018; Step S1008: whether the number M of the determined lamps is greater than 2; if yes, proceed to step S1010; if not, go to step S1018;
步骤S1010:设定n=2;Step S1010: setting n=2;
步骤S1012:选出n个灯具的公共色域中的点落在第n+1个灯具的色域三角形内的所有参考色坐标点,称为n+1个灯具的公共色域;Step S1012: selecting all the reference color coordinate points of the n color gamut in the common color gamut of the n luminaires, which are called the common color gamut of n+1 luminaries;
步骤S1014:设定n=n+1;Step S1014: setting n=n+1;
步骤S1016:判断n的数值是否与M的数值相同;如果是,则继续执行步骤S1018;如果否,则转到步骤S1012;Step S1016: determining whether the value of n is the same as the value of M; if yes, proceeding to step S1018; if not, proceeding to step S1012;
步骤S1018:得到M个灯具的公共色域,流程结束。Step S1018: Obtain the public color gamut of the M lamps, and the process ends.
优选地,在步骤S804中,根据多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具的对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件可以包括以下操作:Preferably, in step S804, according to the mean value and the covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps, it is determined whether the corresponding respective monochrome channels of the one or more lamps that are subjected to the scaling process are in compliance with the preset. Conditions can include the following:
步骤S6:获取第j个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标,并设置为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000029
Step S6: acquiring color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the jth luminaire, and setting
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000029
步骤S7:按照以下公式计算统计量:Step S7: Calculate the statistic according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000030
其中,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000031
表示已经统计的N个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000032
表示N个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的协方差,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000033
表示
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000034
的逆矩阵,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000035
近似服从自由度为2的卡方分布;
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000030
among them,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000031
Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of each monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000032
a covariance representing the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels of the N lamps,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000033
Express
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000034
Inverse matrix,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000035
Approximate compliance with a chi-square distribution with a degree of freedom of 2;
步骤S8:将
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000036
与预设阈值T进行比较,如果
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000037
大于T,则表示与
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000038
对应的灯具不符合预设条件,其中,T为根据预设的置信度确定的阈值。
Step S8: Will
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000036
Compare with the preset threshold T, if
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000037
If it is greater than T, it means
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000038
The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold determined according to a preset confidence level.
在优选实施例中,根据已经统计的N个同型号灯具的各单色通道的色坐标的均值(记为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000039
其中,下标i表示第i个单色通道)和协方差(记为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000040
),可以判断后续定标的第N+1,…,M个灯具的每个单色通道是否合格,即是否显著地与已知统计规律不同。
In a preferred embodiment, the mean value of the color coordinates of each of the monochromatic channels of the N lamps of the same type that have been counted (denoted as
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000039
Where subscript i denotes the i-th monochrome channel) and covariance (denoted as
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000040
), it can be judged whether the N+1, ..., the subsequent calibration of each of the M luminaires is qualified, that is, whether it is significantly different from the known statistical law.
在优选实施过程中,可以采用假设检验中的卡方检验方法。具体实施过程如下:In a preferred implementation, a chi-square test in a hypothesis test can be employed. The specific implementation process is as follows:
获取第j个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标,记为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000041
Get the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the jth fixture, recorded as
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000041
按照以下公式求取统计量:Calculate the statistics according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000042
其中,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000043
表示矩阵
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000044
的逆矩阵,统计量
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000045
服从自由度为2的卡方分布。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000043
Representation matrix
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000044
Inverse matrix, statistic
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000045
Obey the chi-square distribution with a degree of freedom of 2.
将统计量t同预设阈值T进行比较,判断以下公式是否成立:The statistic t is compared with a preset threshold T to determine whether the following formula holds:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000046
如果成立,则说明第j个被测灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标显著地与已知的统计规律不一致;亦即该灯具的这个单色通道不合格,产品出厂前需要加以维修或者直接作为废品处理。此处,上述预设阈值T可以根据一个预设的置信度,从卡方分布的累积分布函数反推出来,也可以通过查询标准的卡方分布表获得。If it is established, the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the jth tested luminaire are significantly inconsistent with the known statistical laws; that is, the monochromatic channel of the luminaire is unqualified, and the product needs to be repaired before leaving the factory or Directly treated as waste. Here, the preset threshold T may be derived from the cumulative distribution function of the chi-square distribution according to a preset confidence degree, or may be obtained by querying a standard chi-square distribution table.
需要说明的是,假设检验中N为需要统计均值和协方差的灯具样本数量。即,在检验中先统计1到N个灯具色坐标的均值和协方差。根据统计的均值和协方差后续判定N到M个灯具是否合格。 It should be noted that, in the hypothesis test, N is the number of luminaire samples that need to be statistically mean and covariance. That is, the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of 1 to N lamps are first counted in the test. According to the statistical mean and covariance, it is determined whether N to M lamps are qualified.
图11是根据本发明优选实施例的采用卡方检验判断一个灯具的各个单色通道是否合格的示意图。如图11所示,图中的四个椭圆分别代表四个单色通道在预设的置信度(与卡方检验的预设置信度相对应)内的色坐标的正常取值范围。圆点表示各自的均值,而方点则表示实测色坐标。如果方点落在椭圆内,则说明相应的通道合格;反之,如果方点未落在椭圆内,则说明该通道不合格。在图11所示的情况下,RGB三个通道均检测合格;但是,W通道未通过检测。Figure 11 is a schematic illustration of the determination of the eligibility of individual monochromatic channels of a luminaire using a chi-square test in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the four ellipses in the figure respectively represent the normal range of color coordinates of the four monochrome channels within a preset confidence level (corresponding to the preset reliability of the chi-square test). Dots represent their respective mean values, while square points represent measured color coordinates. If the square point falls within the ellipse, the corresponding channel is qualified; otherwise, if the square point does not fall within the ellipse, the channel is unqualified. In the case shown in Fig. 11, all of the RGB channels are qualified; however, the W channel fails the detection.
优选地,在步骤S804,判定获取统计量之后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具的对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件之后,还可以包括以下步骤:Preferably, in step S804, after determining whether the corresponding respective monochrome channels of the one or more luminaires that perform the scaling process after the statistic is processed meet the preset condition, the following steps may be further included:
步骤S9:在获取公共色域范围的过程中,不获取将判定为不符合预设条件的灯具的色域色域多边形。Step S9: In the process of acquiring the public color gamut range, the gamut gamut polygon of the luminaire that is determined not to meet the preset condition is not acquired.
另外,除了采用卡方检验的方法判断一个灯具的特定单色通道是否显著地与已知统计规律不同之外,还可以采用上述方法判断是否在计算已经检测过的所有灯具的公共色域范围时需要将特定灯具的色域考虑在内。如果一个灯具的特定单色通道显著地与已知统计规律不同,那么在计算公共色域范围时就不应该考虑该灯具的色域,以避免为满足较少的不符合要求的灯具的色域而将绝大部分的符合生产要求的灯具的公共色域范围选取得过于保守,其原因在于:在该灯具的色域同已知公共色域求取交集时,会损失很多在已知公共色域内、却不在该灯具的色域内的点。这种情况下,应该直接将该灯具淘汰、或者对其进行维修、又或者单独标出其色域范围,但不确保该灯具与其它灯具的同一性。In addition, in addition to using the chi-square test to determine whether a particular monochrome channel of a luminaire is significantly different from known statistical laws, the above method can also be used to determine whether to calculate the common gamut range of all luminaires that have been detected. The gamut of a particular fixture needs to be taken into account. If a particular monochromatic channel of a luminaire is significantly different from known statistical laws, then the gamut of the luminaire should not be considered when calculating the common gamut range to avoid gamuts for fewer non-compliant luminaires. The public color gamut range of most of the lamps that meet the production requirements is too conservative, because the color gamut of the luminaire and the known common color gamut are mixed, and many common colores are lost. A point within the domain that is not within the gamut of the fixture. In this case, the luminaire should be eliminated or repaired, or the gamut range should be marked separately, but the luminaire is not guaranteed to be identical to other luminaires.
实施例3Example 3
该实施例的灯具控制方法为灯具调节方法。通过本发明实施例的灯具调节方法可以对灯具的光通量、功耗等参数进行调节。以下结合附图对本发明实施例进行说明。The luminaire control method of this embodiment is a luminaire adjustment method. The lamp adjusting method of the embodiment of the invention can adjust parameters such as luminous flux and power consumption of the lamp. The embodiments of the present invention are described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
一般地,人眼的视觉系统具有对于短(420-440nm)、中(530-540nm)和长(560-580nm)三个波段的光感受器即视锥细胞,因此对于某一灯具而言,其出射光被人眼所识别到的颜色可以基于对三种视锥细胞的刺激比例来描述。具体来说,可以先定义三种主要颜色,再利用颜色叠加模型来调节三种颜色各自的输出,便可以通过三种颜色的叠加表现出各种颜色。利用上述原理,具有多个单色通道的灯具作为一个整体,便可以通过多个通道的光的叠加表现出单色通道本身的颜色之外的光色,例如,该多个单色通道可以包括:红光通道、绿光通道和蓝光通道,然而本发明对此不作限定,利用其他颜色的两个以上的单色通道的组合均可以达到组合出不同光色的效果, 这并不影响本发明技术方案的实施及其技术效果的实现,类似的实施方式均应视为在本发明的保护范围之内。In general, the human eye's visual system has photoreceptors, ie, cones, for the short (420-440 nm), medium (530-540 nm), and long (560-580 nm) bands, so for a certain luminaire, The color that the emitted light is recognized by the human eye can be described based on the stimulation ratio of the three cones. Specifically, three main colors can be defined first, and then the color superimposition model is used to adjust the respective outputs of the three colors, so that various colors can be expressed by superimposing the three colors. With the above principle, a luminaire having a plurality of monochromatic channels as a whole can express light colors other than the color of the monochromatic channel itself by superposition of light of a plurality of channels, for example, the plurality of monochromatic channels can include The red light channel, the green light channel and the blue light channel are not limited in the present invention, and the combination of two or more monochrome channels of other colors can achieve the effect of combining different light colors. This does not affect the implementation of the technical solutions of the present invention and the implementation of the technical effects thereof, and similar embodiments are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
更具体地,在本发明实施例中,可以采用色坐标的方式来对灯具及其每一单色通道的出射光的颜色进行描述,换而言之,色坐标是以参数值的形式对某一种颜色的表达。一般地,该色坐标可以位于色彩空间内,其坐标值通常可以用于描述某种颜色对人眼的不同视锥细胞的刺激程度,或者说三色刺激值。例如,对于为本领域技术人员所知的CIE1931色彩空间来说,其所定义的三种主要颜色近似于红色、绿色和蓝色,进而某一其他颜色可以表达为这三种颜色的组合以达到对人眼的相同的刺激效果,其中,三种颜色各自的分量便可以作为该色彩空间中的坐标值X、Y和Z。More specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, color coordinates may be used to describe the color of the light emitted by the luminaire and each of the monochromatic channels. In other words, the color coordinates are in the form of parameter values. An expression of color. Generally, the color coordinates can be located in the color space, and the coordinate values can generally be used to describe the degree of stimulation of a certain color to different cones of the human eye, or tristimulus values. For example, for the CIE 1931 color space known to those skilled in the art, the three main colors defined are similar to red, green, and blue, and thus some other color can be expressed as a combination of the three colors to achieve The same stimulating effect on the human eye, in which the respective components of the three colors can be used as the coordinate values X, Y and Z in the color space.
图12是根据本发明实施例的灯具调节方法的流程图。该灯具调节方法可以用在具有至少三个光通道的可调调色的灯具中,即灯具具有n个不同的单色光通道(n≥3),通过调整每个光通道的色坐标满足目标色坐标,使得灯具调节出的颜色为目标颜色,但是,为了使得灯具发出的光能够满足用户的光照需求,或者出于节能的目的,还可以在灯具满足目标颜色的条件下,对灯具进行进一步的调节,该灯具调节的方法包括如下步骤:12 is a flow chart of a method of adjusting a luminaire in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The luminaire adjustment method can be used in a tunable luminaire having at least three optical channels, that is, the luminaire has n different monochromatic optical channels (n ≥ 3), and the target color is satisfied by adjusting the color coordinates of each optical channel. Coordinates, so that the color adjusted by the luminaire is the target color, but in order to make the light emitted by the luminaire meet the lighting requirements of the user, or for the purpose of energy saving, the luminaire can be further processed under the condition that the luminaire meets the target color. Adjustment, the method of adjusting the lamp comprises the following steps:
步骤S1202,获取灯具的总光通量与驱动参数的第一预设对应关系,其中,总光通量为至少三个光通道的光通量的和。Step S1202: Acquire a first preset correspondence relationship between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the total luminous flux is the sum of the luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels.
步骤S1204,获取灯具的目标颜色与驱动参数的第二预设对应关系,其中,驱动参数用于调整灯具为目标颜色。Step S1204: Acquire a second preset correspondence relationship between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire as the target color.
为了达到控制并调节灯具的目的,可以采用PWM调光方式对灯具进行调光,调节灯具为目标颜色,同时,还能调节灯具满足其他预设条件。假设灯具具有n个不同的单色通道,灯具n个通道输出的混合光的三刺激值XYZ满足下面的线性叠加关系:In order to achieve the purpose of controlling and adjusting the luminaire, the luminaire can be dimmed by PWM dimming mode, the luminaire is adjusted to the target color, and the luminaire can be adjusted to meet other preset conditions. Assuming that the luminaire has n different monochromatic channels, the tristimulus value XYZ of the mixed light output from the n channels of the luminaire satisfies the following linear superposition relationship:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000047
  (公式1)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000047
(Formula 1)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000048
  (公式2)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000048
(Formula 2)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000049
  (公式3)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000049
(Formula 3)
其中,i=1,……,n,XiYiZi是第i个通道的CIE1931XYZ坐标,Yi在色度学里表示亮度,实际运用中也可以表示为第i个通道的照度。设XiYi是第i个通道的CIE1931xy色坐标。则上式中的系数ai、bi定义如下Where i=1, . . . , n, X i Y i Z i is the CIE1931XYZ coordinate of the i-th channel, and Y i represents the brightness in the chromaticity, and can also be expressed as the illuminance of the i-th channel in actual use. Let X i Y i be the CIE1931xy color coordinate of the ith channel. Then the coefficients ai and bi in the above formula are defined as follows
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000050
  (公式4)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000050
(Formula 4)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000051
  (公式5)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000051
(Equation 5)
设ci为第i个通道的PWM调光信号的占空比,即驱动参数为ci,可知Yi=pici。其中,Yi表示第i个光通道的光照度,pi是PWM占空比值同第i个光通道的照度(该光照度与第i个光通道实际产生的光通量成正比)之间的比例系数。应该理解,灯具的光通量同其在任意一个固定的目标点处的光照度成正比。同理,每个光通道的光通量同该通道在任意一个固定的目标点处的光照度成正比。因此,在同一个固定的目标点,光通量同光照度成正比。由于上述CIE1931XYZ坐标中的Y坐标表示照度或亮度,又因为测量光照度比测量光通量容易得多,本发明的说明书中用光照度代替光通量来建立求解驱动参数的公式。Let c i be the duty ratio of the PWM dimming signal of the i-th channel, that is, the driving parameter is c i , and Y i =p i c i . Wherein, Y i represents the illuminance of the i-th optical channel, and p i is a proportional coefficient between the PWM duty value and the illuminance of the i-th optical channel (the illuminance is proportional to the luminous flux actually generated by the i-th optical channel). It should be understood that the luminous flux of the luminaire is proportional to its illuminance at any fixed target point. Similarly, the luminous flux of each optical channel is proportional to the illuminance of the channel at any fixed target point. Therefore, at the same fixed target point, the luminous flux is proportional to the illuminance. Since the Y coordinate in the above CIE 1931 XYZ coordinates represents illuminance or brightness, and since the measurement of illuminance is much easier than measuring the luminous flux, the illuminance is used instead of the luminous flux to establish a formula for solving the driving parameters in the specification of the present invention.
设目标参考色坐标为(xr,yr)。要使n个单色通道的混合光色达到(xr,yr),ci需满足以下方程组:Let the target reference color coordinate be (x r , y r ). To make the mixed light color of n monochromatic channels reach (x r , y r ), c i must satisfy the following equations:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000052
  (公式6)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000052
(Equation 6)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000053
  (公式7)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000053
(Equation 7)
通过公式6和公式7能够调节灯具为目标颜色,即第二预设对应关系为公式6和公式7,由上述公式可知,可以通过驱动参数ci调节灯具的颜色为目标颜色,其中,驱动参数ci为变量。Through formula 6 and formula 7, the luminaire can be adjusted to the target color, that is, the second preset correspondence relationship is formula 6 and formula 7. It can be known from the above formula that the color of the luminaire can be adjusted to the target color by driving parameter c i , wherein the driving parameter c i is a variable.
第i个光通道的光照度为Yi=pici,则至少三个光通道的总光照度为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000054
由此可知,至少三个光通道的总光照度包含驱动参数ci,通过求得驱动参数即可调节灯具中每个光通道的光照度,从而得到灯具的总光照度与灯具的总光通量成正比。
The illuminance of the i-th optical channel is Y i =p i c i , and the total illuminance of at least three optical channels is
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000054
It can be seen that the total illuminance of at least three optical channels includes the driving parameter c i , and the illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire can be adjusted by obtaining the driving parameters, so that the total illuminance of the luminaire is proportional to the total luminous flux of the luminaire.
步骤S1206,获取灯具中每个光通道的最大光通量。Step S1206: Acquire a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire.
在制造灯具的过程中,灯具中每个光通道都具有其最大的光通量,即灯具的每个光通道能够达到的光通量的上限,由于灯具的光照度与光通量成正比,因此每个光通道在一个固定的目标点处能够到达到的光照度不能大于这个光通道在这个目标点处的最大光照度,用Yi,max表示,同理,最大光照度与最大光通量成正比。In the process of manufacturing the luminaire, each optical channel in the luminaire has its maximum luminous flux, that is, the upper limit of the luminous flux that can be achieved by each optical channel of the luminaire. Since the illuminance of the luminaire is proportional to the luminous flux, each optical channel is in one The illuminance that can be reached at a fixed target point cannot be greater than the maximum illuminance of the optical channel at this target point, expressed as Y i,max . Similarly, the maximum illuminance is proportional to the maximum luminous flux.
步骤S1208,获取驱动参数的范围。由于驱动参数ci为第i个通道的PWM占空比,PWM占空比的范围在0~1之间,即0≤ci≤1。Step S1208, obtaining a range of driving parameters. Since the driving parameter c i is the PWM duty ratio of the i-th channel, the PWM duty ratio ranges between 0 and 1, that is, 0 ≤ c i ≤ 1.
步骤S1210,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到使总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值。Step S1210: According to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters, obtain driving parameter values that cause the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition.
由上述内容可知,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围均与驱动参数具有一定的对应关系,因此,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到使总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值,即求解公式6、公式7、
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000055
和每个光通道的最大光通量、驱动参数的范围等公式组成的方程组,求解驱动参数值。
According to the foregoing, the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters have a certain correspondence with the driving parameters, and therefore, according to the first preset The relationship between the relationship, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the driving parameter, and the driving parameter value that causes the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition, that is, solving Equation 6 and Equation 7,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000055
The equations consisting of the formula of the maximum luminous flux and the range of driving parameters for each optical channel are used to solve the driving parameter values.
步骤S1212,利用驱动参数值对灯具进行调整。在求得驱动参数之后,将驱动参数代入到上述方程组中,即可确定灯具的参数,从而达到调整灯具的目的。In step S1212, the luminaire is adjusted by using the driving parameter value. After the driving parameters are obtained, the driving parameters are substituted into the above equations to determine the parameters of the lamps, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the lamps.
通过上述实施例,在对灯具的参数进行调整的过程中,无需人工在CIE1931色度图上光源的色域内绘制辅助点来寻找调整灯具的参数,也不会在灯具的光通道大于4个时无法找到可逆矩阵而导致的无法调整灯具的参数,在满足目标颜色的条件下,满足对需要调节的驱动参数的约束条件,并求解驱动参数即可达到调节灯具的目的,从而解决了现有技术中对可调灯具的参数进行调节不方便的问题,达到了便于调节灯具的效果。Through the above embodiments, in the process of adjusting the parameters of the luminaire, it is not necessary to manually draw the auxiliary points in the gamut of the light source on the CIE1931 chromaticity diagram to find the parameters of the tuned lamp, and the optical channel of the luminaire is not more than four. The inability to find the reversible matrix can not adjust the parameters of the luminaire. Under the condition that the target color is satisfied, the constraints on the driving parameters that need to be adjusted are satisfied, and the driving parameters can be solved to achieve the purpose of adjusting the luminaire, thereby solving the prior art. The problem of inconvenient adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable luminaire is achieved, and the effect of adjusting the luminaire is achieved.
在满足目标颜色的条件下,可以调节灯具的输出光通量和功耗等性能,本发明实施例了提供以下三种调节方案。The performance of the luminous flux and power consumption of the luminaire can be adjusted under the condition that the target color is satisfied. The following three adjustment schemes are provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
方案一,该方案能够调节灯具输出的总光通量或总光照度为最大,即第一预设对应关系满足灯具的总光通量达到最大值: In the first scheme, the solution can adjust the total luminous flux or the total illuminance of the luminaire output to the maximum, that is, the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire to reach a maximum value:
当灯具的总光通量达到最大值时,灯具在空间中任意一个固定的目标位置点处的光照度也到达到最大。最大光照度的公式可以表示为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000056
该总光照度的最大值为包含驱动参数ci这个变量的表达式。应该理解,使得照度达到最大值的驱动参数ci同样可以使得灯具的总光通量达到最大值。
When the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum, the illuminance of the luminaire at any fixed target point in space also reaches its maximum. The formula for maximum illuminance can be expressed as
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000056
The maximum value of the total illuminance is an expression containing the variable of the driving parameter c i . It should be understood that the drive parameter c i that maximizes the illuminance can also maximize the total luminous flux of the luminaire.
其次,在光通道i的实际光照度小于等于光通道i的最大光照度时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第一驱动参数值,其中,利用第一驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具的总光通量达到最大值,其中,光通道i为至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道。为了便于采集数据,此处通过采集灯具输出的总光照度来求解驱动参数值,由于光照度与光通量具有比例关系,根据光通量求解的驱动参数值同样也可以通过光照度求解。Secondly, when the actual illuminance of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the optical channel i, the first driving parameter value is obtained according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter, where the first The drive parameter value drives the luminaire such that the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels. In order to collect data conveniently, the driving parameter value is solved by collecting the total illuminance outputted by the luminaire. Since the illuminance has a proportional relationship with the luminous flux, the driving parameter value solved according to the luminous flux can also be solved by the illuminance.
为了使得灯具输出的总光照度最大,则可以通过求解以下方式组得到驱动参数:In order to maximize the total illuminance of the luminaire output, the drive parameters can be obtained by solving the following set of methods:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000057
在该方程组中,公式9和公式10能够约束灯具的输出颜色为目标颜色,即作为第二预设对应关系;公式8能够优化灯具输出的总光照度为最大值,即作为第一预设对应关系;公式11能够约束灯具中每个光通道的实际光照度小于等于该通道的最大光照度,公式12能够约束驱动参数即PWM调光信号的占空比的取值在0~1之间。在通过公式8至公式12求解出的驱动参数ci为第一驱动参数值,利用第一驱动参数值能够使得灯具在满足目标颜色的情况下,输出的总光照度最大,根据光照度与光通量的比例关系可知,输出的总光通量最大。In the system of equations, Equation 9 and Equation 10 can constrain the output color of the luminaire to the target color, that is, as the second preset correspondence; Equation 8 can optimize the total illuminance of the luminaire output to the maximum value, that is, as the first preset corresponding Relationship 11; Equation 11 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel. Equation 12 can constrain the driving parameter, that is, the duty cycle of the PWM dimming signal to be between 0 and 1. The driving parameter c i solved by the formula 8 to the formula 12 is the first driving parameter value, and the first driving parameter value enables the total illumination of the luminaire to be the largest when the luminaire meets the target color, according to the ratio of the illuminance to the luminous flux. The relationship shows that the total luminous flux output is the largest.
通过方案一,可以在知道每个光通道的最大光通量的情况下即可求解使得灯具输出的总光通量为最大值的第一驱动参数值,通过第一驱动参数值对灯具进行调整,从 而解决了现有技术中对可调灯具的参数进行调节不方便的问题,进而达到了便于调节灯具的效果。According to the first scheme, the first driving parameter value that maximizes the total luminous flux outputted by the luminaire can be solved under the condition of knowing the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the luminaire is adjusted by the first driving parameter value. The invention solves the problem that the adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable lamp is inconvenient in the prior art, thereby achieving the effect of facilitating the adjustment of the lamp.
方案二,该方案在方案一调节输出的总光通量或总光照度为最大的基础上,调节灯具的实际功耗小于等于灯具的最大功耗。In the second scheme, the actual power consumption of the luminaire is adjusted to be less than or equal to the maximum power consumption of the luminaire based on the maximum total luminous flux or total illuminance of the adjusted output of the first scheme.
首先,获取灯具的最大功耗。灯具在制造生产过程中都具有一个设计功耗,即在低于该设计功耗时灯具可以正常工作,在高于该设计功耗时,灯具可能会烧毁导致损坏,该设计功耗即为最大功耗,此处用Pmax表示。First, get the maximum power consumption of the luminaire. The luminaire has a design power consumption during the manufacturing process, that is, the luminaire can work normally when the power consumption is lower than the design power. When the power consumption is higher than the design power, the luminaire may burn and cause damage, and the design power consumption is the maximum. Power consumption, here expressed by P max .
其次,获取灯具的实际功耗,其中,实际功耗为灯具达到目标颜色时各个光通道的功耗之和。灯具的实际功耗可以通过测量灯具中每个光通道的实际功耗来获取灯具的实际功耗,即灯具的实际功耗为灯具中每个光通道的实际功耗的总和,第i个光通道的实际功耗为Pi,maxci,则灯具的实际功耗为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000058
Secondly, the actual power consumption of the luminaire is obtained, wherein the actual power consumption is the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color. The actual power consumption of the luminaire can be obtained by measuring the actual power consumption of each optical channel in the luminaire, that is, the actual power consumption of the luminaire is the sum of the actual power consumption of each optical channel in the luminaire, the ith light The actual power consumption of the channel is P i,max c i , and the actual power consumption of the luminaire is
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000058
最后,在灯具的实际功耗小于等于最大功耗,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第二驱动参数值以驱动灯具达到目标颜色时的实际功耗不超过灯具的最大功耗,且灯具的总光通量达到最大值。即通过下述方程组对驱动参数进行求解:Finally, when the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter The actual power consumption when the second drive parameter value is obtained to drive the luminaire to the target color does not exceed the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum. The drive parameters are solved by the following equations:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000059
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000059
在该方程组中,公式14和公式15能够使得灯具的输出颜色为目标颜色,公式13能够约束灯具输出的总光照度为最大值,公式16能够约束灯具的多个光通道的功耗小于等于灯具的最大功耗,公式17能够约束灯具中每个光通道的实际光照度小于等于该通道的最大光照度,公式18能够约束驱动参数的取值在0~1之间。在通过公式13至 公式18求解出的驱动参数ci为第二驱动参数值,利用第二驱动参数值能够使得灯具在满足目标颜色的情况下,输出的总光照度以及总光通量最大。In this system of equations, Equations 14 and 15 enable the output color of the luminaire to be the target color, Equation 13 can constrain the total illuminance of the luminaire output to a maximum value, and Equation 16 can constrain the power consumption of multiple optical channels of the luminaire to be less than or equal to the luminaire. The maximum power consumption, Equation 17 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel. Equation 18 can constrain the driving parameter to be between 0 and 1. The driving parameter c i solved by Equations 13 to 18 is the second driving parameter value, and the second driving parameter value enables the luminaire to output the total illuminance and the total luminous flux to the maximum when the target color is satisfied.
通过方案二,可以在确定每个光通道的最大光照度以及最大光通量,以及灯具的实际功耗小于灯具的最大功耗的情况下求解驱动参数,通过驱动参数对灯具进行调整,使得在灯具的实际功率小于等于最大功率时,使得灯具输出的总光照度以及总光通量最大,从而解决了现有技术中对可调灯具的参数进行调节不方便的问题,进而达到了便于调节灯具的效果。Through the second scheme, the driving parameters can be solved under the condition that the maximum illuminance and the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel are determined, and the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the luminaire is adjusted by the driving parameters, so that the actual luminaire is When the power is less than or equal to the maximum power, the total illumination and the total luminous flux output by the lamp are maximized, thereby solving the problem that the adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable lamp is inconvenient in the prior art, thereby achieving the effect of facilitating the adjustment of the lamp.
方案三,为了在保证灯具输出的颜色为目标颜色的同时,不仅使得灯具的光通量满足用户的照明要求,还能使得灯具的总功耗最小,以达到节能的目的,本实施例还可以通过下述方法对灯具进行调节:In the third embodiment, in order to ensure that the color of the output of the lamp is the target color, not only the luminous flux of the lamp can meet the lighting requirements of the user, but also the total power consumption of the lamp can be minimized to achieve the purpose of energy saving, and the embodiment can also pass the The method of adjusting the luminaire:
首先,获取灯具为目标颜色的最小目标光通量。First, the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire for the target color is obtained.
其次,获取灯具实际功耗与驱动参数的第三预设对应关系,其中,实际功耗为灯具达到目标颜色时各个光通道的功耗之和,第三预设对应关系满足灯具为目标颜色时实际功耗为最小值。Secondly, obtaining a third preset correspondence relationship between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the actual power consumption is the sum of the power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color, and the third preset correspondence relationship satisfies the luminaire as the target color. The actual power consumption is the minimum.
灯具的实际功耗为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000060
实际功耗的最小值为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000061
The actual power consumption of the luminaire is
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000060
The minimum actual power consumption is
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000061
最后,在总光通量大于等于最小目标光通量,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第三预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第三驱动参数值,其中,利用第三驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具为目标颜色的实际功耗为最小值并且总光通量大于等于最小目标光通量。由于光通量与光照度成比例,则在总光通量大于等于最小目标光照度,且光通道i的实际光照度小于等于光通道i的最大光照度时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第三预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第三驱动参数值,其中,利用第三驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具为目标颜色的实际功耗为最小值并且总光照度大于等于最小目标光照度。 Finally, when the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the third preset correspondence, and The range of drive parameters yields a third drive parameter value, wherein the luminaire is driven with the third drive parameter value such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux. Since the luminous flux is proportional to the illuminance, when the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target illuminance, and the actual illuminance of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, The third preset correspondence and the range of the driving parameters obtain a third driving parameter value, wherein the third driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum value and the total illuminance is greater than or equal to the minimum target illuminance.
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000062
在该方程组中,公式19能够使得灯具的实际功耗为最小值,即第三预设对应关系;公式20和公式21能够使得灯具的输出颜色为目标颜色,公式22能够约束灯具的多个光通道的光照度的总和大于等于灯具的最小目标光照度,即第一预设对应关系;公式23能够约束灯具中每个光通道的实际光照度小于等于该通道的最大光照度,公式24能够约束驱动参数即PWM调光信号的占空比的取值在0~1之间。在通过公式19至公式24求解出的驱动参数ci为第三驱动参数值,利用第三驱动参数值能够使得灯具在满足目标颜色的情况下,不仅能够最小化灯具的总功耗,还能同时保证灯具发出的光足够的量,即输出的总光照度大于等于灯具的最小目标光照度。In this system of equations, Equation 19 enables the actual power consumption of the luminaire to be the minimum, ie the third preset correspondence; Equation 20 and Equation 21 enable the output color of the luminaire to be the target color, and Equation 22 can constrain multiple luminaires The sum of the illuminances of the optical channels is greater than or equal to the minimum target illuminance of the luminaire, that is, the first preset correspondence; Equation 23 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel, and Equation 24 can constrain the driving parameters. The duty ratio of the PWM dimming signal is between 0 and 1. The driving parameter c i solved by the formula 19 to the formula 24 is the third driving parameter value, and the third driving parameter value enables the luminaire to not only minimize the total power consumption of the luminaire, but also minimize the total power consumption of the luminaire. At the same time, the amount of light emitted by the luminaire is sufficient, that is, the total illuminance of the output is greater than or equal to the minimum illuminance of the luminaire.
通过方案三,可以在确定灯具的最小目标光通量,以及在灯具的实际光通量大于等于灯具的最小目标光通量时,求解灯具的光功耗为最小值时的驱动参数,也即在确定灯具的最小目标光照度,以及在灯具的实际光照度大于等于灯具的最小目标光照度时,求解灯具的光功耗为最小值时的驱动参数,通过驱动参数对灯具进行调整,使得在灯具的光通量满足正常照明的条件下,使得灯具输出的总功耗最小,在灯具为目标颜色时,只需提供调节灯具的约束条件,即可求解出灯具的驱动参数,并利用求解得到的驱动参数对灯具进行调节,从而解决了现有技术中对可调灯具的参数进行调节不方便的问题,进而达到了便于调节灯具的效果。According to the third scheme, the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire can be determined, and when the actual luminous flux of the luminaire is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire, the driving parameter when the optical power consumption of the luminaire is the minimum value is solved, that is, the minimum target of the luminaire is determined. The illuminance, and when the actual illuminance of the luminaire is greater than or equal to the minimum illuminance of the luminaire, the driving parameters for solving the luminaire's optical power consumption are at a minimum, and the luminaire is adjusted by the driving parameters so that the luminous flux of the luminaire satisfies the normal illumination condition. The total power consumption of the luminaire output is minimized. When the luminaire is the target color, the adjustment parameters of the luminaire can be provided, and the driving parameters of the luminaire can be solved, and the illuminating parameters can be adjusted by using the obtained driving parameters, thereby solving the problem. In the prior art, the problem of adjusting the parameters of the adjustable luminaire is inconvenient, and the effect of adjusting the luminaire is achieved.
按照上述多个方案对灯具进行调节时,不需要人工寻找辅助点,能够利用方程组得到准确的驱动参数来对灯具进行调整,不仅方便计算,还提高了调整灯具的准确性。同时,上述实施例也适用于具有4个以上光通道的灯具,避免了利用矩阵求解驱动参数时没有可逆矩阵而导致无法对灯具进行调整。When the luminaire is adjusted according to the above multiple schemes, it is not necessary to manually find the auxiliary point, and the equation can be used to obtain accurate driving parameters to adjust the luminaire, which not only facilitates calculation, but also improves the accuracy of adjusting the luminaire. At the same time, the above embodiment is also applicable to a luminaire having more than 4 optical channels, which avoids the fact that the matrix can be used to solve the driving parameters without an invertible matrix, which makes it impossible to adjust the luminaire.
优选地,为了对灯具进一步调整,该灯具调节方法还包括:获取至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道的光辐射通量;获取光辐射通量与驱动参数的第四预设对应关系, 其中,第四预设对应关系用于限制光辐射通量处于预定范围,其中,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第四预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到第四驱动参数值,其中,利用第四驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具的光辐射通量处于预定范围,光辐射通量与驱动参数之间是正比关系。Preferably, in order to further adjust the luminaire, the illuminating method further includes: acquiring an optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; and acquiring a fourth preset correspondence between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, The fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the fourth preset correspondence relationship, and the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel And the range of the driving parameters, the fourth driving parameter value is obtained, wherein the fourth driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire such that the illuminating flux of the luminaire is in a predetermined range, and the optical radiant flux is proportional to the driving parameter.
应该理解,上述光通量可以通过光照度转换从而进行计算,也即获取至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道的光辐射通量;获取光辐射通量与驱动参数的第四预设对应关系,其中,第四预设对应关系用于限制光辐射通量处于预定范围,其中,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第四预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到第四驱动参数值,其中,利用第四驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具的光辐射通量处于预定范围。It should be understood that the above-mentioned luminous flux can be calculated by illuminance conversion, that is, the optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels is obtained; and the fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter is obtained, wherein The fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the fourth preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux and driving of each optical channel The range of the parameter results in a fourth drive parameter value, wherein the luminaire is driven with the fourth drive parameter value such that the illuminant flux of the luminaire is within a predetermined range.
本发明实施例的灯具调节方法,并不限于方案一至方案三的三种方法,还可以针对每个光通道的参数对灯具进行调整。例如,在方案一的基础上限制某个光通道的光辐射通量范围,或者在方案二的基础上限制白光的输出光通量的范围,再或者在方案三的基础上限制某个光通道的功率等。在确定针对某光通道的参数的约束条件后,结合该约束条件以及相应方案的方程组求解驱动参数的值,从而利用求解出的驱动参数的值对灯具进行调节。The method for adjusting the luminaire of the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the three methods of the first to the third embodiments, and the luminaire can be adjusted for the parameters of each optical channel. For example, limiting the range of optical radiation flux of a certain optical channel on the basis of the first scheme, or limiting the range of the output luminous flux of the white light on the basis of the second scheme, or limiting the power of an optical channel on the basis of the third scheme. Wait. After determining the constraint condition for the parameter of an optical channel, the constraint parameter and the equations of the corresponding solution are used to solve the value of the driving parameter, thereby adjusting the luminaire by using the value of the obtained driving parameter.
需要说明的是,由于光通量与照度成一定比例,照度与亮度成一定比例,所以,通过求解驱动参数调节光通量也能相应的调节灯具的亮度和照度,同理,在需要对照度或者亮度进行调节时,也可以利用上述方法,建立照度或者亮度与光通量的关系式,从而能够在满足一定照度或者亮度的条件下,求解驱动参数从而调节灯具。It should be noted that since the luminous flux is proportional to the illuminance, the illuminance is proportional to the brightness. Therefore, by adjusting the driving parameters to adjust the luminous flux, the brightness and illuminance of the luminaire can be adjusted accordingly. Similarly, adjustments are needed in comparison with the brightness or brightness. At the same time, the above method can also be used to establish the relationship between the illuminance or the brightness and the luminous flux, so that the driving parameters can be solved to adjust the luminaire under the condition that a certain illuminance or brightness is satisfied.
例如,在方案一的基础上对灯具的照度进行约束,使得灯具的照度处于范围a~b,则可以根据照度与光通量的对应关系,以及方案一中的公式10确定关于照度的约束条件,在结合公式8、公式9以及公式11、公式12求解驱动参数的值。For example, on the basis of the first scheme, the illuminance of the luminaire is constrained so that the illuminance of the luminaire is in the range a to b, and the constraint on the illuminance can be determined according to the correspondence between the illuminance and the luminous flux and the formula 10 in the first scheme. Combine Equation 8, Equation 9, and Equation 11, Equation 12 to solve the value of the drive parameter.
由此可知,在满足目标颜色的基础上,可以通过本发明上述实施例提供的方法针对不同的约束条件求解驱动参数,从而达到调节灯具的目的,以使灯具能够达到不同的性能。虽然上述实施例中没有穷举灯具能够调节的所有约束条件,但是,应该知道的是,凡是利用本发明实施例提供的方法来对灯具进行调节的方法都在本发明的精神范围之内。It can be seen that, on the basis of satisfying the target color, the driving parameters can be solved for different constraints by the method provided by the above embodiments of the present invention, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the luminaire, so that the luminaire can achieve different performances. While the above embodiments do not have all of the constraints that the luminaire can adjust, it should be understood that any method of adjusting the luminaire using the methods provided by embodiments of the present invention is within the spirit of the present invention.
下面以一个五通道的LED灯具为例具体说明上述实施例中的方法。 The method in the above embodiment will be specifically described below by taking a five-channel LED lamp as an example.
五个通道的光参数表如表2所示,包括CIE1931xy色坐标,各通道最大照度Yi,max(lux),各通道最大功耗Pi,max(W),各通道照度和PWM的比值piThe optical parameters of the five channels are shown in Table 2, including CIE1931xy color coordinates, the maximum illumination of each channel Y i,max (lux), the maximum power consumption of each channel P i,max (W), the ratio of illumination and PWM of each channel. p i .
表2.各通道光参数表Table 2. Optical parameters of each channel
通道编号Channel number (xi,yi)(x i , y i ) Yi,max(lux)Y i,max (lux) Pi,max(W)P i,max (W) pi p i
11 (0.62,0.32)(0.62, 0.32) 140140 22 140140
22 (0.44,0.52)(0.44, 0.52) 165165 11 165165
33 (0.15,0.68)(0.15, 0.68) 233233 33 233233
44 (0.4,0.4)(0.4,0.4) 320320 33 320320
55 (0.12,0.18)(0.12, 0.18) 100100 44 100100
图13是根据本发明实施例的灯具色域的示意图,该LED灯具的色域如图13所示。其中,色域为由曲线和直线围成的区域,在不规则四边形围成的区域的五个顶点上的黑色圈代表五个通道的色坐标点,在该四边形中间的黑圈代表白光的色坐标,即(0.4,0.4)。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a gamut of a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention, the gamut of which is shown in FIG. Wherein, the color gamut is an area surrounded by a curve and a straight line, and the black circle on the five vertices of the area surrounded by the irregular quadrilateral represents the color coordinate point of the five channels, and the black circle in the middle of the quadrilateral represents the color of the white light. Coordinates, ie (0.4, 0.4).
按照方案一对灯具进行调节,结果如表3所示。According to the scheme, a pair of lamps are adjusted, and the results are shown in Table 3.
表3.按照方案一进行调节的调节结果Table 3. Adjustment results adjusted according to protocol one
(xi,yi)(x i , y i ) PWMPWM Y(lux)Y(lux) P(W)P(W)
(0.32,0.32)(0.32, 0.32) (0.41,0,0.11,1,1)(0.41,0,0.11,1,1) 503.22503.22 8.158.15
(0.34,0.34)(0.34, 0.34) (0.83,0,0.41,1,1)(0.83,0,0.41,1,1) 631.77631.77 9.899.89
(0.36,0.36)(0.36, 0.36) (1,0.74,0.44,1,1)(1,0.74,0.44,1,1) 784.2784.2 11.0511.05
(0.38,0.38)(0.38, 0.38) (1,1,0.45,1,0.72)(1,1,0.45,1,0.72) 802.26802.26 10.2510.25
(0.4,0.4)(0.4,0.4) (1,1,0.51,1,0.42)(1,1,0.51,1,0.42) 784.98784.98 9.29.2
如表3,由上到下依次为灯具的5个光通道,5个光通道目标颜色的xy色坐标如表3中的第一列(xi,yi)所示,PWM占空比如表3的第二列所示,每个光通道的输出总光照度Y如表3的第三列所示,每个光通道的输出总功耗如表3的第四列所示。表3是利用方案一的方法进行调节的结果,其中,在灯具为目标颜色时,即灯具的xy色坐标与目标颜色的xy色坐标相同时,使得每个通道输出的光照度以及光通量最大,从而灯具输出的光照度以及光通量最大。As shown in Table 3, from top to bottom are the five optical channels of the luminaire. The xy color coordinates of the target colors of the five optical channels are as shown in the first column (x i , y i ) in Table 3, and the PWM duty ratio is as shown in the table. As shown in the second column of 3, the total illumination illuminance Y of each optical channel is shown in the third column of Table 3. The total output power consumption of each optical channel is shown in the fourth column of Table 3. Table 3 is the result of the adjustment by the method of the first scheme, wherein when the luminaire is the target color, that is, when the xy color coordinate of the luminaire is the same as the xy color coordinate of the target color, the illuminance and the luminous flux output by each channel are maximized, thereby The illuminance of the luminaire output and the luminous flux are the largest.
按照方案二对灯具进行调节,结果如表4所示。按照方案二对灯具进行调节,即在功耗不大于某个值时,最大化灯具输出的总亮度。假设功耗不能大于10,则经过方案二的方法对灯具进行调节后的结果如下。通过方案二确定驱动参数,利用确定的驱动参数对灯具进行调节时,可以对灯具的每个通道的输出功率进行调节,从而调节了灯具的输出的总功率。 According to the second scheme, the lamps are adjusted. The results are shown in Table 4. According to the second scheme, the luminaire is adjusted, that is, when the power consumption is not greater than a certain value, the total brightness of the luminaire output is maximized. Assuming that the power consumption cannot be greater than 10, the results of the adjustment of the luminaire by the method of the second scheme are as follows. The driving parameters are determined by the second scheme, and when the luminaire is adjusted by the determined driving parameters, the output power of each channel of the luminaire can be adjusted, thereby adjusting the total power output of the luminaire.
表4.按照方案二进行调节的调节结果Table 4. Adjustment results adjusted according to scenario two
(xi,yi)(x i , y i ) PWMPWM Y(lux)Y(lux) P(W)P(W)
(0.32,0.32)(0.32, 0.32) (0.41,0,0.11,1,1)(0.41,0,0.11,1,1) 503.22503.22 8.158.15
(0.34,0.34)(0.34, 0.34) (0.83,0,0.41,1,1)(0.83,0,0.41,1,1) 631.77631.77 9.899.89
(0.36,0.36)(0.36, 0.36) (0.75,1,0.23,1,0.95)(0.75,1,0.23,1,0.95) 739.45739.45 1010
(0.38,0.38)(0.38, 0.38) (0.95,1,0.42,1,0.71)(0.95,1,0.42,1,0.71) 787.37787.37 1010
(0.4,0.4)(0.4,0.4) (1,1,0.51,1,0.42)(1,1,0.51,1,0.42) 784.98784.98 9.29.2
对比表3和表4可知,灯具均处于目标颜色,即表3和表4中每个光通道的xy坐标均相同。对比表3和表4每个光通道的输出功耗,其中,对于色点(0.32,0.32)、(0.34,0.34)和(0.4,0.4)两个表无变化,但是对于色点(0.36,0.36)和(0.38,0.38)所在的光通道,在表3中分别为11.05和10.25,均大于10,由于方案二限制每个光通道输出的功耗不能大于10,因此,在表3中色点(0.36,0.36)和(0.38,0.38)所在的光通道的输出功耗为10。Comparing Table 3 and Table 4, the luminaires are all in the target color, that is, the xy coordinates of each optical channel in Tables 3 and 4 are the same. Comparing the output power consumption of each optical channel in Tables 3 and 4, where there is no change for the color points (0.32, 0.32), (0.34, 0.34), and (0.4, 0.4), but for the color point (0.36, The optical channels where 0.36) and (0.38, 0.38) are located are 11.05 and 10.25 in Table 3, respectively, which are greater than 10. Since the power consumption of each optical channel output cannot be greater than 10, the color in Table 3 is The optical channel where the points (0.36, 0.36) and (0.38, 0.38) are located has an output power of 10.
按照方案三对灯具进行调节,结果如表5所示。按照方案三对灯具进行调节,即在灯具输出的总光照度满足一定量时,使得每个光通道的输出功耗最小。假设灯具中每个光通道输出的总光照度不能小于500lux。According to the third scheme, the lamps are adjusted. The results are shown in Table 5. According to the third scheme, the luminaire is adjusted, that is, when the total illuminance of the luminaire output satisfies a certain amount, the output power consumption of each optical channel is minimized. Assume that the total illuminance of each light channel output in the luminaire cannot be less than 500 lux.
表5.按照方案三进行调节的调节结果Table 5. Adjustment results adjusted according to scenario three
(xi,yi)(x i , y i ) PWMPWM Y(lux)Y(lux) P(W)P(W)
(0.32,0.32)(0.32, 0.32) (0.35,0.12,0.05,1,1)(0.35, 0.12, 0.05, 1, 1) 500500 7.977.97
(0.34,0.34)(0.34, 0.34) (0.27,0.4,0,1,0.77)(0.27, 0.4, 0, 1, 0.77) 500500 7.017.01
(0.36,0.36)(0.36, 0.36) (0.25,0.55,0,1,0.55)(0.25, 0.55, 0, 1, 0.55) 500500 6.266.26
(0.38,0.38)(0.38, 0.38) (0.22,0.68,0,1,0.362)(0.22, 0.68, 0, 1, 0.362) 500500 5.585.58
(0.4,0.4)(0.4,0.4) (0.2,0.8,0,1,0.19)(0.2,0.8,0,1,0.19) 500500 4.984.98
由于通过方案三限制了每个光通道的输出光照度不能小于500Lux,并在满足光照度大于500lux的情况下最小化光通道的输出功率,因此,经过方案三的限制表5中的每个光通道的输出光照度都为500lux,且相比表3和表4,表5中每个光通道输出功率都相应的减小,且每个光通道的PWM值也相应的减小。Since the output illuminance of each optical channel is not limited to 500 Lux by scheme 3, and the output power of the optical channel is minimized when the illuminance is greater than 500 lux, the limitation of scheme 3 is limited to each optical channel in Table 5. The output illuminance is 500 lux, and compared with Table 3 and Table 4, the output power of each optical channel in Table 5 is correspondingly reduced, and the PWM value of each optical channel is correspondingly reduced.
本发明实施例还提供了一种灯具控制装置,需要说明的是,该灯具控制装置可以用于执行本发明实施例的灯具控制方法,本发明实施例的灯具控制方法也可以通过本发明实施例所提供的灯具控制装置来执行。图14是根据本发明实施例的灯具控制装置的示意图,如图14所示,该灯具控制装置包括:第一获取总模块10,用于获取灯具单色通道的色坐标;第二获取总模块20,用于根据灯具单色通道的色坐标获取灯具单色通道的驱动参数;以及控制总模块30,用于按照驱动参数对灯具进行控制。 The embodiment of the present invention further provides a luminaire control device. It should be noted that the luminaire control device can be used to perform the luminaire control method of the embodiment of the present invention. The provided luminaire control device is implemented. 14 is a schematic diagram of a luminaire control apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the luminaire control apparatus includes: a first acquisition total module 10 for acquiring color coordinates of a monochrome channel of a luminaire; and a second acquisition total module 20, for obtaining the driving parameter of the monochrome channel of the lamp according to the color coordinate of the monochrome channel of the lamp; and controlling the total module 30 for controlling the lamp according to the driving parameter.
实施例4Example 4
该实施例的灯具控制装置为灯具的驱动装置,该灯具的驱动装置可以用于执行本发明实施例的灯具的驱动方法,本发明实施例的灯具的驱动方法也可以通过本发明实施例所提供的灯具的驱动装置来执行。图15是根据本发明实施例的灯具的驱动装置的示意图,如图15所示,该灯具的驱动装置包括:The luminaire control device of the embodiment is a driving device of the luminaire, and the driving device of the illuminating device can be used to perform the driving method of the luminaire according to the embodiment of the present invention. The driving method of the illuminating device according to the embodiment of the present invention can also be provided by the embodiment of the present invention. The luminaire's drive is implemented. 15 is a schematic diagram of a driving device of a luminaire according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the driving device of the luminaire includes:
1)第一获取单元1502,用于获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,其中,灯具包括该多个单色通道,且灯具的出射光为该多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加;1) a first obtaining unit 1502, configured to acquire color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire includes the plurality of monochrome channels, and the emitted light of the luminaire is respectively sent by the plurality of monochrome channels Superposition of monochromatic light;
2)第二获取单元1504,用于根据出射光的目标色坐标和每个通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度;2) a second obtaining unit 1504, configured to obtain a target illuminance of each channel according to a target color coordinate of the emitted light and a color coordinate of each channel;
3)第三获取单元1506,用于获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数;3) a third obtaining unit 1506, configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel;
4)第一驱动单元1508,用于使用获取的每个通道的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。4) A first driving unit 1508 for driving each channel using the acquired driving parameters of each channel.
应当明确的是,本发明实施例所要解决的问题之一是提供一种装置,以便于通过对包含有多个单色通道的灯具中的每个通道的驱动,来实现该灯具的整体所发出的出射光的光色或者说色坐标的调整,并可以通过对每个通道的驱动参数的精确控制,使得该出射光的色坐标准确地回归到某一目标值。It should be clear that one of the problems to be solved by embodiments of the present invention is to provide a device for facilitating the overall output of the luminaire by driving each of the luminaires including a plurality of monochromatic channels. The light color or the color coordinate of the emitted light is adjusted, and the color coordinates of the outgoing light can be accurately returned to a certain target value by precise control of the driving parameters of each channel.
为达到这一目的,为发明人所知的一种解决方案是采用递归的方式,不断地根据出射光的色坐标的反馈来调节每个通道的驱动参数,直到出射光的色坐标达到某一目标色坐标附近的允许范围内为止。然而,采用这种方式通常需要消耗较长的时间来等待重复执行的调节过程的完结,并且在一些场景下,通过反馈调节得出的驱动参数可能并不收敛,也即可能出现出射光的色坐标围绕着需要达到的目标色坐标浮动、但始终无法落入上述允许范围的情形。In order to achieve this, a solution known to the inventors is to use a recursive method to constantly adjust the driving parameters of each channel according to the feedback of the color coordinates of the outgoing light until the color coordinates of the outgoing light reach a certain level. Up to the allowable range near the target color coordinates. However, in this way, it usually takes a long time to wait for the end of the repetitive adjustment process, and in some scenarios, the drive parameters obtained by feedback adjustment may not converge, that is, the color of the emitted light may occur. The coordinates revolve around the target color coordinates that need to be reached, but cannot always fall within the above allowable range.
为解决上述问题,在本发明实施例中,先测得灯具中的每个单色通道的色坐标,然后利用色度学原理计算出为使灯具整体的出射光达到目标色坐标所需的每个通道的目标照度,再利用预先为每一单色通道所建立的驱动模型、也即每个通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系来匹配出每个通道所需的驱动参数,进而可以使用这些驱动参数分别对每个通道进行驱动,以完成对灯具的驱动,并使灯具整体的出射光达到 目标色坐标。在本发明实施例中,基于目标色坐标对每个通道及其驱动参数的控制是开环的,从而免除了反馈调节的过程,这就可以加快调节速度并提高调节效率,进而解决了现有方案对具有多个不同颜色通道的灯具进行调节耗时较长的问题。In order to solve the above problem, in the embodiment of the present invention, the color coordinates of each monochromatic channel in the luminaire are measured first, and then the chromaticity principle is used to calculate each of the required light for the illuminating light of the luminaire to reach the target color coordinate. The target illuminance of each channel, and then use the driving model established for each monochrome channel, that is, the correspondence between the driving parameters of each channel and the target illuminance to match the driving parameters required for each channel, and then Each of these channels can be driven separately using these drive parameters to complete the drive of the luminaire and to achieve the overall exit of the luminaire Target color coordinates. In the embodiment of the present invention, the control of each channel and its driving parameters based on the target color coordinates is open-loop, thereby eliminating the process of feedback adjustment, which can speed up the adjustment speed and improve the adjustment efficiency, thereby solving the existing The solution takes longer to adjust the luminaire with multiple different color channels.
进一步地,在本发明实施例中,还可以利用类似的方式完成对灯具的标定,也即通过设定目标色坐标并将基于该目标色坐标所获取的驱动参数记录到数据表中的方式,在灯具出厂前标定出目标色坐标与驱动参数之间的映射关系,并可以将记录得到的数据表存储到灯具的控制器中,以便于灯具在实际使用的过程中能够利用预存的数据表快速查询得到与其所需达到的目标色坐标相匹配的每个通道的驱动参数,从而达到进一步地加快对灯具的出射光进行调节的调节速度的效果,并降低了对灯具的控制器的计算能力的要求。Further, in the embodiment of the present invention, the calibration of the luminaire can also be completed in a similar manner, that is, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameters acquired based on the target color coordinate into the data table, The mapping relationship between the target color coordinates and the driving parameters is calibrated before the lamp is shipped, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can be quickly utilized in the actual use process by using the pre-stored data table. The query obtains the driving parameters of each channel that match the target color coordinates that it needs to achieve, thereby achieving the effect of further accelerating the adjustment speed of the light emitted by the luminaire, and reducing the computing power of the controller of the luminaire. Claim.
以下将结合附图及具体的实施例对本发明技术方案进行更为详细的描述。The technical solutions of the present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments.
如图15所示,根据本发明实施例提供的灯具的驱动装置,通过第一获取单元1502,可以获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,其中,灯具包括该多个单色通道,且灯具的出射光包括该多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加。As shown in FIG. 15 , according to the driving device of the luminaire provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels can be acquired by the first acquiring unit 1502, wherein the luminaire includes the plurality of monochromes. The channel, and the emitted light of the luminaire includes a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels.
一般地,人眼的视觉系统具有对于短(420-440nm)、中(530-540nm)和长(560-580nm)三个波段的光感受器即视锥细胞,因此对于某一灯具而言,其出射光被人眼所识别到的颜色可以基于对三种视锥细胞的刺激比例来描述。具体来说,可以先定义三种主要颜色,再利用颜色叠加模型来调节三种颜色各自的输出,便可以通过三种颜色的叠加表现出各种颜色。利用上述原理,具有多个单色通道的灯具作为一个整体,便可以通过多个通道的光的叠加表现出单色通道本身的颜色之外的光色,例如,该多个单色通道可以包括:红光通道、绿光通道和蓝光通道,然而本发明对此不作限定,利用其他颜色的两个以上的单色通道的组合均可以达到组合出不同光色的效果,这并不影响本发明技术方案的实施及其技术效果的实现,类似的实施方式均应视为在本发明的保护范围之内。In general, the human eye's visual system has photoreceptors, ie, cones, for the short (420-440 nm), medium (530-540 nm), and long (560-580 nm) bands, so for a certain luminaire, The color that the emitted light is recognized by the human eye can be described based on the stimulation ratio of the three cones. Specifically, three main colors can be defined first, and then the color superimposition model is used to adjust the respective outputs of the three colors, so that various colors can be expressed by superimposing the three colors. With the above principle, a luminaire having a plurality of monochromatic channels as a whole can express light colors other than the color of the monochromatic channel itself by superposition of light of a plurality of channels, for example, the plurality of monochromatic channels can include : red light channel, green light channel and blue light channel, however, the invention is not limited thereto, and the combination of two or more single color channels of other colors can achieve the effect of combining different light colors, which does not affect the present invention. The implementation of the technical solutions and the realization of the technical effects thereof, and similar embodiments are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
更具体地,在本发明实施例中,可以采用色坐标的方式来对灯具及其每一单色通道的出射光的颜色进行描述,换而言之,色坐标是以参数值的形式对某一种颜色的表达。一般地,该色坐标可以位于色彩空间内,其坐标值通常可以用于描述某种颜色对人眼的不同视锥细胞的刺激程度,或者说三色刺激值。例如,对于为本领域技术人员所知的CIE1931色彩空间来说,其所定义的三种主要颜色近似于红色、绿色和蓝色,进而某一其他颜色可以表达为这三种颜色的组合以达到对人眼的相同的刺激效果,其中,三种颜色各自的分量便可以作为该色彩空间中的坐标值X、Y和Z。 More specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, color coordinates may be used to describe the color of the light emitted by the luminaire and each of the monochromatic channels. In other words, the color coordinates are in the form of parameter values. An expression of color. Generally, the color coordinates can be located in the color space, and the coordinate values can generally be used to describe the degree of stimulation of a certain color to different cones of the human eye, or tristimulus values. For example, for the CIE 1931 color space known to those skilled in the art, the three main colors defined are similar to red, green, and blue, and thus some other color can be expressed as a combination of the three colors to achieve The same stimulating effect on the human eye, in which the respective components of the three colors can be used as the coordinate values X, Y and Z in the color space.
在本发明实施例中,可以先通过第一获取单元1502测得灯具中的多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,具体地,该色坐标可以使用色度计进行测量。例如,图5示出了一种可选的包括红、绿和蓝共三个单色通道的灯具中的每个通道的色坐标的测量结果。具体地,图5中所示的x-y坐标系可以表示色彩空间所在的坐标系,其中横坐标x可以表示三种颜色中的一种的占比,纵坐标y可以表示另一种的占比,则剩余的一种颜色的占比可以通过(1-x-y)来表示。图5中由虚线所标识出的区域502可以表示CIE1931的色域,该色域502可以视为是能够被人眼所识别的颜色的集合,且色域502中的每一个坐标点均可以表达一种颜色。图5中由实线所标识出的区域504可以表示该灯具的可调色域,也即通过对灯具所包括的三个单色通道中的每个通道的驱动参数的调节所能组合出的灯具整体的出射光的颜色的集合,具体地,该色域504的三个顶点Pr、Pg、Pb分别表示三个单色通道各自的色坐标点,其中,Pr可以是色度计所测得的红光通道的色坐标点,Pg可以是色度计所测得的绿光通道的色坐标点,Pb可以是色度计所测得的蓝光通道的色坐标点。在上述场景下,通过对三个单色通道的驱动参数的调节,便可以内叠加出位于上述可调色域504的任一种颜色,例如图5中通过色坐标点Pw所表示的白色等。In the embodiment of the present invention, the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels in the luminaire may be first measured by the first obtaining unit 1502. Specifically, the color coordinates may be measured using a colorimeter. For example, Figure 5 shows a measurement of the color coordinates of each of the optional luminaires including three monochromatic channels of red, green, and blue. Specifically, the xy coordinate system shown in FIG. 5 may represent a coordinate system in which the color space is located, wherein the abscissa x may represent the proportion of one of the three colors, and the ordinate y may represent the proportion of the other. Then, the proportion of the remaining one color can be expressed by (1-xy). The region 502 identified by the dashed line in FIG. 5 may represent the color gamut of the CIE 1931, which may be considered a collection of colors that can be recognized by the human eye, and each coordinate point in the color gamut 502 can be expressed. One color. The area 504 identified by the solid line in Figure 5 may represent the tunable domain of the luminaire, i.e., by adjusting the drive parameters of each of the three monochromatic channels included in the luminaire. a set of colors of the emitted light of the luminaire as a whole. Specifically, the three vertices Pr, Pg, and Pb of the color gamut 504 respectively represent color coordinate points of the three monochrome channels, wherein Pr can be measured by a colorimeter. The color coordinate point of the red light channel, Pg may be the color coordinate point of the green light channel measured by the colorimeter, and Pb may be the color coordinate point of the blue light channel measured by the colorimeter. In the above scenario, by adjusting the driving parameters of the three monochrome channels, any color located in the above-mentioned colorable field 504 can be superimposed, for example, white indicated by the color coordinate point Pw in FIG. .
在此基础上,根据本发明实施例提供的驱动装置,通过第二获取单元1504,可以根据灯具的出射光的目标色坐标和每个通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度。On the basis of the driving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the second illuminating unit 1504 can obtain the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light of the luminaire and the color coordinates of each channel.
具体地,在本发明实施例中,多个单色通道中的每个通道各自对应的照度便可以表示每个通道的光输出比例,进而通过各单色通道在不同比例下的输出光的叠加,便可以组合出所需的颜色或者说灯具的出射光的色坐标。更具体地,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述第二获取单元1504可以包括:Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the illuminance corresponding to each of the plurality of monochrome channels can represent the light output ratio of each channel, and then the superposition of the output light at different ratios through the respective monochrome channels. Then, you can combine the desired color or the color coordinates of the light emitted by the luminaire. More specifically, as an optional manner, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing second obtaining unit 1504 may include:
1)生成模块,用于在预设色坐标空间中生成以每个通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域;1) a generating module, configured to generate a color mixing region with a color coordinate of each channel as a vertex in a preset color coordinate space;
2)第四获取模块,用于在目标色坐标位于混色区域内时,根据目标色坐标相对于每个通道的色坐标之间的相对位置关系获取每个通道的照度比例;2) a fourth obtaining module, configured to obtain an illuminance ratio of each channel according to a relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel when the target color coordinates are located in the color mixing region;
3)第二处理模块,用于将出射光的照度总和与每个通道的照度比例的乘积作为每个通道的目标照度。3) A second processing module for using the product of the sum of the illuminance of the outgoing light and the illuminance ratio of each channel as the target illuminance for each channel.
进一步地,根据本发明实施例提供的驱动装置,通过第三获取单元1506,可以获取与每个通道的目标照度相对应的每个通道的驱动参数,进而可以通过第一驱动单元1508,使用获取的每个通道的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。 Further, according to the driving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the driving parameter of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel can be acquired by the third acquiring unit 1506, and can be obtained by using the first driving unit 1508. The drive parameters for each channel drive each channel.
具体地,在本发明实施例中,该驱动参数可以表示用于驱动灯具中的每个通道并起到对每个通道的照度的调节作用的物理参量,例如,在本发明的一些实施例中,该驱动参数可以是作为模拟量的电压信号的电压幅值,而在另一些实施例中,该驱动参数也可以是作为数字量的PWM信号的占空比等,其中,该驱动参数通常可以与灯具的驱动电路的输出相对应,然而本发明对此不作任何限定。In particular, in an embodiment of the invention, the drive parameter may represent a physical parameter for driving each channel in the luminaire and acting as an adjustment to the illuminance of each channel, for example, in some embodiments of the invention The driving parameter may be a voltage amplitude of the analog voltage signal, and in other embodiments, the driving parameter may also be a duty ratio of the digital PWM signal, etc., wherein the driving parameter is generally Corresponding to the output of the driving circuit of the luminaire, the present invention does not limit this.
在另一方面,在本发明实施例中,该驱动参数可以基于预先建立的每一单色通道的驱动模型来获取。例如,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述第三获取单元1506可以包括:In another aspect, in an embodiment of the invention, the drive parameter may be acquired based on a pre-established drive model for each monochrome channel. For example, as an optional manner, in the embodiment of the present invention, the third acquiring unit 1506 may include:
1)拟合模块,用于对预先获取的与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,其中,多个驱动参数采样值与多个照度采样值一一对应;1) a fitting module, configured to perform fitting processing on a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values corresponding to each channel acquired in advance, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sampling values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values One-to-one correspondence;
2)第一获取模块,用于根据拟合处理的结果获取与每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系;2) a first obtaining module, configured to acquire, according to a result of the fitting process, a correspondence between a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and a target illuminance;
3)第二获取模块,用于根据对应关系获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数。3) The second acquiring module is configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel according to the correspondence relationship.
在本发明实施例中,对于灯具中的每个通道来说,均可以先对提前测得的多组驱动参数采样值与照度采样值进行拟合,然后根据拟合的结果来判断出该单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系。最简单地,对于驱动参数与照度之间的线性度较高的灯具,如利用一定电压阈值以下的电压信号或者是在一定频率阈值以下的PWM信号控制的LED灯具来说,上述拟合处理可以采用线性拟合的方式。然而这并非本发明唯一的实施方式,例如,对于线性度较差的灯具来说,则也可以采用其他拟合方式获得更为复杂的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系,本发明对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, for each channel in the luminaire, the sampled values of the plurality of sets of driving parameters measured in advance may be first matched with the illuminance sampled values, and then the single point is determined according to the result of the fitting. The correspondence between the driving parameters of the color channel and the target illuminance. In the simplest case, for a luminaire with high linearity between driving parameters and illuminance, such as an LED illuminator controlled by a voltage signal below a certain voltage threshold or a PWM signal below a certain frequency threshold, the above fitting process may A linear fit is used. However, this is not the only embodiment of the present invention. For example, for a luminaire with poor linearity, other fitting methods may be used to obtain a correspondence between more complex driving parameters and target illuminance. Not limited.
例如,作为其中一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述拟合模块具体可以包括:For example, as an optional manner, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing fitting module may specifically include:
1)第一拟合子模块,用于对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行线性拟合;其中,1) a first fitting sub-module for linearly fitting a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values; wherein
上述第一获取模块具体可以包括:The foregoing first obtaining module may specifically include:
2)第一处理子模块,用于根据线性拟合的结果获取对应关系:E=p*c+E0,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,p和E0为常系数;其中, 2) The first processing sub-module is configured to obtain a correspondence according to the result of the linear fitting: E=p*c+E 0 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, and c represents the driving parameter of each channel, p And E 0 is a constant coefficient;
上述第二获取模块具体可以包括:The foregoing second obtaining module may specifically include:
3)第二处理子模块,用于根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:c=(E-E0)/p。3) The second processing sub-module is configured to obtain the driving parameter of each channel according to the following calculation formula: c=(EE 0 )/p.
以图6所示的拟合结果为例。在图6中,黑色实心圆点可以表示采样点,该采样点的横坐标值可以表示驱动参数采样值,也即预设的多个PWM占空比的值,该采样点的纵坐标值可以表示照度采样值,也即在该多个PWM占空比中的每一个下所测得的单色通道的照度值。从图6中可以看出,对应该单色通道来说,其驱动参数与照度之间的线性度较好,因此可以采用线性拟合的拟合处理方式对其进行拟合,拟合结果可以是图6中所示的直线602。在上述场景下,常系数p可以是直线602的斜率,常系数E0可以近似为零,也即作为驱动参数的占空比与目标照度基本呈比例关系。Take the fitting result shown in Fig. 6 as an example. In FIG. 6, the black solid dot may represent a sampling point, and the abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios, and the ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles. It can be seen from Fig. 6 that the linearity between the driving parameters and the illuminance is better for the monochrome channel, so it can be fitted by the fitting method of linear fitting, and the fitting result can be It is a straight line 602 shown in FIG. In the above scenario, the constant coefficient p may be the slope of the straight line 602, and the constant coefficient E 0 may be approximately zero, that is, the duty ratio as the driving parameter is substantially proportional to the target illuminance.
此外,作为另一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述拟合模块可以包括:In addition, as an alternative, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing fitting module may include:
1)第二拟合子模块,用于采用插值法对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理;其中,1) a second fitting sub-module for fitting a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values by interpolation; wherein
上述第一获取模块具体可以包括:The foregoing first obtaining module may specifically include:
1)第三处理子模块,用于根据拟合处理的结果获取对应关系:E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,c1表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c1<c,c2表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c2>c,E1表示多个照度采样值中与c1对应的一个,E2表示多个照度采样值中与c2对应的一个;其中,1) a third processing sub-module, configured to obtain a correspondence according to a result of the fitting process: E=(E 2 -E 1 )*(cc 1 )/(c 2 -c 1 )+E 1 , wherein E represents The target illuminance of each channel, c represents the drive parameter of each channel, c 1 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 1 <c, c 2 represents one of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 2 > c, E 1 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 1 , and E 2 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 2 ;
上述第二获取模块具体可以包括:The foregoing second obtaining module may specifically include:
1)第四处理子模块,用于根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:1) The fourth processing sub-module is configured to obtain driving parameters of each channel according to the following calculation formula:
c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1c = (c 2 - c 1 ) * (EE 1 ) / (E 2 - E 1 ) + c 1 .
以图7所示的拟合结果为例。在图7中,黑色实心圆点可以表示采样点,该采样点的横坐标值可以表示驱动参数采样值,也即预设的多个PWM占空比的值,该采样点的纵坐标值可以表示照度采样值,也即在该多个PWM占空比中的每一个下所测得的单色通道的照度值。区别于前述线性拟合的处理方式,在本发明实施例中,采用了插值法的处理方式对多个采样点进行了拟合处理,具体地,该插值法的处理方式可以视为是使用连接多个采样点的折线来表示每个通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应 关系,也即,在相邻的两个采样点之间的取值区间内,该对应关系可以通过连接在该相邻的两个采样点之间的线段来表示。Take the fitting result shown in Fig. 7 as an example. In FIG. 7, the black solid dot may represent a sampling point, and the abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios, and the ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles. Different from the foregoing processing method of linear fitting, in the embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of sampling points are matched by using an interpolation method, and specifically, the processing method of the interpolation method can be regarded as using a connection. A polyline of multiple sampling points to represent the correspondence between the driving parameters of each channel and the target illuminance The relationship, that is, within the value interval between two adjacent sampling points, the correspondence may be represented by a line segment connected between the adjacent two sampling points.
在上述场景下,通过第二拟合子模块所执行的拟合处理的结果可以是图7中的连接多个采样点的折线702,进而与该组采样点对应的单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系便可以通过该折线702来表示。例如,对于图7中相邻的两个采样点(c1,E1)和(c2,E2)之间的取值区间来说,任一驱动参数c所对应的目标照度E可以表示为:In the above scenario, the result of the fitting process performed by the second fitting sub-module may be the folding line 702 connecting the plurality of sampling points in FIG. 7, and further the driving parameters of the monochrome channel corresponding to the group of sampling points and The correspondence between the target illuminances can be represented by the broken line 702. For example, for the value interval between two adjacent sampling points (c 1 , E 1 ) and (c 2 , E 2 ) in FIG. 7, the target illuminance E corresponding to any driving parameter c can represent for:
E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1E=(E 2 -E 1 )*(cc 1 )/(c 2 -c 1 )+E 1 ,
相对应地,则若要达到目标照度E,则所需的驱动参数c可以表示为:Correspondingly, if the target illuminance E is to be reached, the required drive parameter c can be expressed as:
c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1c = (c 2 - c 1 ) * (EE 1 ) / (E 2 - E 1 ) + c 1 .
通过上述两个示例提供了上述拟合模块中所描述的拟合处理的两种具体的实施方式,然而应当理解的是,本发明实施例中所采用的具体的拟合处理方式并不限于上述两种,例如,还可以采用其他更为复杂的非线性曲线拟合处理,如三次样条插值法等,此外,在本发明的一些实施例中,也可以采用神经网络或者函数逼近的其他处理方式来实现,等等,本发明对此不作任何限定。Two specific embodiments of the fitting process described in the above fitting module are provided by the above two examples, however, it should be understood that the specific fitting processing method employed in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above. For example, other more complicated nonlinear curve fitting processes, such as cubic spline interpolation, etc., may be employed. Further, in some embodiments of the present invention, neural networks or other processes of function approximation may also be employed. The method is implemented, and the like, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
在另一方面,从以上描述可知,作为一种可选的方式,与拟合模块耦合地,上述装置还可以包括:In another aspect, it is known from the above description that, as an alternative, coupled to the fitting module, the apparatus may further include:
1)选取单元,用于选取与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值;1) selecting a unit for selecting a plurality of driving parameter sample values corresponding to each channel;
2)第二驱动单元,用于使用多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动;2) a second driving unit, configured to drive each channel by using each of the plurality of driving parameter sampling values;
3)第四获取单元,用于在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前照度作为与每个驱动参数采样值对应的照度采样值。3) The fourth obtaining unit is configured to acquire the current illuminance of each channel as the illuminance sampling value corresponding to each driving parameter sample value when driving each channel by using each driving parameter sampling value.
在此基础上,进一步可选地,在本发明实施例中,上述第一获取单元1502可以包括:On the basis of this, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first obtaining unit 1502 may include:
1)第三获取模块,用于在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前色坐标; 1) a third obtaining module, configured to acquire a current color coordinate of each channel when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sampling value;
2)第一处理模块,用于将在多个驱动参数采样值下获取的多个当前色坐标的平均值作为每个通道的色坐标。2) The first processing module is configured to use an average value of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of driving parameter sample values as the color coordinates of each channel.
也即,在本发明实施例中,可以在对驱动参数进行扫描以标定单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系的同时,对每个驱动参数采样值下的单色通道的色坐标进行测量,进而可以将测得的多个色坐标的平均值作为第一获取单元1502中所描述该单色通道的色坐标。通过这一方式,可以进一步地消除来自于色度计的内部或外部的干扰因素,如温度对色度计带来的测量不准确的影响等,从而实现对灯具的出射光的色坐标进行更为准确地驱动控制。That is, in the embodiment of the present invention, the color of the monochrome channel under the sampling value of each driving parameter may be compared while the driving parameter is scanned to calibrate the correspondence between the driving parameter of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance. The coordinates are measured, and the average of the measured plurality of color coordinates can be used as the color coordinates of the monochrome channel described in the first obtaining unit 1502. In this way, interference factors from the inside or outside of the colorimeter can be further eliminated, such as the influence of temperature on the measurement inaccuracy caused by the colorimeter, so as to achieve more color coordinates of the emitted light of the lamp. To drive the control accurately.
在以上描述的基础上,在本发明的一些实施例中,还可以利用类似的方式完成对灯具的标定。其中,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,上述第二获取单元1504可以包括:Based on the above description, in some embodiments of the present invention, the calibration of the luminaire can also be accomplished in a similar manner. In an embodiment of the present invention, the second acquiring unit 1504 may include:
1)选取模块,用于选取多个目标色坐标;1) selecting a module for selecting a plurality of target color coordinates;
2)第五获取模块,用于根据多个目标色坐标中的每一个和每个通道的色坐标获取与每一个相对应的每个通道的目标照度;其中,2) a fifth obtaining module, configured to acquire, according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each channel, a target illuminance of each channel corresponding to each of the channels; wherein
上述第三获取单元1506可以包括:The third obtaining unit 1506 may include:
1)第三处理模块,用于在每一个下获取每个通道的驱动参数作为与每个通道及每一个均对应的驱动参数,并将获取的均对应的驱动参数记录在数据表中;其中,1) a third processing module, configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel as driving parameters corresponding to each channel and each one, and record the obtained driving parameters in the data table; wherein ,
上述第一驱动单元1508可以包括:The first driving unit 1508 may include:
1)判断模块,用于判断出射光当前需要达到的目标色坐标;1) a judging module for judging a target color coordinate that the outgoing light currently needs to reach;
2)查找模块,用于在数据表中查找与每个通道及需要达到的目标色坐标均对应的驱动参数;2) a search module for searching for a drive parameter corresponding to each channel and a target color coordinate to be reached in the data table;
3)驱动模块,用于使用查找到的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。3) A drive module for driving each channel using the found drive parameters.
换而言之,在本发明实施例中,可以通过设定目标色坐标并将基于该目标色坐标所获取的驱动参数记录到数据表中的方式,在灯具出厂前标定出目标色坐标与驱动参数之间的映射关系,并可以将记录得到的数据表存储到灯具的控制器中,以便于灯具在实际使用的过程中能够利用预存的数据表快速查询得到与其所需达到的目标色坐标相匹配的每个通道的驱动参数,从而达到进一步地加快对灯具的出射光进行调节的调节速度的效果,并降低了对灯具的控制器的计算能力的要求。 In other words, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target color coordinate and the driving may be calibrated before the lamp is shipped, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameter obtained based on the target color coordinate into the data table. The mapping relationship between the parameters, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can use the pre-stored data table to quickly query and obtain the target color coordinate to be achieved in the actual use process. Matching the drive parameters of each channel to achieve an effect of further speeding up the adjustment of the exit light of the luminaire and reducing the computational power requirements of the luminaire's controller.
通过上述方式,对本发明技术方案及其工作原理进行了阐述,然而应当理解的是,上述实施例仅用于对本发明的理解,并不应视为是对本发明的限定。例如,前述实施例中以红、绿和蓝三个单色通道为例描述了每个通道的照度的匹配,然而在本发明的另一些实施例中,该单色通道的颜色并不仅限于是三原色,对于其他单色通道而言,仍然可以通过确定以其色坐标为顶点的可调色域并结合目标色坐标的方式来获取每个通道的目标照度,事实上,即便是对于仅具有两个单色通道的灯具来说,仍可以通过对其驱动参数的调节来获取色坐标空间中位于以该两个单色通道的色坐标为顶点的线段上的各种颜色。The technical solutions of the present invention and the working principles thereof are explained in the above manner, but it should be understood that the above embodiments are only used to understand the present invention and are not to be construed as limiting the present invention. For example, in the foregoing embodiment, the illuminance matching of each channel is described by taking three monochrome channels of red, green, and blue as an example. However, in other embodiments of the present invention, the color of the monochrome channel is not limited to The three primary colors, for other monochrome channels, can still obtain the target illuminance of each channel by determining the gradable domain with its color coordinates as the vertices and combining the target color coordinates, in fact, even for only two For a single-channel luminaire, it is still possible to obtain various colors in the color coordinate space on the line segment vertices with the color coordinates of the two monochrome channels by adjusting the driving parameters thereof.
实施例5Example 5
该实施例的灯具控制装置为光色参数的统计装置,该光色参数的统计装置可以用于执行本发明实施例的光色参数的统计方法,本发明实施例的光色参数的统计方法也可以通过本发明实施例所提供的光色参数的统计装置来执行。图16是根据本发明实施例的光色参数的统计装置的示意图,如图16所示,该光色参数的统计装置可以包括:获取模块1610,用于分别获取多个灯具中每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标以及多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差;判断模块1620,用于根据多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具的对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件;处理模块1630,用于根据多个灯具中符合预设条件的每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定多个灯具的公共色域范围。The luminaire control device of the embodiment is a statistical device for the light color parameter, and the statistic device of the light color parameter can be used to perform the statistical method of the light color parameter of the embodiment of the present invention, and the statistical method of the light color parameter of the embodiment of the present invention is also It can be performed by the statistical device of the light color parameter provided by the embodiment of the present invention. 16 is a schematic diagram of a statistical device for a light color parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the statistical device of the light color parameter may include: an obtaining module 1610, configured to respectively acquire each of the plurality of lamps The color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels and the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps; the determining module 1620 is configured to determine the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps Whether the corresponding respective monochrome channels of the one or more luminaires that are subjected to the calibration process subsequently meet the preset condition; the processing module 1630 is configured to: according to each of the plurality of luminaires, each of the plurality of luminaires that meets the preset condition The color coordinates determine the common color gamut range of multiple fixtures.
采用如图16所示的装置,解决了相关技术中缺少一种能够对同一型号的单色通道或多色通道灯具的光色参数进行统计分析的技术方案的问题,进而可以对同一型号的不同灯具的光色参数进行统计分析,并根据统计结果对被测灯具的质量进行检验,从而及时过滤质量不符合要求的灯具。The device shown in FIG. 16 solves the problem that the related art lacks a technical solution capable of statistically analyzing the light color parameters of the same type of monochrome channel or multi-color channel luminaire, and thus can be different for the same model. The light color parameters of the luminaire are statistically analyzed, and the quality of the tested luminaire is checked according to the statistical result, so that the luminaire whose quality does not meet the requirements is timely filtered.
优选地,图17是根据本发明优选实施例的光色参数的统计装置的示意图,如图17所示,处理模块1630可以包括:确定单元16300,用于根据每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定每个灯具的色域多边形;选取单元16302,用于按照n的取值由小到大依次获取n个灯具的公共色域多边形与第n+1个灯具的色域多边形的交集作为n+1个灯具的公共色域,直至获取所述公共色域范围,其中,n为大于或等于1的正整数,并且当n等于1时,将1个灯具的公共色域多边形取为第1个灯具的色域多边形。 Preferably, FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a statistical device for light color parameters according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the processing module 1630 may include a determining unit 16300 for each monochrome channel of each luminaire. The color coordinate determines the gamut polygon of each luminaire; the selecting unit 16302 is configured to obtain the intersection of the common color gamut polygon of the n luminaires and the gamut polygon of the n+1th luminaire according to the value of n from small to large. n+1 the common color gamut of the luminaire until the common gamut range is obtained, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is equal to 1, the common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the first The gamut polygon of a fixture.
优选地,如图17所示,判断模块1620可以包括:设置单元16200,用于获取第j个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标,并设置为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000063
计算单元16202,用于按照以下公式计算统计量:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000064
其中,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000065
表示已经统计的N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的均值,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000066
表示N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的协方差,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000067
表示
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000068
的逆矩阵,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000069
服从自由度为2的卡方分布;比较单元16204,用于将
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000070
与预设阈值T进行比较,如果
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000071
大于T,则表示与
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000072
对应的灯具不符合预设条件,其中,T为根据预设的置信度确定的阈值。
Preferably, as shown in FIG. 17, the determining module 1620 may include: a setting unit 16200, configured to acquire color coordinates of the ith monochrome channel of the jth luminaire, and set
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000063
The calculating unit 16202 is configured to calculate a statistic according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000064
among them,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000065
Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000066
The covariance of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel representing the N lamps,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000067
Express
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000068
Inverse matrix,
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000069
Obeying a chi-square distribution with a degree of freedom of 2; a comparison unit 16204 for
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000070
Compare with the preset threshold T, if
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000071
If it is greater than T, it means
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000072
The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold determined according to a preset confidence level.
从以上的描述中,可以看出,上述实施例实现了如下技术效果(需要说明的是这些效果是某些优选实施例可以达到的效果):采用本发明实施例所提供的技术方案,能够对灯具的各个单色通道的光色参数进行统计分析。即通过统计多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标,进而统计出所有不同灯具的公共色域范围。而公共色域即为不同灯具的色域的交集。由此可以保证所有定标过的不同灯具在该公共色域范围内的任一参考色坐标下发光的色差无法被人眼所识别。此外,根据已经统计得到的同一型号灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,采用假设检验的方法可以判断后续定标的灯具的每个单色通道是否合格。From the above description, it can be seen that the foregoing embodiment achieves the following technical effects (it is required that the effects are achievable by some preferred embodiments): by using the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, The light color parameters of each monochromatic channel of the luminaire are statistically analyzed. That is, by counting the color coordinates of each monochrome channel of a plurality of lamps, the common color gamut range of all the different lamps is counted. The common color gamut is the intersection of the gamuts of different luminaires. This ensures that the chromatic aberration of all the calibrated different luminaires that are illuminated at any reference color coordinate within the common color gamut cannot be recognized by the human eye. In addition, according to the mean and covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the same type of luminaire that have been statistically obtained, a hypothesis test method can be used to determine whether each of the monochrome channels of the subsequently calibrated luminaire is qualified.
实施例6Example 6
该实施例的灯具控制装置为灯具调节装置,该实施例的灯具调节装置可以用于执行本发明实施例所提供的灯具调节方法,本发明实施例的灯具调节方法也可以通过本发明实施例所提供的灯具调节装置来执行。The luminaire control device of this embodiment is a luminaire adjustment device, and the luminaire adjustment device of the embodiment can be used to perform the luminaire adjustment method provided by the embodiment of the present invention. The luminaire adjustment device is provided for execution.
图18是根据本发明实施例的灯具调节装置的示意图。如图18所示,该灯具调节装置包括:第一获取单元1810、第二获取单元1820、第三获取单元1830、第四获取单元1840、求解单元1850和调整单元1860。 Figure 18 is a schematic illustration of a luminaire adjustment apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 18, the luminaire adjusting device includes a first acquiring unit 1810, a second acquiring unit 1820, a third obtaining unit 1830, a fourth obtaining unit 1840, a solving unit 1850, and an adjusting unit 1860.
第一获取单元1810用于获取灯具的总光通量与驱动参数的第一预设对应关系,其中,总光通量为至少三个光通道的光通量的和。The first obtaining unit 1810 is configured to acquire a first preset correspondence between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the total luminous flux is the sum of the luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels.
第二获取单元1820用于获取灯具的目标颜色与驱动参数的第二预设对应关系,其中,驱动参数用于调整灯具为目标颜色。The second obtaining unit 1820 is configured to acquire a second preset correspondence between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire to the target color.
为了达到控制并调节灯具的目的,可以采用PWM调光方式对灯具进行调光,调节灯具为目标颜色,同时,还能调节灯具满足其他预设条件。假设灯具具有n个不同的单色通道,灯具n个通道输出的混合光的三刺激值XYZ满足下面的线性叠加关系:In order to achieve the purpose of controlling and adjusting the luminaire, the luminaire can be dimmed by PWM dimming mode, the luminaire is adjusted to the target color, and the luminaire can be adjusted to meet other preset conditions. Assuming that the luminaire has n different monochromatic channels, the tristimulus value XYZ of the mixed light output from the n channels of the luminaire satisfies the following linear superposition relationship:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000073
  (公式1)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000073
(Formula 1)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000074
  (公式2)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000074
(Formula 2)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000075
  (公式3)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000075
(Formula 3)
其中,i=1,……,n,XiYiZi是第i个通道的CIE1931XYZ坐标,Yi在色度学里表示亮度,实际运用中也可以表示为第i个通道的照度。设XiYi是第i个通道的CIE1931xy色坐标。则上式中的系数ai、bi定义如下Where i=1, . . . , n, X i Y i Z i is the CIE1931XYZ coordinate of the i-th channel, and Y i represents the brightness in the chromaticity, and can also be expressed as the illuminance of the i-th channel in actual use. Let X i Y i be the CIE1931xy color coordinate of the ith channel. Then the coefficients ai and bi in the above formula are defined as follows
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000076
  (公式4)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000076
(Formula 4)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000077
  (公式5)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000077
(Equation 5)
设ci为第i个通道的PWM占空比,即驱动参数为ci,可知Yi=pici。其中,Y表示第i个光通道的光照度,pi是在PWM占空比值同第i个光通道的照度(该光照度与第i个光通道实际产生的光通量成正比)之间的比例系数。设目标参考色坐标为(xr,yr)。要使n个单色通道的混合光色达到(xr,yr),ci需满足以下方程组:Let c i be the PWM duty cycle of the i-th channel, that is, the driving parameter is c i , and Y i = p i c i . Where Y represents the illuminance of the i-th optical channel, and p i is a proportional coefficient between the PWM duty value and the illuminance of the i-th optical channel (the illuminance is proportional to the luminous flux actually generated by the i-th optical channel). Let the target reference color coordinate be (x r , y r ). To make the mixed light color of n monochromatic channels reach (x r , y r ), c i must satisfy the following equations:
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000078
  (公式6)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000078
(Equation 6)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000079
  (公式7)
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000079
(Equation 7)
通过公式6和公式7能够调节灯具为目标颜色,即第二预设对应关系为公式6和公式7,由上述公式可知,可以通过驱动参数ci调节灯具的颜色为目标颜色,其中,驱动参数ci为变量。Through formula 6 and formula 7, the luminaire can be adjusted to the target color, that is, the second preset correspondence relationship is formula 6 and formula 7. It can be known from the above formula that the color of the luminaire can be adjusted to the target color by driving parameter c i , wherein the driving parameter c i is a variable.
第i个光通道的光照度为Yi=pici,则至少三个光通道的总光照度为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000080
由此可知,至少三个光通道的总光照度包含驱动参数ci,通过求得驱动参数即可调节灯具中每个光通道的光照度以及光通量,从而得到灯具的总光照度与灯具的总光通量成正比。
The illuminance of the i-th optical channel is Y i =p i c i , and the total illuminance of at least three optical channels is
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000080
It can be seen that the total illuminance of at least three optical channels includes the driving parameter c i , and the illuminance and luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire can be adjusted by obtaining the driving parameters, so that the total illuminance of the luminaire is proportional to the total luminous flux of the luminaire. .
第三获取单元1830用于获取灯具中每个光通道的最大光通量。The third obtaining unit 1830 is configured to acquire the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire.
在制造灯具的过程中,灯具中每个光通道都具有其最大的光通量,即灯具的每个光通道能够达到的光通量的上限,由于灯具的光照度与光通量成正比,因此每个光通道在一个固定的目标点处能够到达到的光照度不能大于这个光通道在这个目标点处的最大光照度,用Yi,max表示,同理,最大光照度与最大光通量成正比。In the process of manufacturing the luminaire, each optical channel in the luminaire has its maximum luminous flux, that is, the upper limit of the luminous flux that can be achieved by each optical channel of the luminaire. Since the illuminance of the luminaire is proportional to the luminous flux, each optical channel is in one The illuminance that can be reached at a fixed target point cannot be greater than the maximum illuminance of the optical channel at this target point, expressed as Y i,max . Similarly, the maximum illuminance is proportional to the maximum luminous flux.
第四获取单元1840用于获取驱动参数的范围。由于驱动参数ci为第i个通道的PWM占空比,PWM占空比的范围在0~1之间,即0≤ci≤1。The fourth obtaining unit 1840 is configured to acquire a range of driving parameters. Since the driving parameter c i is the PWM duty ratio of the i-th channel, the PWM duty ratio ranges between 0 and 1, that is, 0 ≤ c i ≤ 1.
求解单元1850用于根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到使总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值。The solving unit 1850 is configured to obtain a driving parameter value that causes the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second preset correspondence relationship, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters.
由上述内容可知,目标颜色、总光通量或总光照度和每个光通道的最大光通道或最大光照度均能够通过驱动参数得到,因此,通过目标颜色、总光通量或总光照度和每个光通道的最大光通道或最大光照度以及驱动参数的范围即可求解得到驱动参数的值,即通过求解上述多个参数的方程组即可求得驱动参数的值。It can be seen from the above that the target color, the total luminous flux or the total illuminance and the maximum optical channel or maximum illuminance of each optical channel can be obtained by the driving parameters, and therefore, by the target color, the total luminous flux or the total illuminance and the maximum of each optical channel. The value of the drive parameter can be solved by the optical channel or the maximum illumination and the range of the drive parameters, that is, the value of the drive parameter can be obtained by solving the equations of the above multiple parameters.
调整单元1860用于利用驱动参数对灯具进行调整。在求得驱动参数之后,将驱动参数代入到上述方程组中,即可确定灯具的参数,从而达到调整灯具的目的。The adjustment unit 1860 is for adjusting the luminaire with the driving parameters. After the driving parameters are obtained, the driving parameters are substituted into the above equations to determine the parameters of the lamps, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the lamps.
通过上述实施例,在对灯具的参数进行调整的过程中,无需人工在CIE1931色度图上光源的色域内绘制辅助点来寻找调整灯具的参数,也不会在灯具的光通道大于4个时无法找到可逆矩阵而导致的无法调整灯具的参数,在满足目标颜色的条件下,满 足对需要调节的驱动参数的约束条件,并求解驱动参数即可达到调节灯具的目的,从而解决了现有技术中对可调灯具的参数进行调节不方便的问题,达到了便于调节灯具的效果。Through the above embodiments, in the process of adjusting the parameters of the luminaire, it is not necessary to manually draw the auxiliary points in the gamut of the light source on the CIE1931 chromaticity diagram to find the parameters of the tuned lamp, and the optical channel of the luminaire is not more than four. Cannot find the reversible matrix and can not adjust the parameters of the luminaire, under the condition of satisfying the target color, full The constraint condition of the driving parameters that need to be adjusted and the driving parameters can be solved to achieve the purpose of adjusting the luminaire, thereby solving the problem that the adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable luminaire is inconvenient in the prior art, and the effect of adjusting the luminaire is achieved. .
在满足目标颜色的条件下,可以调节灯具的输出光通量和功耗等性能,本发明实施例了提供以下三种调节方案。The performance of the luminous flux and power consumption of the luminaire can be adjusted under the condition that the target color is satisfied. The following three adjustment schemes are provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
方案一,该方案中第一预设对应关系满足灯具的总光通量或总光照度为最大值,即第一预设对应关系满足灯具的总光通量达到最大值,求解单元包括:In the first scheme, the first preset correspondence in the solution satisfies the total luminous flux or the total illuminance of the luminaire as a maximum value, that is, the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value, and the solution unit includes:
当灯具的总光通量达到最大值时,灯具在空间中任意一个固定的目标位置点处的光照度也到达到最大。最大光照度的公式可以表示为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000081
该总光照度的最大值为包含驱动参数ci这个变量的表达式。应该理解,使得照度达到最大值的驱动参数ci同样可以使得灯具的总光通量达到最大值。
When the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum, the illuminance of the luminaire at any fixed target point in space also reaches its maximum. The formula for maximum illuminance can be expressed as
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000081
The maximum value of the total illuminance is an expression containing the variable of the driving parameter c i . It should be understood that the drive parameter c i that maximizes the illuminance can also maximize the total luminous flux of the luminaire.
第一求解模块,用于在光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围,得到第一驱动参数值以驱动灯具达到目标颜色时,总光通量达到最大值,其中,光通道i为至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道。为了便于采集数据,此处通过采集灯具输出的总光照度来求解驱动参数值,由于光照度与光通量具有比例关系,根据光通量求解的驱动参数值同样也可以通过光照度求解。a first solving module, configured to obtain a first driving parameter value according to a first preset correspondence relationship, a second preset correspondence relationship, and a range of driving parameters when an actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to a maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i When the driving luminaire reaches the target color, the total luminous flux reaches a maximum, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels. In order to collect data conveniently, the driving parameter value is solved by collecting the total illuminance outputted by the luminaire. Since the illuminance has a proportional relationship with the luminous flux, the driving parameter value solved according to the luminous flux can also be solved by the illuminance.
为了使得灯具输出的总光照度最大,则可以通过求解由公式8至公式12组成的方式组得到驱动参数,其中,公式8至公式12与本发明实施例所提供的方法实施例中的公式8至公式12对应相同,此处不再赘述:In order to maximize the total illuminance of the luminaire output, the driving parameters can be obtained by solving the group consisting of the formula 8 and the formula 12, wherein the formula 8 to the formula 12 and the formula 8 in the embodiment of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention are Equation 12 corresponds to the same and will not be described here:
在该方程组中,公式9和公式10能够约束灯具的输出颜色为目标颜色,即作为第二预设对应关系;公式8能够优化灯具输出的总光照度或者总光通量为最大值,即作为第一预设对应关系;公式11能够约束灯具中每个光通道的实际光照度小于等于该通道的最大光照度,公式12能够约束驱动参数即PWM调光信号的占空比的取值在0~1之间。在通过公式8至公式12求解出的驱动参数ci为第一驱动参数值,利用第一驱动参数值能够使得灯具在满足目标颜色的情况下,输出的总光照度最大,根据光照度与光通量的比例关系可知,输出的总光通量最大。In this system of equations, Equation 9 and Equation 10 can constrain the output color of the luminaire to the target color, ie as the second preset correspondence; Equation 8 can optimize the total illuminance or total luminous flux output of the luminaire to the maximum value, ie as the first Preset correspondence; Equation 11 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel. Equation 12 can constrain the driving parameter, that is, the duty cycle of the PWM dimming signal is between 0 and 1. . The driving parameter c i solved by the formula 8 to the formula 12 is the first driving parameter value, and the first driving parameter value enables the total illumination of the luminaire to be the largest when the luminaire meets the target color, according to the ratio of the illuminance to the luminous flux. The relationship shows that the total luminous flux output is the largest.
通过方案一,可以在知道每个光通道的最大光通量或最大光照度的情况下即可求解使得灯具输出的总光通量为或总光照度最大值的驱动参数,通过驱动参数对灯具进 行调整,从而解决了现有技术中对可调灯具的参数进行调节不方便的问题,进而达到了便于调节灯具的效果。According to the first scheme, the driving parameters of the total luminous flux output or the total illuminance of the luminaire output can be solved under the condition of knowing the maximum luminous flux or the maximum illuminance of each optical channel, and the driving parameters are used to enter the luminaire. The line adjustment solves the problem that the adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable lamp is inconvenient in the prior art, thereby achieving the effect of facilitating the adjustment of the lamp.
方案二,该方案在方案一调节输出的总光通量或总光照度为最大的基础上,调节灯具的实际功耗小于等于灯具的最大功耗。In the second scheme, the actual power consumption of the luminaire is adjusted to be less than or equal to the maximum power consumption of the luminaire based on the maximum total luminous flux or total illuminance of the adjusted output of the first scheme.
求解单元包括:第一获取模块,用于获取灯具的最大功耗;第二获取模块,用于获取灯具的实际功耗,其中,实际功耗为灯具达到目标颜色时的各个光通道的功耗之和;第二求解模块,用于在灯具的实际功耗小于等于最大功耗,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第二驱动参数值以驱动灯具达到目标颜色时的实际功耗不超过灯具的最大功耗,,且灯具的总光通量达到最大值。The solution unit includes: a first acquisition module for acquiring maximum power consumption of the luminaire; and a second acquisition module for acquiring actual power consumption of the luminaire, wherein the actual power consumption is power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color. The second solution module is configured to: when the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, the second pre- The range of correspondence and driving parameters is obtained to obtain the second driving parameter value to drive the luminaire to reach the target color, the actual power consumption does not exceed the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value.
灯具在制造生产过程中都具有一个设计功耗,即在低于该设计功耗时灯具可以正常工作,在高于该设计功耗时,灯具可能会烧毁导致损坏,该设计功耗即为最大功耗,此处用Pmax表示。灯具的实际功耗可以通过测量灯具中每个光通道的实际功耗来获取灯具的实际功耗,即灯具的实际功耗为灯具中每个光通道的实际功耗的总和,第i个光通道的实际功耗为Pi,maxci,则灯具的实际功耗为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000082
The luminaire has a design power consumption during the manufacturing process, that is, the luminaire can work normally when the power consumption is lower than the design power. When the power consumption is higher than the design power, the luminaire may burn and cause damage, and the design power consumption is the maximum. Power consumption, here expressed by P max . The actual power consumption of the luminaire can be obtained by measuring the actual power consumption of each optical channel in the luminaire, that is, the actual power consumption of the luminaire is the sum of the actual power consumption of each optical channel in the luminaire, the ith light The actual power consumption of the channel is P i,max c i , and the actual power consumption of the luminaire is
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000082
通过由公式13至18组成的方程组对驱动参数进行求解,其中,公式13至公式18与本发明实施例所提供的方法实施例中的公式13至公式18对应相同,此处不再赘述。在该方程组中,公式14和公式15能够使得灯具的输出颜色为目标颜色,公式13能够约束灯具输出的总光照度为最大值,公式16能够约束灯具的多个光通道的功耗小于等于灯具的最大功耗,公式17能够约束灯具中每个光通道的实际光照度小于等于该通道的最大光照度,公式18能够约束驱动参数的取值在0~1之间。在通过公式13至公式18求解出的驱动参数ci为第二驱动参数值,利用第二驱动参数值能够使得灯具在满足目标颜色的情况下,输出的总光照度以及总光通量最大。The driving parameters are solved by the equations of the formulas 13 to 18. The formulas 13 to 18 are the same as the formulas 13 to 18 in the method embodiment provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and are not described herein again. In this system of equations, Equations 14 and 15 enable the output color of the luminaire to be the target color, Equation 13 can constrain the total illuminance of the luminaire output to a maximum value, and Equation 16 can constrain the power consumption of multiple optical channels of the luminaire to be less than or equal to the luminaire. The maximum power consumption, Equation 17 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel. Equation 18 can constrain the driving parameter to be between 0 and 1. The driving parameter c i solved by Equation 13 to Equation 18 is the second driving parameter value, and the second driving parameter value enables the luminaire to output the total illuminance and the total luminous flux to the maximum when the target color is satisfied.
通过方案二,可以在确定每个光通道的最大光通量,以及灯具的实际功耗小于灯具的最大功耗的情况下求解驱动参数,通过驱动参数对灯具进行调整,使得在灯具的实际功率小于等于最大功率时,使得灯具输出的总光照度以及总光通量最大,从而解决了现有技术中对可调灯具的参数进行调节不方便的问题,进而达到了便于调节灯具的效果。 According to the second scheme, the driving parameters can be solved under the condition that the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel is determined, and the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the luminaire is adjusted by the driving parameters so that the actual power in the luminaire is less than or equal to At the maximum power, the total illuminance and total luminous flux outputted by the luminaire are maximized, thereby solving the problem of inconvenient adjustment of the parameters of the adjustable luminaire in the prior art, thereby achieving the effect of facilitating adjustment of the luminaire.
方案三,为了在保证灯具输出的颜色为目标颜色的同时,不仅使得灯具的光通量满足用户的照明要求,还能使得灯具的总功耗最小,以达到节能的目的,本实施例还可以通过下述装置对灯具进行调节:In the third embodiment, in order to ensure that the color of the output of the lamp is the target color, not only the luminous flux of the lamp can meet the lighting requirements of the user, but also the total power consumption of the lamp can be minimized to achieve the purpose of energy saving, and the embodiment can also pass the The device adjusts the luminaire:
求解单元包括:第三获取模块用于获取灯具的最小目标光通量;第四获取模块用于获取灯具的实际功耗与驱动参数的第三预设对应关系,其中,实际功耗为灯具达到目标颜色时各个光通道的功耗之和,第三预设对应关系满足灯具为目标颜色时实际功耗为最小值;第三求解模块用于在总光通量大于等于最小目标光通量,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第三预设对应关系和驱动参数的范围得到第三驱动参数值,其中,利用第三驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具为目标颜色的实际功耗为最小值并且总光通量大于等于最小目标光通量。The solution unit includes: a third acquisition module is configured to obtain a minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire; and a fourth acquisition module is configured to acquire a third preset correspondence relationship between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the actual power consumption is that the luminaire reaches the target color. The sum of the power consumptions of the respective optical channels, the third preset correspondence satisfies the minimum value of the actual power consumption when the luminaire is the target color; the third solution module is used for the total luminous flux greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux, and the actual optical channel i When the luminous flux is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, the third driving parameter value is obtained according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the third preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter, wherein the third driving is used. The parameter values drive the luminaire such that the actual power consumption of the luminaire for the target color is a minimum and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux.
灯具的实际功耗为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000083
实际功耗的最小值为
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000084
The actual power consumption of the luminaire is
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000083
The minimum actual power consumption is
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000084
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000085
Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-000085
在该方程组中,公式19能够使得灯具输出的总光照度为最小值,公式20和公式21能够使得灯具的输出颜色为目标颜色,公式22能够约束灯具的多个光通道的光照度的总和大于等于灯具的最小光照度,公式23能够约束灯具中每个光通道的实际光照度小于等于该通道的最大光照度,公式24能够约束驱动参数即PWM调光信号的占空比的取值在0~1之间。在通过公式19至公式24求解出的驱动参数ci为第三驱动参数值,利用第三驱动参数值能够使得灯具在满足目标颜色的情况下,不仅能够最小化灯具的总功耗,还能同时保证灯具发出的光足够的量,即输出的总光照度大于等于灯具的最小光照度。 In this system of equations, Equation 19 enables the total illuminance of the luminaire output to be a minimum, Equation 20 and Equation 21 enable the output color of the luminaire to be the target color, and Equation 22 can constrain the sum of the illuminances of the multiple optical channels of the luminaire to be greater than or equal to For the minimum illuminance of the luminaire, Equation 23 can constrain the actual illuminance of each optical channel in the luminaire to be less than or equal to the maximum illuminance of the channel. Equation 24 can constrain the driving parameter, that is, the duty cycle of the PWM dimming signal is between 0 and 1. . The driving parameter c i solved by the formula 19 to the formula 24 is the third driving parameter value, and the third driving parameter value enables the luminaire to not only minimize the total power consumption of the luminaire, but also minimize the total power consumption of the luminaire. At the same time, the amount of light emitted by the luminaire is sufficient, that is, the total illuminance of the output is greater than or equal to the minimum illuminance of the luminaire.
通过方案三,可以在确定灯具的最小目标光通量,以及在灯具的实际光通量大于等于灯具的最小目标光通量时,求解灯具的光功耗为最小值时的驱动参数,也即在确定灯具的最小目标光照度,以及在灯具的实际光照度大于等于灯具的最小目标光照度时,求解灯具的光功耗为最小值时的驱动参数,通过驱动参数对灯具进行调整,使得在灯具的光通量满足正常照明的条件下,使得灯具输出的总功耗最小,在灯具为目标颜色时,只需提供调节灯具的约束条件,即可求解出灯具的驱动参数,并利用求解得到的驱动参数对灯具进行调节,从而解决了现有技术中对可调灯具的参数进行调节不方便的问题,进而达到了便于调节灯具的效果。According to the third scheme, the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire can be determined, and when the actual luminous flux of the luminaire is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire, the driving parameter when the optical power consumption of the luminaire is the minimum value is solved, that is, the minimum target of the luminaire is determined. The illuminance, and when the actual illuminance of the luminaire is greater than or equal to the minimum illuminance of the luminaire, the driving parameters for solving the luminaire's optical power consumption are at a minimum, and the luminaire is adjusted by the driving parameters so that the luminous flux of the luminaire satisfies the normal illumination condition. The total power consumption of the luminaire output is minimized. When the luminaire is the target color, the adjustment parameters of the luminaire can be provided, and the driving parameters of the luminaire can be solved, and the illuminating parameters can be adjusted by using the obtained driving parameters, thereby solving the problem. In the prior art, the problem of adjusting the parameters of the adjustable luminaire is inconvenient, and the effect of adjusting the luminaire is achieved.
按照上述多个方案对灯具进行调节时,不需要人工寻找辅助点,能够利用方程组得到准确的驱动参数来对灯具进行调整,不仅方便计算,还提高了调整灯具的准确性。同时,上述实施例也适用于具有4个以上光通道的灯具,避免了利用矩阵求解驱动参数时没有可逆矩阵而导致无法对灯具进行调整。When the luminaire is adjusted according to the above multiple schemes, it is not necessary to manually find the auxiliary point, and the equation can be used to obtain accurate driving parameters to adjust the luminaire, which not only facilitates calculation, but also improves the accuracy of adjusting the luminaire. At the same time, the above embodiment is also applicable to a luminaire having more than 4 optical channels, which avoids the fact that the matrix can be used to solve the driving parameters without an invertible matrix, which makes it impossible to adjust the luminaire.
优选地,为了对灯具进一步调整,在上述实施例的基础上,该装置还包括:第五获取单元,用于获取至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道的光辐射通量;第六获取单元,用于获取光辐射通量与驱动参数的第四预设对应关系,其中,第四预设对应关系用于限制光辐射通量处于预定范围,其中,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第四预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到第四驱动参数值,其中,利用第四驱动参数值驱动灯具,使灯具的光辐射通量处于预定范围。Preferably, in order to further adjust the luminaire, the apparatus further includes: a fifth acquiring unit, configured to acquire optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; and a sixth obtaining unit And a fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, where the fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range, wherein, according to the first preset correspondence, the second a preset driving relationship, a fourth preset correspondence, a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and a range of driving parameters, to obtain a fourth driving parameter value, wherein the fourth driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire to make the illuminating flux of the luminaire In the predetermined range.
应该理解,上述光通量可以通过光照度转换从而进行计算。也即获取至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道的光辐射通量;获取光辐射通量与驱动参数的第四预设对应关系,其中,第四预设对应关系用于限制光辐射通量处于预定范围,其中,根据第一预设对应关系、第二预设对应关系、第四预设对应关系、每个光通道的最大光通量和驱动参数的范围,得到第四驱动参数值,其中,利用第四驱动参数值驱动灯具,使得灯具的光辐射通量处于预定范围。It should be understood that the above luminous flux can be calculated by illuminance conversion. That is, obtaining optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels; acquiring a fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, wherein the fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux The fourth driving parameter value is obtained according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the fourth preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of driving parameters, where The luminaire is driven with a fourth drive parameter value such that the radiant flux of the luminaire is within a predetermined range.
本发明实施例的灯具调节装置,并不限于方案一至方案三,还可以针对每个光通道的参数对灯具进行调整。例如,在方案一的基础上限制某个光通道的光辐射通量范围,或者在方案二的基础上限制白光的输出光通量的范围,再或者在方案三的基础上限制某个光通道的功率等。在确定针对某光通道的参数的约束条件后,结合该约束条件以及相应方案的方程组求解驱动参数的值,从而利用求解出的驱动参数的至对灯具进行调节。 The luminaire adjusting device of the embodiment of the invention is not limited to the first to the third embodiments, and the luminaire can be adjusted for the parameters of each optical channel. For example, limiting the range of optical radiation flux of a certain optical channel on the basis of the first scheme, or limiting the range of the output luminous flux of the white light on the basis of the second scheme, or limiting the power of an optical channel on the basis of the third scheme. Wait. After determining the constraints of the parameters for a certain optical channel, the values of the driving parameters are solved by combining the constraints and the equations of the corresponding schemes, thereby adjusting the luminaires by using the solved driving parameters.
需要说明的是,由于光通量与照度成一地比例,照度与亮度成一定比例,所以,通过求解驱动参数调节光通量也能相应的调节灯具的亮度和照度,同理,在需要对照度或者亮度进行调节时,也可以利用上述装置,建立照度或者亮度与光通量的关系式,从而能够在满足一定照度或者亮度的条件下,求解驱动参数从而调节灯具。It should be noted that since the luminous flux is proportional to the illuminance, the illuminance is proportional to the brightness. Therefore, adjusting the luminous flux by solving the driving parameter can also adjust the brightness and illuminance of the luminaire accordingly. Similarly, adjustment is needed in comparison with the brightness or brightness. At the same time, the above device can also be used to establish the relationship between the illuminance or the brightness and the luminous flux, so that the driving parameters can be solved to adjust the luminaire under the condition that a certain illuminance or brightness is satisfied.
例如,在方案一的基础上对灯具的照度进行约束,使得灯具的照度处于范围a~b,则可以根据照度与光通量的对应关系,以及方案一中的公式10确定关于照度的约束条件,在结合公式8、公式9以及公式11、公式12求解驱动参数的值。For example, on the basis of the first scheme, the illuminance of the luminaire is constrained so that the illuminance of the luminaire is in the range a to b, and the constraint on the illuminance can be determined according to the correspondence between the illuminance and the luminous flux and the formula 10 in the first scheme. Combine Equation 8, Equation 9, and Equation 11, Equation 12 to solve the value of the drive parameter.
由此可知,在满足目标颜色的基础上,可以通过本发明上述实施例提供的装置针对不同的约束条件求解驱动参数,从而达到调节灯具的目的,以使灯具能够达到不同的性能。虽然上述实施例中没有穷举灯具能够调节的所有约束条件,但是,应该知道的是,凡是利用本发明实施例提供的装置来对灯具进行调节的装置都在本发明的精神范围之内。It can be seen that, on the basis of satisfying the target color, the driving parameters can be solved for different constraints by the device provided by the above embodiments of the present invention, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the luminaire, so that the luminaire can achieve different performances. While none of the above-described embodiments are exhaustive of all of the constraints that can be adjusted by the luminaire, it should be understood that any means for adjusting the luminaire using the apparatus provided by embodiments of the present invention is within the spirit of the present invention.
实施例7Example 7
该实施例的灯具控制装置为灯具驱动参数的配置设备,该灯具驱动参数的配置设备用于对灯具进行定标,所谓定标是指确定与LED灯具的目标色坐标相匹配的驱动参数。其中,在本发明中,LED灯具可以调色,并且LED灯具可以包括洗墙灯、舞台灯、球泡灯、射灯、筒灯、平板灯、吸顶灯等多种类型的灯具。The luminaire control device of this embodiment is a configuration device for luminaire drive parameters, and the luminaire drive parameter configuration device is used for calibrating the luminaire. The so-called calibration refers to determining a drive parameter that matches the target color coordinate of the LED luminaire. Wherein, in the present invention, the LED lamp can be toned, and the LED lamp can include various types of lamps such as a wall washer, a stage lamp, a bulb lamp, a spotlight, a downlight, a panel lamp, and a ceiling lamp.
图19是根据本发明实施例的灯具驱动参数的配置设备的示意图。如图19所示,该设备包括:控制部件1910。19 is a schematic diagram of a configuration apparatus of a lamp driving parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 19, the apparatus includes a control unit 1910.
控制部件1910可以用于为灯具A配置驱动参数。其中,灯具A可以具有多个单色通道,且灯具A的出射光可以为多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加。图20是根据本发明第一实施例的灯具的示意图,如图20所示,灯具A可以包括A1至A7共7个部件,其中,A1至A7分别为灯罩、LED光源板、直流驱动器、处理器、通信模块、直流稳压电源和灯具外壳。其中,A的通信模块可以负责与控制部件1910进行通信。 Control component 1910 can be used to configure drive parameters for luminaire A. The luminaire A may have a plurality of monochromatic channels, and the illuminating light of the luminaire A may be a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels. 20 is a schematic view of a luminaire according to a first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 20, the luminaire A may include a total of seven components A1 to A7, wherein A1 to A7 are respectively a lampshade, an LED light source panel, a DC driver, and a process. , communication module, DC regulated power supply and lamp housing. Among them, the communication module of A can be responsible for communicating with the control component 1910.
控制部件1910可以包括台式电脑或者笔记本电脑,并且控制部件1910可以是带有触摸屏和处理器的一体机。控制部件1910和灯具A两者之间可以通过WIFI、蓝牙、ZigBee、红外、2.4G射频等进行无线连接,或者可以通过DMX512、485、CAN等进行有线连接,或者可以直接同灯具中驱动器A3的信号输入口连接。具体地,控制部件1910与灯具通信的目的可以包括: Control component 1910 can include a desktop or notebook computer, and control component 1910 can be an all-in-one with a touch screen and a processor. The control component 1910 and the lamp A can be wirelessly connected through WIFI, Bluetooth, ZigBee, infrared, 2.4G radio, etc., or can be wired through DMX512, 485, CAN, etc., or can directly be connected to the driver A3 of the lamp. Signal input port is connected. Specifically, the purpose of the control component 1910 communicating with the luminaire may include:
一,控制部件1910可以按照预设步长依次向灯具的各个单色通道发送PWM占空比的比值或者模拟调光信号的幅值来控制灯具各个单色通道发光。First, the control component 1910 can sequentially transmit the ratio of the PWM duty ratio or the amplitude of the analog dimming signal to each monochromatic channel of the luminaire according to the preset step size to control the illumination of each monochromatic channel of the luminaire.
二,控制部件1910将配置好的目标驱动参数发送至灯具,并且灯具可以将目标驱动参数存储到存储器中。例如,控制部件1910可以将目标驱动参数烧写到灯具的存储器中。具体地,控制部件1910可以与灯具中的处理器的程序数据烧写口相连接,或者在WIFI、蓝牙等具有远程更新固件功能的情况下,控制部件1910可以根据相应的通信协议和控制命令将目标驱动参数烧写至灯具的存储器中。其中,驱动参数可以包括驱动电流、驱动电压、驱动功率等。Second, the control component 1910 sends the configured target drive parameters to the luminaire, and the luminaire can store the target drive parameters into the memory. For example, control component 1910 can program target drive parameters into the memory of the luminaire. Specifically, the control component 1910 can be connected to the program data programming port of the processor in the luminaire, or in the case of WIFI, Bluetooth, etc. having the remote update firmware function, the control component 1910 can be based on the corresponding communication protocol and control command. The target drive parameters are programmed into the memory of the luminaire. The driving parameters may include a driving current, a driving voltage, a driving power, and the like.
需要说明的是,图20所示的灯具A所表示的灯具为已经完全组装好的灯具,即,图20所示的灯具A可以为成品灯具。而在本发明实施例中,灯具A也可以为仅仅组装了部分组件的灯具,即,灯具A可以为半成品灯具。图21是根据本发明第二实施例的灯具的示意图,如图21所示,灯具A可以仅仅包括A1至A3以及A6共4个部件,其中,A1至A3以及A6分别表示灯具的灯罩、LED光源板、直流驱动器和直流稳压电源。这样,相应的,该灯具驱动参数的配置设备可以包括控制电路板2120,如图21所示。控制电路板2120可以包括通信模块21202和处理器21204,其中,通信模块21202和处理器21204分别用于模拟灯具的通信模块A5和处理器A4,其作用在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the luminaire represented by the luminaire A shown in FIG. 20 is a luminaire that has been completely assembled, that is, the luminaire A shown in FIG. 20 may be a finished luminaire. In the embodiment of the present invention, the lamp A can also be a lamp that only assembles some components, that is, the lamp A can be a semi-finished lamp. 21 is a schematic view of a luminaire according to a second embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 21, the luminaire A may include only four components A1 to A3 and A6, wherein A1 to A3 and A6 respectively represent the lampshade and LED of the luminaire. Light source board, DC driver and DC regulated power supply. Thus, correspondingly, the configuration device of the lamp driving parameters may include a control circuit board 2120, as shown in FIG. The control circuit board 2120 can include a communication module 21202 and a processor 21204. The communication module 21202 and the processor 21204 are respectively used to simulate the communication module A5 and the processor A4 of the luminaire, and the functions thereof are not described herein.
在本发明实施例中,控制部件1910可以用于获取出射光的目标色坐标和多个单色通道中每个单色通道的色坐标,并可以基于目标色坐标和每个单色通道的色坐标确定每个单色通道的目标照度,并可以基于每个单色通道的目标照度确定每个单色通道的目标驱动参数,以及可以将每个单色通道的目标驱动参数配置给灯具。In the embodiment of the present invention, the control component 1910 may be configured to acquire target color coordinates of the emitted light and color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, and may be based on the target color coordinates and the color of each of the monochrome channels. The coordinates determine the target illuminance for each of the monochrome channels, and the target drive parameters for each of the monochrome channels can be determined based on the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels, and the target drive parameters for each of the monochrome channels can be configured to the luminaire.
控制部件1910可以包括下列器件中的一个或者多个:通信模块、处理器、存储器和用户界面等。其中,通信模块可以负责与灯具通信,处理器可以负责处理通信协议和通信数据,并且还可以负责控制灯具存储目标驱动参数,以及可以负责处理用户操作界面接收到的输入信息和在用户操作界面上显示相应的信息等。存储器可以用于存储与目标色坐标对应的目标驱动参数等。用户界面可以用于接收用户输入的配置信息,例如串口号、灯具的网络地址等。 Control component 1910 can include one or more of the following: a communication module, a processor, a memory, a user interface, and the like. The communication module may be responsible for communicating with the luminaire, the processor may be responsible for processing the communication protocol and the communication data, and may also be responsible for controlling the luminaire to store the target drive parameters, and may be responsible for processing the input information received by the user interface and on the user interface. Display the corresponding information and so on. The memory can be used to store target drive parameters and the like corresponding to the target color coordinates. The user interface can be used to receive configuration information input by the user, such as a serial port number, a network address of the luminaire, and the like.
优选地,图22是根据本发明实施例的控制部件的结构的示意图,如图22所示,控制部件1910可以包括第一通信模块19102、第二通信模块19104和处理器19106。其中:第一通信模块19102可以用于获取与每个单色通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值,其中,多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值一一对应。处理 器19106可以用于对与每个单色通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,得到拟合结果,并基于拟合结果确定与每个单色通道相对应的驱动参数和照度之间的映射关系,以及基于映射关系确定每个单色通道的与目标照度相对应的目标驱动参数。第二通信模块19104可以用于将每个单色通道的目标驱动参数配置给灯具。Preferably, FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a control unit according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 22, the control unit 1910 may include a first communication module 19102, a second communication module 19104, and a processor 19106. The first communication module 19102 is configured to acquire a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values are in one-to-one correspondence . deal with The device 19106 is configured to perform a fitting process on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels to obtain a fitting result, and determine, according to the fitting result, each monochrome channel Corresponding mapping relationship between driving parameters and illuminance, and determining a target driving parameter corresponding to the target illuminance of each monochrome channel based on the mapping relationship. The second communication module 19104 can be configured to configure target drive parameters for each of the monochrome channels to the luminaire.
在本发明实施例中,还可以利用类似的方式完成对灯具的标定,也即通过设定目标色坐标并将基于该目标色坐标所获取的目标驱动参数记录到数据表中的方式,在灯具出厂前标定出目标色坐标与目标驱动参数之间的映射关系,并可以将记录得到的数据表存储到灯具的控制器中,以便于灯具在实际使用的过程中能够利用预存的数据表快速查询得到与其所需达到的目标色坐标相匹配的每个单色通道的目标驱动参数,从而达到进一步地加快对灯具的出射光进行调节的调节速度的效果,并降低了对灯具的控制器的计算能力的要求。In the embodiment of the present invention, the calibration of the luminaire can also be completed in a similar manner, that is, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the target driving parameter acquired based on the target color coordinate into the data table, in the luminaire The mapping relationship between the target color coordinates and the target driving parameters is calibrated before leaving the factory, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can quickly query using the pre-stored data table in the actual use process. Obtaining the target driving parameters of each monochromatic channel that matches the target color coordinates that it needs to achieve, thereby achieving the effect of further accelerating the adjustment speed of the illuminating light emitted by the luminaire, and reducing the calculation of the controller of the luminaire Ability requirements.
优选地,控制部件1910的存储器还可以用于存储灯具的目标色坐标、目标驱动参数以及目标色坐标和目标驱动参数两者之间的对应关系。例如,该存储器可以用于存储前述数据表。Preferably, the memory of the control component 1910 can also be used to store the target color coordinates of the luminaire, the target drive parameters, and the correspondence between the target color coordinates and the target drive parameters. For example, the memory can be used to store the aforementioned data table.
一般地,人眼的视觉系统具有对于短(420-440nm)、中(530-540nm)和长(560-580nm)三个波段的光感受器即视锥细胞,因此对于某一灯具而言,其出射光被人眼所识别到的颜色可以基于对三种视锥细胞的刺激比例来描述。具体来说,可以先定义三种主要颜色,再利用颜色叠加模型来调节三种颜色各自的输出,便可以通过三种颜色的叠加表现出各种颜色。利用上述原理,具有多个单色通道的灯具作为一个整体,便可以通过多个通道的光的叠加表现出单色通道本身的颜色之外的光色,例如,该多个单色通道可以包括:红光通道、绿光通道和蓝光通道,然而本发明对此不作限定,利用其他颜色的两个以上的单色通道的组合均可以达到组合出不同光色的效果,这并不影响本发明技术方案的实施及其技术效果的实现,类似的实施方式均应视为在本发明的保护范围之内。In general, the human eye's visual system has photoreceptors, ie, cones, for the short (420-440 nm), medium (530-540 nm), and long (560-580 nm) bands, so for a certain luminaire, The color that the emitted light is recognized by the human eye can be described based on the stimulation ratio of the three cones. Specifically, three main colors can be defined first, and then the color superimposition model is used to adjust the respective outputs of the three colors, so that various colors can be expressed by superimposing the three colors. With the above principle, a luminaire having a plurality of monochromatic channels as a whole can express light colors other than the color of the monochromatic channel itself by superposition of light of a plurality of channels, for example, the plurality of monochromatic channels can include : red light channel, green light channel and blue light channel, however, the invention is not limited thereto, and the combination of two or more single color channels of other colors can achieve the effect of combining different light colors, which does not affect the present invention. The implementation of the technical solutions and the realization of the technical effects thereof, and similar embodiments are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
更具体地,在本发明实施例中,可以采用色坐标的方式来对灯具及其每一单色通道的出射光的颜色进行描述,换而言之,色坐标是以参数值的形式对某一种颜色的表达。一般地,该色坐标可以位于色彩空间内,其坐标值通常可以用于描述某种颜色对人眼的不同视锥细胞的刺激程度,或者说三色刺激值。例如,对于为本领域技术人员所知的CIE1931色彩空间来说,其所定义的三种主要颜色近似于红色、绿色和蓝色,进而某一其他颜色可以表达为这三种颜色的组合以达到对人眼的相同的刺激效果,其中,三种颜色各自的分量便可以作为该色彩空间中的坐标值X、Y和Z。 More specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, color coordinates may be used to describe the color of the light emitted by the luminaire and each of the monochromatic channels. In other words, the color coordinates are in the form of parameter values. An expression of color. Generally, the color coordinates can be located in the color space, and the coordinate values can generally be used to describe the degree of stimulation of a certain color to different cones of the human eye, or tristimulus values. For example, for the CIE 1931 color space known to those skilled in the art, the three main colors defined are similar to red, green, and blue, and thus some other color can be expressed as a combination of the three colors to achieve The same stimulating effect on the human eye, in which the respective components of the three colors can be used as the coordinate values X, Y and Z in the color space.
图23是根据本发明实施例的优选的灯具驱动参数的配置设备的示意图。如图23所示,该实施例可以作为图19所示实施例的优选实施方式,该实施例的灯具驱动参数的配置设备除了包括上述实施例的控制部件1910之外,还包括遮光部件1920和测量部件1930。23 is a schematic diagram of a configuration apparatus of preferred luminaire drive parameters in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 23, this embodiment can be used as a preferred embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 19. The configuration device of the lamp driving parameter of this embodiment includes a light blocking member 1920 and a control device 1910 including the above embodiment. Measuring component 1930.
遮光部件1920内部的遮光空间可以用于设置灯具。灯具可以用于接收与每个单色通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值,多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值可以用于对每个单色通道进行驱动。The light-shielding space inside the light-shielding member 1920 can be used to set the light fixture. The luminaire can be configured to receive a plurality of drive parameter sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, and each of the plurality of drive parameter sample values can be used to drive each of the monochrome channels.
测量部件1930可以设置在遮光空间内,与控制部件1910相连接,可以用于在每个驱动参数采样值对每个单色通道进行驱动时,测量每个单色通道的当前照度值,并将当前照度值作为与每个驱动参数采样值相对应的照度采样值。图24是根据本发明实施例的测量部件的结构的示意图,如图24所示,测量部件1930可以包括三刺激测色模块19302和信号处理模块19304。其中,三刺激测色模块19302可以包括三组滤光片和相应的光电二极管L电路,例如,三组滤光片可以为红光滤光片R、绿光滤光片G和蓝光滤光片B,分别用于测量可见光的红光波段、绿光波段和蓝光波段的能量。信号处理模块19304可以用于将三刺激测色模块19302测得的信号转换为色坐标和照度。具体地,测量部件1930可以为色度计。The measuring component 1930 can be disposed in the light-shielding space and connected to the control component 1910, and can be used to measure the current illuminance value of each monochrome channel when each driving parameter sample value is driven for each monochrome channel, and The current illuminance value is taken as the illuminance sample value corresponding to each drive parameter sample value. 24 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a measuring component in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 24, the measuring component 1930 can include a tristimulus colorimetric module 19302 and a signal processing module 19304. The three-stimulus colorimetric module 19302 can include three sets of filters and corresponding photodiode L circuits. For example, the three sets of filters can be red light filter R, green light filter G, and blue light filter. B, which is used to measure the energy of the red, green, and blue bands of visible light, respectively. The signal processing module 19304 can be used to convert the signals measured by the tristimulus colorimetric module 19302 into color coordinates and illuminance. In particular, measurement component 1930 can be a colorimeter.
其中,第一通信模块19102还可以用于获取测量部件1930测量到的与每个单色通道的每个驱动参数采样值相对应的照度采样值。在第一通信模块19102获取到照度采样值之后,可以将其存储在控制部件1910中的存储器中。The first communication module 19102 is further configured to acquire an illuminance sample value corresponding to each driving parameter sample value of each monochrome channel measured by the measuring component 1930. After the first communication module 19102 acquires the illuminance sample value, it may be stored in a memory in the control unit 1910.
在本发明实施例中,可以通过以下方式获取待装配灯具中每个单色通道的色坐标:In the embodiment of the present invention, the color coordinates of each monochrome channel in the luminaire to be assembled can be obtained by:
第一通信模块19102还用于在每个驱动参数采样值对每个单色通道进行驱动时,获取每个单色通道在多个驱动参数采样值下的多个当前色坐标;以及处理器19106还用于对多个当前色坐标求平均,得到多个当前色坐标的平均值,以及将平均值作为每个单色通道的色坐标。通过求平均值,可以得到更加准确的测量结果。The first communication module 19102 is further configured to acquire, when each driving parameter sample value is driven for each monochrome channel, a plurality of current color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels under the plurality of driving parameter sample values; and the processor 19106 It is also used to average a plurality of current color coordinates, obtain an average of a plurality of current color coordinates, and use the average value as the color coordinates of each monochrome channel. By averaging, more accurate measurements can be obtained.
具体地,该色坐标可以使用色度计进行测量。例如,图25是根据本发明实施例的可选的色彩空间及色坐标的示意图,图25示出了一种可选的包括红、绿和蓝共三个单色通道的灯具中的每个通道的色坐标的测量结果。具体地,图25中所示的x-y坐标系可以表示色彩空间所在的坐标系,其中横坐标x可以表示三种颜色中的一种的占比,纵坐标y可以表示另一种的占比,则剩余的一种颜色的占比可以通过(1-x-y)来表示。图25中由虚线所标识出的区域可以表示CIE1931的色域,该色域可以视为是能够被人眼所识别的颜色的集合,且色域中的每一个坐标点均可以表达一种颜色。图25中由 实线所标识出的区域可以表示该灯具的可调色域,也即通过对灯具所包括的三个单色通道中的每个通道的驱动参数的调节所能组合出的灯具整体的出射光的颜色的集合,具体地,该实线所标识出的色域的三个顶点Pr、Pg、Pb分别表示三个单色通道各自的色坐标点,其中,Pr可以是色度计所测得的红光通道的色坐标点,Pg可以是色度计所测得的绿光通道的色坐标点,Pb可以是色度计所测得的蓝光通道的色坐标点。在上述场景下,通过对三个单色通道的驱动参数的调节,便可以内叠加出位于实线所标识出可调色域的任一种颜色,例如图25中通过色坐标点Pw所表示的白色等。Specifically, the color coordinates can be measured using a colorimeter. For example, Figure 25 is a schematic illustration of an alternative color space and color coordinates, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, and Figure 25 illustrates an alternative luminaire including three red, green, and blue monochromatic channels. The measurement of the color coordinates of the channel. Specifically, the xy coordinate system shown in FIG. 25 may represent a coordinate system in which the color space is located, wherein the abscissa x may represent a proportion of one of the three colors, and the ordinate y may represent another ratio. Then, the proportion of the remaining one color can be expressed by (1-xy). The area identified by the broken line in FIG. 25 may represent the color gamut of CIE 1931, which may be regarded as a set of colors that can be recognized by the human eye, and each coordinate point in the color gamut may express one color. . Figure 25 by The area identified by the solid line may represent the tunable field of the luminaire, that is, the illuminating light of the luminaire as a whole that can be combined by adjusting the driving parameters of each of the three monochromatic channels included in the luminaire The set of colors, specifically, the three vertices Pr, Pg, Pb of the color gamut identified by the solid line respectively represent the color coordinate points of the three monochrome channels, wherein Pr can be measured by the colorimeter The color coordinate point of the red light channel, Pg may be the color coordinate point of the green light channel measured by the colorimeter, and Pb may be the color coordinate point of the blue light channel measured by the colorimeter. In the above scenario, by adjusting the driving parameters of the three monochrome channels, any color that is located in the toning field identified by the solid line can be superimposed, for example, represented by the color coordinate point Pw in FIG. White etc.
在此基础上,根据本发明实施例,控制部件1910可以根据灯具的出射光的目标色坐标和每个单色通道的色坐标获取每个通道的目标照度。具体地,多个单色通道中的每个通道各自对应的照度便可以表示每个通道的光输出比例,进而通过各单色通道在不同比例下的输出光的叠加,便可以组合出所需的颜色或者说灯具的出射光的色坐标。更具体地,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,控制部件1910可以通过以下方式基于目标色坐标和每个单色通道的色坐标确定每个单色通道的目标照度:Based on this, according to an embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 1910 can obtain the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light of the luminaire and the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels. Specifically, the illuminance corresponding to each of the plurality of monochrome channels can represent the light output ratio of each channel, and then the output light of each monochromatic channel at different ratios can be combined to form a desired The color or the color coordinates of the light emitted by the luminaire. More specifically, as an alternative, in the embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 1910 can determine the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels based on the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels in the following manner:
首先,在预设色坐标空间中生成以每个单色通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域。其次,判断目标色坐标是否在混色区域内。再次,如果判断出目标色坐标在混色区域内,则基于目标色坐标与每个单色通道的色坐标的位置关系确定每个单色通道的照度比。接着,计算出射光的总照度与照度比的乘积。然后,将乘积作为每个单色通道的目标照度。First, a color mixing region in which the color coordinates of each monochrome channel are vertices is generated in a preset color coordinate space. Next, it is judged whether or not the target color coordinate is in the color mixing area. Again, if it is determined that the target color coordinates are within the color mixing region, the illuminance ratio of each of the monochrome channels is determined based on the positional relationship of the target color coordinates and the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels. Next, the product of the total illuminance of the emitted light and the illuminance ratio is calculated. Then, the product is taken as the target illuminance for each monochrome channel.
具体地,在本发明实施例中,目标驱动参数可以表示用于驱动灯具中的每个单色通道并起到对每个单色通道的照度的调节作用的物理参量,例如,在本发明的一些实施例中,目标驱动参数可以是作为模拟量的电压信号的电压幅值,而在另一些实施例中,该目标驱动参数也可以是作为数字量的脉宽调制PWM(Pulse Width Modulation)信号的占空比等,其中,目标驱动参数通常可以与灯具的驱动电路的输出相对应,然而本发明对此不作任何限定。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target driving parameter may represent a physical parameter for driving each of the monochrome channels in the luminaire and functioning as an adjustment to the illuminance of each of the monochrome channels, for example, in the present invention. In some embodiments, the target drive parameter may be a voltage amplitude of the analog voltage signal, and in other embodiments, the target drive parameter may also be a digital pulse width modulation PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) signal. The duty ratio or the like, wherein the target driving parameter can generally correspond to the output of the driving circuit of the luminaire, which is not limited in the present invention.
在另一方面,在本发明实施例中,该目标驱动参数可以基于预先建立的每一单色通道的驱动模型来获取。例如,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,可以通过以下方式获取每个单色通道的目标驱动参数:In another aspect, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target driving parameter may be acquired based on a pre-established driving model of each monochrome channel. For example, as an optional manner, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target driving parameters of each monochrome channel can be obtained by:
首先,对预先获取的与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,其中,多个驱动参数采样值与多个照度采样值一一对应;接着,根据拟合处理的结果获取与每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系;然后,根据该对应关系获取与每个通道的目标照度对应的每个通道的驱动参数。 First, a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel are matched in advance, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sample values are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of illuminance sampling values; then, Corresponding relationship between the driving parameter corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance is obtained according to the result of the fitting process; then, the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel are acquired according to the corresponding relationship.
在本发明实施例中,对于灯具中的每个单色通道来说,均可以先对提前测得的多组驱动参数采样值与照度采样值进行拟合,然后根据拟合的结果来判断出该单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系。简单地,对于驱动参数与照度之间的线性度较高的灯具,如利用一定电压阈值以下的电压信号或者是在一定频率阈值以下的PWM信号控制的发光二级管LED(Light Emitting Diode)灯具来说,上述拟合处理可以采用线性拟合的方式。然而这并非本发明唯一的实施方式,例如,对于线性度较差的灯具来说,则也可以采用其他拟合方式获得更为复杂的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系,本发明对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, for each monochrome channel in the luminaire, the sampling values of the plurality of driving parameters measured in advance and the illuminance sampling values may be first fitted, and then the result is determined according to the fitting result. The correspondence between the driving parameters of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance. Simply, for a luminaire with a high degree of linearity between the drive parameters and the illuminance, such as a light emitting diode LED (Light Emitting Diode) luminaire controlled by a voltage signal below a certain voltage threshold or a PWM signal below a certain frequency threshold. In other words, the above fitting process can adopt a linear fitting method. However, this is not the only embodiment of the present invention. For example, for a luminaire with poor linearity, other fitting methods may be used to obtain a correspondence between more complex driving parameters and target illuminance. Not limited.
基于此,在本发明实施例中,前述拟合结果可以为采用线性拟合法得到的结果或者采用插值法得到的结果。Based on this, in the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing fitting result may be a result obtained by a linear fitting method or a result obtained by using an interpolation method.
具体地,可以通过以下方式进行线性拟合,并得到线性拟合结果:Specifically, linear fitting can be performed in the following manner, and a linear fitting result is obtained:
对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行线性拟合;其中,根据线性拟合的结果获取对应关系:E=p*c+E0,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,p和E0为常系数;其中,具体地,可以根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:c=(E-E0)/p。Linearly fitting a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sampling values; wherein, the correspondence is obtained according to the result of the linear fitting: E=p*c+E0, wherein E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c Representing the driving parameters of each channel, p and E0 are constant coefficients; wherein, specifically, the driving parameters of each channel can be obtained according to the following formula: c=(E-E0)/p.
图26是根据本发明第一实施例的驱动参数采样值与照度采样值的线性法拟合结果的示意图,以图26所示的拟合结果为例。在图26中,黑色实心圆点可以表示采样点,该采样点的横坐标值可以表示驱动参数采样值,也即预设的多个PWM占空比的值,该采样点的纵坐标值可以表示照度采样值,也即在该多个PWM占空比中的每一个下所测得的单色通道的照度值。从图26中可以看出,对应该单色通道来说,其驱动参数与照度之间的线性度较好,因此可以采用线性拟合的拟合处理方式对其进行拟合,拟合结果可以是图26中所示的直线。在上述场景下,常系数p可以是直线的斜率,常系数E0可以近似为零,也即作为驱动参数的占空比与目标照度基本呈比例关系。Fig. 26 is a diagram showing the result of linear fitting of the driving parameter sample value and the illuminance sample value according to the first embodiment of the present invention, taking the fitting result shown in Fig. 26 as an example. In FIG. 26, a black solid dot may represent a sampling point, and an abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios, and an ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles. It can be seen from Fig. 26 that, for a monochrome channel, the linearity between the driving parameter and the illuminance is better, so it can be fitted by a linear fitting fitting method, and the fitting result can be It is the straight line shown in Fig. 26. In the above scenario, the constant coefficient p may be the slope of the straight line, and the constant coefficient E0 may be approximately zero, that is, the duty ratio as the driving parameter is substantially proportional to the target illuminance.
具体地,可以通过以下方式进行插值拟合,并得到线性拟合结果:Specifically, interpolation fitting can be performed in the following manner, and a linear fitting result is obtained:
采用插值法对多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理;其中,根据拟合处理的结果获取对应关系:E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1,其中,E表示每个通道的目标照度,c表示每个通道的驱动参数,c1表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c1<c,c2表示多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c2>c,E1表示多个照度采样值中与c1对应的一个,E2表示多个照度采样值中与c2对应的一个;其中,根据以下计算式获取每个通道的驱动参数:c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1。 The interpolation method is used to fit the plurality of driving parameter samples and the plurality of illuminance sampling values; wherein, the correspondence is obtained according to the result of the fitting process: E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2- C1) + E1, where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c represents the drive parameter of each channel, c1 represents one of the plurality of drive parameter sample values and c1 < c, c2 represents a plurality of drive parameter sample values And c2>c, E1 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c1, and E2 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c2; wherein, the drive parameter of each channel is obtained according to the following calculation formula: c = (c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1.
图27是根据本发明第二实施例的驱动参数采样值与照度采样值的插值法拟合结果的示意图,以图27所示的拟合结果为例。在图27中,黑色实心圆点可以表示采样点,该采样点的横坐标值可以表示驱动参数采样值,也即预设的多个PWM占空比的值,该采样点的纵坐标值可以表示照度采样值,也即在该多个PWM占空比中的每一个下所测得的单色通道的照度值。区别于前述线性拟合的处理方式,在本发明实施例中,采用了插值法的处理方式对多个采样点进行了拟合处理,具体地,该插值法的处理方式可以视为是使用连接多个采样点的折线来表示每个通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系,也即,在相邻的两个采样点之间的取值区间内,该对应关系可以通过连接在该相邻的两个采样点之间的线段来表示。Fig. 27 is a diagram showing the result of interpolation fitting of the drive parameter sample value and the illuminance sample value according to the second embodiment of the present invention, taking the fitting result shown in Fig. 27 as an example. In FIG. 27, a black solid dot may represent a sampling point, and an abscissa value of the sampling point may represent a driving parameter sampling value, that is, a preset value of a plurality of PWM duty ratios, and an ordinate value of the sampling point may be The illuminance sample value, that is, the illuminance value of the measured monochrome channel at each of the plurality of PWM duty cycles. Different from the foregoing processing method of linear fitting, in the embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of sampling points are matched by using an interpolation method, and specifically, the processing method of the interpolation method can be regarded as using a connection. a polyline of a plurality of sampling points to indicate a correspondence between a driving parameter of each channel and a target illuminance, that is, within a value interval between two adjacent sampling points, the correspondence may be connected by A line segment between two adjacent sampling points is represented.
在上述场景下,通过插值法所执行的拟合处理的结果可以是图27中的连接多个采样点的折线,进而与该组采样点对应的单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系便可以通过该折线来表示。例如,对于图27中相邻的两个采样点(c1,E1)和(c2,E2)之间的取值区间来说,任一驱动参数c所对应的目标照度E可以表示为:In the above scenario, the result of the fitting process performed by the interpolation method may be a polyline connecting a plurality of sampling points in FIG. 27, and further between the driving parameters of the monochrome channel corresponding to the group of sampling points and the target illuminance. The correspondence can be represented by the polyline. For example, for the value interval between two adjacent sampling points (c1, E1) and (c2, E2) in FIG. 27, the target illuminance E corresponding to any driving parameter c can be expressed as:
E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1,E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1,
相对应地,则若要达到目标照度E,则所需的驱动参数c可以表示为:Correspondingly, if the target illuminance E is to be reached, the required drive parameter c can be expressed as:
c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1。c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1.
通过上述两个示例提供了拟合处理的两种具体的实施方式,然而应当理解的是,本发明实施例中所采用的具体的拟合处理方式并不限于上述两种,例如,还可以采用其他更为复杂的非线性曲线拟合处理,如三次样条插值法等,此外,在本发明的一些实施例中,也可以采用神经网络或者函数逼近的其他处理方式来实现,等等,本发明对此不作任何限定。Two specific implementations of the fitting process are provided by the above two examples. However, it should be understood that the specific fitting processing method used in the embodiments of the present invention is not limited to the above two types, for example, Other more complicated non-linear curve fitting processes, such as cubic spline interpolation, etc., in addition, in some embodiments of the present invention, other processing methods of neural networks or function approximation may also be used, etc. The invention does not limit this.
在另一方面,从以上描述可知,作为一种可选的方式,可以通过以下方式获取每个单色通道的照度采样值:首先,选取与每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值;接着,使用多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值对每个单色通道进行驱动;然后,在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前照度作为与每个驱动参数采样值对应的照度采样值。On the other hand, as can be seen from the above description, as an alternative manner, the illumination sample values of each monochrome channel can be obtained by: first, selecting a plurality of drive parameter sample values corresponding to each channel; Next, each monochrome channel is driven using each of the plurality of drive parameter sample values; then, each channel is driven while using each drive parameter sample value to obtain the current of each channel Illuminance is taken as the illuminance sample value corresponding to each drive parameter sample value.
在此基础上,进一步可选地,在本发明实施例中,可以通过以下方式获取每个单色通道的色坐标:首先,在使用每个驱动参数采样值对每个通道进行驱动时,获取每个通道的当前色坐标;然后,将在多个驱动参数采样值下获取的多个当前色坐标的平均值作为每个通道的色坐标。 On this basis, further optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the color coordinates of each monochrome channel can be obtained by: firstly, when each channel is driven by using each driving parameter sample value, The current color coordinate of each channel; then, the average of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of drive parameter sample values is taken as the color coordinate of each channel.
也即,在本发明实施例中,可以在对驱动参数进行扫描以标定单色通道的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系的同时,对每个驱动参数采样值下的单色通道的色坐标进行测量,进而可以将测得的多个色坐标的平均值作为该单色通道的色坐标。通过这一方式,可以进一步地消除来自于色度计的内部或外部的干扰因素,如温度对色度计带来的测量不准确的影响等,从而实现对灯具的出射光的色坐标进行更为准确地驱动控制。That is, in the embodiment of the present invention, the color of the monochrome channel under the sampling value of each driving parameter may be compared while the driving parameter is scanned to calibrate the correspondence between the driving parameter of the monochrome channel and the target illuminance. The coordinates are measured, and the average of the measured plurality of color coordinates can be used as the color coordinates of the monochrome channel. In this way, interference factors from the inside or outside of the colorimeter can be further eliminated, such as the influence of temperature on the measurement inaccuracy caused by the colorimeter, so as to achieve more color coordinates of the emitted light of the lamp. To drive the control accurately.
在本发明实施例中,目标色坐标可以包括多个,这样,控制部件1910还可以用于获取多个目标色坐标中的每个目标色坐标,并基于每个目标色坐标和每个单色通道的色坐标确定与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标照度,并基于与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标照度确定与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标驱动参数,并将与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标驱动参数存储到数据表中,以及将与每个目标色坐标相对应的每个单色通道的目标驱动参数以数据表的形式配置给灯具。In the embodiment of the present invention, the target color coordinates may include a plurality, such that the control component 1910 may further be configured to acquire each of the plurality of target color coordinates, and based on each of the target color coordinates and each of the monochrome colors. The color coordinates of the channel determine the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates, and determine the target illuminance based on the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates Corresponding target driving parameters of each monochrome channel, and storing target driving parameters of each monochrome channel corresponding to each target color coordinate into the data table, and each corresponding to each target color coordinate The target drive parameters of a single monochrome channel are configured to the luminaire in the form of a data table.
在以上描述的基础上,在本发明的一些实施例中,还可以利用类似的方式完成对灯具的标定。其中,作为一种可选的方式,在本发明实施例中,灯具的标定过程可以如下:选取多个目标色坐标;根据多个目标色坐标中的每一个和每个通道的色坐标获取与每一个相对应的每个通道的目标照度;其中,在每一个下获取每个通道的驱动参数作为与每个通道及每一个均对应的驱动参数,并将获取的均对应的驱动参数记录在数据表中;其中,判断出射光当前需要达到的目标色坐标;在数据表中查找与每个通道及需要达到的目标色坐标均对应的驱动参数;使用查找到的驱动参数对每个通道进行驱动。Based on the above description, in some embodiments of the present invention, the calibration of the luminaire can also be accomplished in a similar manner. In an embodiment of the present invention, the calibration process of the luminaire may be as follows: selecting a plurality of target color coordinates; acquiring and matching color coordinates according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and each channel; The target illuminance of each corresponding channel; wherein, each of the driving parameters of each channel is obtained as a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and each, and the obtained corresponding driving parameters are recorded in In the data table, wherein the target color coordinates that the light needs to reach at present are determined; the driving parameters corresponding to each channel and the target color coordinates that need to be reached are searched in the data table; each channel is performed using the found driving parameters. drive.
换而言之,在本发明实施例中,可以通过设定目标色坐标并将基于该目标色坐标所获取的驱动参数记录到数据表中的方式,在灯具出厂前标定出目标色坐标与驱动参数之间的映射关系,并可以将记录得到的数据表存储到灯具的控制器中,以便于灯具在实际使用的过程中能够利用预存的数据表快速查询得到与其所需达到的目标色坐标相匹配的每个单色通道的驱动参数,从而达到进一步地加快对灯具的出射光进行调节的调节速度的效果,并降低了对灯具的控制器的计算能力的要求。In other words, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target color coordinate and the driving may be calibrated before the lamp is shipped, by setting the target color coordinate and recording the driving parameter obtained based on the target color coordinate into the data table. The mapping relationship between the parameters, and the recorded data table can be stored in the controller of the luminaire, so that the luminaire can use the pre-stored data table to quickly query and obtain the target color coordinate to be achieved in the actual use process. Matching the driving parameters of each of the monochromatic channels, thereby achieving the effect of further accelerating the adjustment speed of the illumination of the luminaire, and reducing the computational power requirements of the luminaire's controller.
通过上述方式,对本发明技术方案及其工作原理进行了阐述,然而应当理解的是,上述实施例仅用于对本发明的理解,并不应视为是对本发明的限定。例如,前述实施例中以红、绿和蓝三个单色通道为例描述了每个通道的照度的匹配,然而在本发明的另一些实施例中,该单色通道的颜色并不仅限于是三原色,对于其他单色通道而言,仍然可以通过确定以其色坐标为顶点的可调色域并结合目标色坐标的方式来获取每个 通道的目标照度,事实上,即便是对于仅具有两个单色通道的灯具来说,仍可以通过对其驱动参数的调节来获取色坐标空间中位于以该两个单色通道的色坐标为顶点的线段上的各种颜色。The technical solutions of the present invention and the working principles thereof are explained in the above manner, but it should be understood that the above embodiments are only used to understand the present invention and are not to be construed as limiting the present invention. For example, in the foregoing embodiment, the illuminance matching of each channel is described by taking three monochrome channels of red, green, and blue as an example. However, in other embodiments of the present invention, the color of the monochrome channel is not limited to The three primary colors, for other monochrome channels, can still obtain each by determining the tunable domain with its color coordinates as the vertices and combining the target color coordinates. The target illuminance of the channel, in fact, even for a luminaire with only two monochromatic channels, the color coordinates of the two monochromatic channels in the color coordinate space can be obtained by adjusting the driving parameters thereof. Various colors on the line segments of the vertices.
优选地,在本发明实施例中,控制部件1910可以为云服务器。具体地,云服务器具有前述的控制部件1910中的处理器和存储器的功能,在此不再赘述。另外,云服务器还可以具有控制部件1910中第一通讯模块和第二通讯模块的部分功能,例如,云服务器可以通过外接发送模块,将目标驱动参数烧写进灯具的存储器中,再如,云服务器可以控制测量部件1930测量灯具的每个单色通道的色坐标和照度等。具体地,参考前述的控制部件1910,在次不再赘述。Preferably, in the embodiment of the present invention, the control component 1910 may be a cloud server. Specifically, the cloud server has the functions of the processor and the memory in the foregoing control component 1910, and details are not described herein again. In addition, the cloud server may also have some functions of the first communication module and the second communication module in the control component 1910. For example, the cloud server may program the target driving parameters into the memory of the luminaire by using an external sending module, for example, the cloud. The server can control the measuring component 1930 to measure the color coordinates, illuminance, and the like of each of the monochrome channels of the luminaire. Specifically, referring to the foregoing control component 1910, it will not be described again.
图28是根据本发明实施例的另一优选的灯具驱动参数的配置设备的示意图。如图28所示,该实施例可以作为前述实施例的优选实施方式,该实施例的灯具驱动参数的配置设备除了包括前述实施例的控制部件1910、遮光部件1920和测量部件1930之外,还包括检测部件1940和调节部件1950。28 is a schematic illustration of another preferred luminaire drive parameter configuration device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 28, this embodiment can be taken as a preferred embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, and the configuration device of the lamp driving parameter of this embodiment includes, besides the control member 1910, the light blocking member 1920, and the measuring member 1930 of the foregoing embodiment, A detection component 1940 and an adjustment component 1950 are included.
检测部件1940可以设置在遮光空间内,其可以用于检测遮光空间内的环境温度。The detecting component 1940 can be disposed within the light-shielding space, which can be used to detect an ambient temperature within the light-shielding space.
调节部件1950可以用于调节遮光空间内的环境温度。其中,控制部件1910可以连接在检测部件1940和调节部件1950之间,其可以用于获取检测到的环境温度,并根据检测到的环境温度控制调节部件1950的运行状态。 Adjustment component 1950 can be used to adjust the ambient temperature within the occlusion space. Therein, the control component 1910 can be coupled between the detection component 1940 and the adjustment component 1950, which can be used to acquire the detected ambient temperature and control the operational state of the adjustment component 1950 based on the detected ambient temperature.
例如,检测部件1940可以包括温度传感器。温度传感器可以用于检测环境温度,其中,温度传感器与灯具之间间隔第一预设距离。调节部件1950可以包括风扇和空调等温控装置。其中,风扇和空调等可以用于通过向遮光空间内送风,以降低遮光空间内的环境温度。其中,控制部件1910可以连接在温度传感器和风扇之间,其用于获取环境温度并根据环境温度控制风扇的运行状态。For example, detection component 1940 can include a temperature sensor. The temperature sensor can be used to detect an ambient temperature, wherein the temperature sensor is spaced from the luminaire by a first predetermined distance. The adjustment component 1950 can include a temperature control device such as a fan and an air conditioner. Among them, a fan, an air conditioner, or the like can be used to reduce the ambient temperature in the light-shielding space by blowing air into the light-shielding space. Wherein, the control component 1910 can be connected between the temperature sensor and the fan for acquiring the ambient temperature and controlling the operating state of the fan according to the ambient temperature.
具体地,检测部件1940可以采集灯具周围的环境温度。调节部件1950可以用于调节遮光空间内的环境温度。In particular, the detection component 1940 can collect ambient temperatures around the luminaire. Adjustment component 1950 can be used to adjust the ambient temperature within the occlusion space.
其中,控制部件1910可以连接在检测部件1940和调节部件1950之间,用于获取检测部件1940所采集的环境温度,并用于根据所采集的环境温度控制调节部件1950开启或者停机。具体地,当遮光空间内的温度高于或者低于灯具正常工作的温度时,可以控制调节部件1950开启,从而降低或者提高遮光空间内温度以适应灯具正常工作的需求。当遮光空间内的温度等于灯具正常工作的温度时,可以控制调节部件1950停机。其中,可以通过继电器控制调节部件1950开启与否。 The control unit 1910 can be connected between the detecting unit 1940 and the adjusting unit 1950 for acquiring the ambient temperature collected by the detecting unit 1940, and for controlling the opening or stopping of the adjusting unit 1950 according to the collected ambient temperature. Specifically, when the temperature in the light-shielding space is higher or lower than the normal working temperature of the lamp, the adjusting member 1950 can be controlled to be turned on, thereby reducing or increasing the temperature in the light-shielding space to meet the requirement of the normal operation of the lamp. When the temperature in the opaque space is equal to the temperature at which the luminaire is operating normally, the adjustment component 1950 can be controlled to shut down. Among them, the control unit 1950 can be turned on or off by the relay.
需要说明的是,控制部件1910可以包括一个或者多个独立的温度控制器,温度控制器可以连接在检测部件1940和调节部件1950之间,或者控制部件1910可以包括温度控制模块,直接通过该温度控制模块控制遮光空间内的温度。该温度控制模块可以负责温度采集、并且将采集到的温度值与预设温度值进行对比、以及通过控制算法进行运算,得到继电器闭合的时间条件。其中,上述控制算法可以为比例积分微分PID控制算法。It should be noted that the control component 1910 may include one or more independent temperature controllers, the temperature controller may be connected between the detecting component 1940 and the regulating component 1950, or the control component 1910 may include a temperature control module directly passing the temperature. The control module controls the temperature within the occlusion space. The temperature control module can be responsible for temperature acquisition, and compares the collected temperature value with a preset temperature value, and performs an operation by a control algorithm to obtain a time condition for the relay to close. The above control algorithm may be a proportional integral differential PID control algorithm.
可选的,可以在温度控制器上设置控制面板,并且可以在该控制面板上设置按键,可以通过该按键输入预设温度值。另外,可以在该控制面板上设置七段LED显示器以显示实测温度。Optionally, a control panel can be set on the temperature controller, and a button can be set on the control panel, and the preset temperature value can be input through the button. Alternatively, a seven-segment LED display can be placed on the control panel to display the measured temperature.
可选的,在本发明实施例中,该LED光色参数配置设备可以包括继电器。该继电器可以连接在控制部件1910和调节部件1950之间,并且调节部件1950通过继电器连接至电源。继电器可以用于控制风扇电源的通断。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the LED light color parameter configuration device may include a relay. The relay can be connected between the control component 1910 and the regulating component 1950, and the regulating component 1950 is connected to the power source via a relay. The relay can be used to control the on and off of the fan power supply.
可选的,在本发明实施例中,该配置设备还可以包括在模数转换器ADC。该ADC连接在检测部件1940和控制部件1910之间,用于根据预设采样周期,对检测部件1940的采集的温度信号进行采样,并将采样数据传输给控制部件1910。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the configuration device may further be included in an analog-to-digital converter ADC. The ADC is coupled between the detecting component 1940 and the control component 1910 for sampling the collected temperature signal of the detecting component 1940 according to a preset sampling period and transmitting the sampling data to the control component 1910.
通过本发明实施例,由于控制部件1910、检测部件1940和调节部件1950可以为灯具模拟正常工作所需要的环境温度,因此,可以保证测量部件1930测量的结果更加准确。With the embodiment of the present invention, since the control unit 1910, the detecting unit 1940, and the adjusting unit 1950 can simulate the ambient temperature required for normal operation of the luminaire, it is possible to ensure that the measurement result of the measuring unit 1930 is more accurate.
优选地,在本发明实施例中,检测部件1940可以包括温度传感器。温度传感器可以用于采集灯具周围的环境温度,其中,温度传感器与灯具之间间隔第一预设距离。调节部件1950可以包括风扇。风扇可以用于向遮光空间内送风。其中,控制部件1910可以连接在温度传感器和风扇之间,控制部件1910可以用于获取灯具周围的环境温度并根据灯具周围的环境温度控制风扇开启或者停机。具体地,温度传感器可以设置在遮光部件1920的内壁上,风扇可以通过控制部件1910连接至温度传感器。这样,可以保证为灯具模拟正常工作所需要的环境温度,进而可以保证测量部件1930测量的结果更加准确。Preferably, in an embodiment of the invention, the detecting component 1940 can include a temperature sensor. The temperature sensor can be used to collect the ambient temperature around the luminaire, wherein the temperature sensor is spaced from the luminaire by a first predetermined distance. Adjustment component 1950 can include a fan. The fan can be used to blow air into the shaded space. Wherein, the control component 1910 can be connected between the temperature sensor and the fan, and the control component 1910 can be used to obtain the ambient temperature around the luminaire and control the fan to be turned on or off according to the ambient temperature around the luminaire. Specifically, a temperature sensor may be disposed on an inner wall of the light shielding member 1920, and a fan may be connected to the temperature sensor through the control member 1910. In this way, it is possible to ensure that the luminaire simulates the ambient temperature required for normal operation, thereby ensuring that the measurement result of the measuring component 1930 is more accurate.
再如,检测部件1940可以包括热电偶。热电偶可以用于设置在灯具的光源板的第一侧上,并采集灯具的温度,其中,第一侧上设置有多个LED芯片。调节部件1950可以包括制冷或制热器。制冷或制热器可以用于设置在光源板的第二侧上,并对灯具执行制冷处理或制热处理,其中,控制部件1950可以连接在热电偶和制冷或制热器之 间,其可以用于获取采集到的温度并根据采集到的温度控制制冷或制热器对灯具行制冷处理或制热处理。As another example, the sensing component 1940 can include a thermocouple. The thermocouple can be used to be disposed on the first side of the light source panel of the luminaire and to collect the temperature of the luminaire, wherein the first side is provided with a plurality of LED chips. The adjustment component 1950 can include a refrigeration or a heater. A refrigeration or heater may be provided on the second side of the light source panel and perform a refrigeration process or a heat treatment on the luminaire, wherein the control component 1950 may be coupled to the thermocouple and the refrigeration or heater In between, it can be used to obtain the collected temperature and control the cooling or heat treatment of the lamp by the refrigeration or the heater according to the collected temperature.
图29是根据本发明实施例的采用热电偶和制冷或制热器的组合结构的示意图,如图29所示,在本发明实施例中,A2可以表示铝基板。控制部件1910可以连接在热电偶19402和制冷或制热器19502之间,用于获取热电偶19402所采集的温度并根据热电偶19402所采集的温度控制制冷或制热器19502对灯具制冷或者制热。这样,由于制冷或制热器19502紧贴LED光源板A2设置,因此可以快速的加热灯具,从而可以更快地进入灯具正常工作所需要的温度环境,进而可以节约调色时间、提高调色效率。需要说明的是,制冷或制热器19502可以由直流DC电源供电。图30是根据本发明实施例的采用热电偶和制冷或制热器的分离结构的示意图,如图29和图30所示。其中,图29为LED光源板A2与制冷或制热器19502组合结构的示意图,而图30为LED光源板A2与制冷或制热器19502分离结构的示意图。其中,在图29和图30中,LED光源板A2设置有多个LED,热电偶19402设置在LED附近,制冷或制热器19502包括制冷板和制热板(图中未示出),两个板上分别设置有DC电源的正极和负极。29 is a schematic view showing a combined structure using a thermocouple and a refrigerating or heating device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 29, in the embodiment of the present invention, A2 may represent an aluminum substrate. The control unit 1910 can be connected between the thermocouple 19402 and the refrigerating or heating device 19502 for acquiring the temperature collected by the thermocouple 19402 and controlling the cooling or heating device 19502 to cool or modulate the lamp according to the temperature collected by the thermocouple 19402. heat. In this way, since the cooling or heating device 19502 is disposed close to the LED light source panel A2, the luminaire can be quickly heated, so that the temperature environment required for the normal operation of the luminaire can be entered more quickly, thereby saving color grading time and improving color grading efficiency. . It should be noted that the cooling or heating device 19502 can be powered by a DC power source. Figure 30 is a schematic illustration of a separate structure employing a thermocouple and a refrigerating or heating device, as shown in Figures 29 and 30, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 29 is a schematic diagram showing a combined structure of the LED light source panel A2 and the cooling or heating device 19502, and FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram showing the separated structure of the LED light source panel A2 and the cooling or heating device 19502. In FIG. 29 and FIG. 30, the LED light source panel A2 is provided with a plurality of LEDs, the thermocouple 19402 is disposed near the LED, and the cooling or heating device 19502 includes a cooling plate and a heating plate (not shown), two The positive and negative electrodes of the DC power supply are respectively disposed on the boards.
在对温度控制要求高的情况下,即灯具的颜色在温度变化时的稳定性要求高的场景中,前述采用风扇和外置温度传感器的方案并不精确。此时,可以采用图29中所示的半导体制冷或制热器19502与LED光源板A2的设置方式,并在LED光源板A2表面靠近LED的某个或某几个位置上安装热电偶19402。半导体制冷或制热器19502负责对LED光源板A2进行制冷或制热,以更快更准地控制其工作温度。半导体制冷或制热器19502由DC电源直接驱动。DC电源的接入方向决定其工作于制冷或制热的状态。控制部件1910将热电偶19402采集到的LED光源板A2的温度与预设温度比较,如果高于预设温度,则对制冷或制热器19502正向供电,实现灯具的降温;反之,则反向供电,实现灯具的升温。进一步地,制冷或制热过程可以采用PID控制,从而可以使LED光源板A2的温度控制变得更快更准,以及减少温度超调。In the case where the temperature control is required to be high, that is, the scene in which the color of the luminaire is highly stable when the temperature changes, the aforementioned scheme using the fan and the external temperature sensor is not accurate. At this time, the arrangement of the semiconductor cooling or heating device 19502 and the LED light source panel A2 shown in FIG. 29 may be employed, and the thermocouple 19402 may be mounted at a certain position or positions of the LED light source panel A2 near the LED. The semiconductor refrigeration or heater 19502 is responsible for cooling or heating the LED light source panel A2 to control its operating temperature more quickly and accurately. The semiconductor refrigeration or heater 19502 is directly driven by a DC power source. The direction in which the DC power source is connected determines its operation in the state of cooling or heating. The control component 1910 compares the temperature of the LED light source panel A2 collected by the thermocouple 19402 with a preset temperature, and if it is higher than the preset temperature, supplies power to the cooling or heating device 19502 to reduce the temperature of the luminaire; Power is supplied to achieve temperature rise of the luminaire. Further, the cooling or heating process can be controlled by PID, so that the temperature control of the LED light source panel A2 can be made faster and more accurate, and the temperature overshoot can be reduced.
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中,遮光部件1920可以为遮光器,测量部件1930可以为色度计,其中,遮光器的第一端的内壁上设置有第一连接部件,第一连接部件用于与灯具相连接,遮光器的第二端的内壁上设置有第二连接部件,第二连接部件与色度计相连接,灯具与色度计之间间隔第二预设距离,第二预设距离为灯具的发光面的几何尺寸的预设倍数。例如,第二预设距离为灯具的发光面的直径的10倍数。这样,灯具的发光面在测量部件1930的探头处可以近似为点光源,进而可以保证灯具中的各个单色通道发出的光在探头处是充分混合的,从而可以提高测量部件1930的测量结果的准确性。 It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the light shielding member 1920 may be a shutter, and the measuring component 1930 may be a colorimeter, wherein the inner wall of the first end of the shutter is provided with a first connecting component, the first connection The component is connected to the luminaire, the second end of the second end of the shutter is provided with a second connecting component, the second connecting component is connected with the colorimeter, and the luminaire and the colorimeter are separated by a second preset distance, second The preset distance is a preset multiple of the geometry of the illuminated face of the luminaire. For example, the second predetermined distance is 10 times the diameter of the light emitting face of the luminaire. In this way, the light emitting surface of the luminaire can be approximated as a point light source at the probe of the measuring component 1930, thereby ensuring that the light emitted by each of the monochrome channels in the luminaire is sufficiently mixed at the probe, thereby improving the measurement result of the measuring component 1930. accuracy.
具体地,可以通过以下两个因素确定第二预设距离:Specifically, the second preset distance can be determined by two factors:
因素一,根据测量部件1930的最大量程确定第二预设距离,其中,该最大量程可以是照度量程。在灯具的各个单色通道全亮的状态下,探头处的照度不能超过该最大量程。如果灯具的最大照度超过该最大量程,则可以将上述两者之间的距离调大。Factor One determines a second preset distance according to a maximum range of the measuring component 1930, wherein the maximum range may be a metric range. In the state where the respective monochrome channels of the luminaire are fully illuminated, the illuminance at the probe cannot exceed the maximum range. If the maximum illumination of the luminaire exceeds the maximum range, the distance between the two can be increased.
因素二,根据测量部件1930的最小精确度确定第二预设距离,其中,该最小精确度可以是最小照度。在调色过程中,灯具可能发出的最弱的光在探头处的照度不应小于测量部件1930的最小精确度。如果灯具的最小照度小于该最小精确度,则可以将上述两者之间的距离调小。 Factor 2, determining a second preset distance according to a minimum accuracy of the measuring component 1930, wherein the minimum precision may be a minimum illuminance. During the toning process, the illumination of the weakest light that the luminaire may emit at the probe should not be less than the minimum accuracy of the measurement component 1930. If the minimum illumination of the luminaire is less than the minimum accuracy, the distance between the two can be reduced.
优选地,基于因素一和因素二,遮光部件1920的长度可以进行伸缩调节。Preferably, based on factor one and factor two, the length of the light blocking member 1920 can be adjusted for telescoping.
具体地,遮光器可以为封闭式遮光部件,并且遮光器的材料可以为不透光材料。遮光器内壁上可以附着一层吸光材料。这层材料可以吸收大部分入射光线,它也可以反射少部分光线,并且该吸光材料不会改变反射光线的颜色。优选地,吸光材料可以为黑色的遮光布,例如黑色绒布。Specifically, the shutter may be a closed shading member, and the material of the shutter may be an opaque material. A layer of light absorbing material may be attached to the inner wall of the shutter. This layer of material absorbs most of the incident light, it also reflects a small portion of the light, and the light absorbing material does not change the color of the reflected light. Preferably, the light absorbing material may be a black shading cloth, such as a black flannel.
本发明实施例还提供了一种灯具控制系统,该灯具控制系统为灯具驱动参数的配置系统,其中,灯具驱动参数的配置系统用于同时对多个灯具进行定标,即,该灯具驱动参数的配置系统可以用于同时为多个灯具配置相应的驱动参数,多个灯具中的每个灯具具有多个单色通道,且每个灯具的出射光为多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加。The embodiment of the invention further provides a lamp control system, wherein the lamp control system is a configuration system of a lamp driving parameter, wherein the lamp driving parameter configuration system is used for simultaneously calibrating a plurality of lamps, that is, the lamp driving parameter The configuration system can be used to configure corresponding driving parameters for a plurality of lamps at the same time, each of the plurality of lamps has a plurality of monochrome channels, and each of the lamps emits a single color of a plurality of monochrome channels. The superposition of light.
需要说明的是,该灯具驱动参数的配置系统可以包括多个前述的遮光部件,且遮光部件与灯具一一对应,即每个遮光部件内部可以设置一个灯具。另外,该灯具驱动参数的配置系统还可以前述的多个测量部件,且测量部件与遮光部件也一一对应,即每个遮光部件内部可以设置一个测量部件。同时,该灯具驱动参数的配置系统还可以包括前述的控制部件,该控制部件可以用于为多个灯具中的各个灯具配置相应的驱动参数。其中,控制部件为每个灯具配置驱动参数的原理和过程与前述的灯具驱动参数的配置装置的原理和过程相对应,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the configuration system of the lamp driving parameter may include a plurality of the foregoing shading members, and the shading members are in one-to-one correspondence with the lamps, that is, one lamp may be disposed inside each of the shading members. In addition, the configuration system of the lamp driving parameter may further include a plurality of measuring components as described above, and the measuring component and the light shielding component are also in one-to-one correspondence, that is, one measuring component may be disposed inside each of the light shielding components. At the same time, the configuration system of the luminaire driving parameters may further comprise the aforementioned control component, which may be used to configure corresponding driving parameters for each of the plurality of luminaires. The principle and process for the control component to configure the driving parameters for each luminaire correspond to the principles and processes of the configurating device for the luminaire driving parameters described above, and are not described herein again.
优选地,除了前述的灯具驱动参数的配置装置中的控制部件1910之外,灯具驱动参数的配置装置中其他组成部分可以对应的进行复制,并且复制之后的相应部分可以与灯具驱动参数的配置系统中的控制部件相连接,达到同时对多个灯具进行定标的目的。其中,除控制部件之外的每套复制部分可以成为一个测试单元。 Preferably, in addition to the control component 1910 in the configuration device of the aforementioned lamp driving parameter, other components in the configuration device of the lamp driving parameter may be correspondingly copied, and the corresponding portion after the copying may be configured with the lamp driving parameter. The control components are connected to achieve the purpose of simultaneously calibrating multiple lamps. Among them, each set of copy parts other than the control part can be a test unit.
图31是根据本发明实施例的灯具控制系统的示意图,如图31所示,该灯具控制系统,即灯具驱动参数的配置系统的控制部件至少可以同时连接两套测试单元,每套测试单元可以对一个灯具进行定标。其中:31 is a schematic diagram of a luminaire control system according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 31, the luminaire control system, that is, the control component of the luminaire drive parameter configuration system, can simultaneously connect at least two sets of test units, each set of test units can be Calibrate a fixture. among them:
控制部件可以包括处理器、存储器和用户界面以及可以包括第一通信模块、第二通信模块和第三通信模块,处理器、存储器和用户界面的作用与前述的相类似,在此不再赘述。第一通信模块可以同时与多个灯具相连接,用于与多个灯具进行通信。第二通信模块可以同时与多个温度控制部件相连接。第三通信模块可以同时与多个测量部件相连接。每个灯具可以为图20、图21所示的灯具,在此不再赘述。每个测量部件可以包括处理器、光色测量模块和通信模块。另外,每个测试单元还可以包括温度传感器、温度控制器和风扇,其中各部分的连接关系如图所示,在此不再赘述。The control component may include a processor, a memory, and a user interface, and may include a first communication module, a second communication module, and a third communication module. The functions of the processor, the memory, and the user interface are similar to those described above, and are not described herein again. The first communication module can be connected to a plurality of luminaires at the same time for communicating with a plurality of luminaires. The second communication module can be connected to a plurality of temperature control components at the same time. The third communication module can be connected to a plurality of measurement components at the same time. Each luminaire can be the luminaire shown in FIG. 20 and FIG. 21, and details are not described herein again. Each measurement component can include a processor, a light color measurement module, and a communication module. In addition, each test unit may further include a temperature sensor, a temperature controller, and a fan, wherein the connection relationship of each part is as shown in the drawing, and details are not described herein again.
显然,本领域的技术人员应该明白,上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可以用通用的计算装置来实现,它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上,或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上,可选地,它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现,从而,可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行,或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块,或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样,本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that they may be stored in a storage device by a computing device, or they may be fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or Multiple modules or steps are made into a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已,并不用于限制本发明,对于本领域的技术人员来说,本发明可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。 The above description is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Claims (47)

  1. 一种灯具控制方法,其特征在于,包括:A luminaire control method, comprising:
    获取灯具单色通道的色坐标;Obtain the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire;
    根据所述灯具单色通道的色坐标获取所述灯具单色通道的驱动参数;以及Obtaining driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the luminaire according to color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire;
    按照所述驱动参数对所述灯具进行控制。The luminaire is controlled in accordance with the drive parameters.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,所述灯具控制方法为所述灯具的驱动方法,其中:The luminaire control method according to claim 1, wherein the luminaire control method is a driving method of the luminaire, wherein:
    获取灯具单色通道的色坐标包括:获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,其中,所述灯具包括所述多个单色通道,且所述灯具的出射光为所述多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加;Obtaining color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire includes: acquiring color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire includes the plurality of monochrome channels, and the illuminating light of the luminaire is the plurality of Superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the monochromatic channels;
    根据所述灯具单色通道的色坐标获取所述灯具单色通道的驱动参数包括:根据所述出射光的目标色坐标和所述每个通道的色坐标获取所述每个通道的目标照度;获取与所述每个通道的目标照度对应的所述每个通道的驱动参数;Obtaining the driving parameter of the monochrome channel of the luminaire according to the color coordinate of the luminaire monochrome channel comprises: acquiring the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinate of the emitted light and the color coordinate of each channel; Obtaining driving parameters of each of the channels corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel;
    按照所述驱动参数对所述灯具进行控制包括:使用获取的所述每个通道的驱动参数对所述每个通道进行驱动。Controlling the luminaire in accordance with the drive parameters includes driving each of the channels using the acquired drive parameters for each of the channels.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,所述获取与所述每个通道的目标照度对应的所述每个通道的驱动参数包括:The luminaire control method according to claim 2, wherein the acquiring driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel comprises:
    对预先获取的与所述每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,其中,所述多个驱动参数采样值与所述多个照度采样值一一对应;Performing a fitting process on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel that are acquired in advance, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sampling values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values are one by one correspond;
    根据所述拟合处理的结果获取与所述每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系;Obtaining a correspondence between a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and a target illuminance according to a result of the fitting process;
    根据所述对应关系获取与所述每个通道的目标照度对应的所述每个通道的驱动参数。And acquiring, according to the correspondence relationship, driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,在所述对预先获取的与所述每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理之前,所述灯具控制方法还包括: The luminaire control method according to claim 3, wherein before the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the channels acquired in advance are fitted, The luminaire control method further includes:
    选取与所述每个通道相对应的所述多个驱动参数采样值;Selecting the plurality of driving parameter sample values corresponding to each of the channels;
    使用所述多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值对所述每个通道进行驱动;Each of the channels is driven using each of the plurality of drive parameter sample values;
    在使用所述每个驱动参数采样值对所述每个通道进行驱动时,获取所述每个通道的当前照度作为与所述每个驱动参数采样值对应的照度采样值。When each of the channels is driven using the each drive parameter sample value, the current illuminance of each channel is acquired as an illuminance sample value corresponding to each of the drive parameter sample values.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,所述获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标包括:The luminaire control method according to claim 4, wherein the acquiring the color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels comprises:
    在使用所述每个驱动参数采样值对所述每个通道进行驱动时,获取所述每个通道的当前色坐标;Obtaining a current color coordinate of each channel when each of the channels is driven using the each driving parameter sample value;
    将在所述多个驱动参数采样值下获取的多个所述当前色坐标的平均值作为所述每个通道的色坐标。An average of a plurality of the current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of driving parameter sample values is used as a color coordinate of each of the channels.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,The luminaire control method according to claim 3, wherein
    所述对预先获取的与所述每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理包括:对所述多个驱动参数采样值和所述多个照度采样值进行线性拟合;Performing a fitting process on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel that are acquired in advance includes: sampling the plurality of driving parameter values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values Perform a linear fit;
    所述根据所述拟合处理的结果获取与所述每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系包括:根据所述线性拟合的结果获取所述对应关系:E=p*c+E0,其中,E表示所述每个通道的目标照度,c表示所述每个通道的驱动参数,p和E0为常系数;Acquiring the correspondence between the driving parameter corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance according to the result of the fitting process comprises: obtaining the correspondence according to the result of the linear fitting: E=p* c+E 0 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c represents the driving parameter of each channel, and p and E 0 are constant coefficients;
    所述根据所述对应关系获取与所述每个通道的目标照度对应的所述每个通道的驱动参数包括:根据以下计算式获取所述每个通道的驱动参数:c=(E-E0)/p。And obtaining, according to the correspondence, the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel, comprising: acquiring driving parameters of each channel according to the following calculation formula: c=(EE 0 )/ p.
  7. 根据权利要求3所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,The luminaire control method according to claim 3, wherein
    所述对预先获取的与所述每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理包括:采用插值法对所述多个驱动参数采样值和所述多个照度采样值进行拟合处理;Performing a fitting process on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel that are acquired in advance includes: sampling the plurality of driving parameter samples by interpolation and the plurality of The illuminance sample value is subjected to a fitting process;
    所述根据所述拟合处理的结果获取与所述每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系包括:根据所述拟合处理的结果获取所述对应关系:E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1,其中,E表示所述每个通道的目标照度, c表示所述每个通道的驱动参数,c1表示所述多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c1<c,c2表示所述多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c2>c,E1表示所述多个照度采样值中与c1对应的一个,E2表示所述多个照度采样值中与c2对应的一个;Acquiring the correspondence between the driving parameter corresponding to each channel and the target illuminance according to the result of the fitting process includes: obtaining the correspondence according to the result of the fitting process: E=(E 2 - E 1 ) * (cc 1 ) / (c 2 - c 1 ) + E 1 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c represents the drive parameter of each channel, and c 1 represents One of a plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 1 <c, c 2 represents one of the plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 2 >c, and E 1 represents the plurality of illuminance sample values and c 1 Corresponding one, E 2 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 2 ;
    所述根据所述对应关系获取与所述每个通道的目标照度对应的所述每个通道的驱动参数包括:根据以下计算式获取所述每个通道的驱动参数:c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1Acquiring the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel according to the corresponding relationship includes: acquiring driving parameters of each channel according to the following calculation formula: c=(c 2 -c 1 ) *(EE 1 )/(E 2 -E 1 )+c 1 .
  8. 根据权利要求2至7中任一项所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述出射光的目标色坐标和所述每个通道的色坐标获取所述每个通道的目标照度包括:The luminaire control method according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein the target illuminance of each channel is obtained according to a target color coordinate of the emitted light and a color coordinate of each channel include:
    在预设色坐标空间中生成以所述每个通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域;Generating a color mixing region in which a color coordinate of each channel is a vertex in a preset color coordinate space;
    若所述目标色坐标位于所述混色区域内,则根据所述目标色坐标相对于所述每个通道的色坐标之间的相对位置关系获取所述每个通道的照度比例;If the target color coordinate is located in the color mixing region, obtaining an illumination ratio of each channel according to a relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and color coordinates of each channel;
    将所述出射光的照度总和与所述每个通道的照度比例的乘积作为所述每个通道的目标照度。The product of the sum of the illuminances of the emitted light and the illuminance ratio of each of the channels is taken as the target illuminance of each of the channels.
  9. 根据权利要求2至7中任一项所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,A lamp control method according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein
    所述根据所述出射光的目标色坐标和所述每个通道的色坐标获取所述每个通道的目标照度包括:选取多个所述目标色坐标;根据所述多个目标色坐标中的每一个和所述每个通道的色坐标获取与所述每一个相对应的所述每个通道的目标照度;Obtaining the target illuminance of each channel according to the target color coordinates of the emitted light and the color coordinates of each channel includes: selecting a plurality of the target color coordinates; according to the plurality of target color coordinates Each of the color coordinates of each of the channels acquires a target illuminance of each of the channels corresponding to each of the channels;
    所述获取与所述每个通道的目标照度对应的所述每个通道的驱动参数包括:在所述每一个下获取所述每个通道的驱动参数作为与所述每个通道及所述每一个均对应的驱动参数,并将获取的所述均对应的驱动参数记录在数据表中;And acquiring the driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel includes: acquiring driving parameters of each channel under each of the channels as each channel and each of the channels a corresponding driving parameter, and the obtained corresponding driving parameters are recorded in the data table;
    所述使用获取的所述每个通道的驱动参数对所述每个通道进行驱动包括:判断所述出射光当前需要达到的目标色坐标;在所述数据表中查找与所述每个通道及所述需要达到的目标色坐标均对应的驱动参数;使用查找到的驱动参数对所述每个通道进行驱动。The driving the each channel by using the acquired driving parameters of each channel includes: determining a target color coordinate that the outgoing light currently needs to reach; searching and describing each channel in the data table The driving color parameters corresponding to the target color coordinates that need to be achieved are driven by using the found driving parameters.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,所述灯具控制方法为光色参数的统计方法,其中: The luminaire control method according to claim 1, wherein the luminaire control method is a statistical method of light color parameters, wherein:
    获取灯具单色通道的色坐标包括:分别获取多个灯具中每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标以及所述多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差;Obtaining color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire includes: respectively acquiring color coordinates of each monochrome channel of each of the plurality of luminaires and mean and covariance of color coordinates of each of the plurality of luminaires;
    根据所述灯具单色通道的色坐标获取所述灯具单色通道的驱动参数包括:根据所述多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件;Obtaining the driving parameter of the monochrome channel of the luminaire according to the color coordinate of the monochrome channel of the luminaire comprises: determining, according to the mean value and covariance of the color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels of the plurality of luminaires, performing calibration processing Whether each of the monochrome channels corresponding to one or more lamps meets a preset condition;
    按照所述驱动参数对所述灯具进行控制包括:根据所述多个灯具中符合所述预设条件的每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定所述多个灯具的公共色域范围。Controlling the luminaire according to the driving parameter comprises: determining a common color gamut range of the plurality of luminaires according to color coordinates of respective monochrome channels of each of the plurality of luminaires that meet the preset condition.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,确定所述公共色域范围包括:The luminaire control method according to claim 10, wherein determining the common color gamut range comprises:
    根据所述每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定所述每个灯具的色域多边形;Determining a gamut polygon of each of the luminaires according to color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels of each of the luminaires;
    按照n的取值由小到大依次获取n个灯具的公共色域多边形与第n+1个灯具的色域多边形的交集作为n+1个灯具的公共色域,直至获取所述公共色域范围,其中,n为大于或等于1的正整数,并且当n等于1时,将1个灯具的公共色域多边形取为第1个灯具的色域多边形。Obtaining the intersection of the common color gamut polygon of the n lamps and the color gamut polygon of the n+1th luminaire as the common color gamut of n+1 luminaires according to the value of n from small to large, until the common color gamut is obtained The range, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is equal to 1, the common gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the gamut polygon of the first luminaire.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,根据所述多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件包括:The luminaire control method according to claim 11, wherein the one or more lamps corresponding to the calibration process are determined according to the mean value and the covariance of the color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps Whether each monochrome channel meets the preset conditions includes:
    获取第j个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标,并设置为
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100001
    Get the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the jth fixture, and set it to
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100001
    按照以下公式计算统计量:Calculate the statistic according to the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100002
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100003
    表示已经统计的N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的均值,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100004
    表示所述N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的协方差,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100005
    表示
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100006
    的逆矩阵;
    among them,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100003
    Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100004
    a covariance representing the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100005
    Express
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100006
    Inverse matrix
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100007
    与预设阈值T进行比较,如果
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100008
    大于T,则表示与
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100009
    对应的灯具不符合所述预设条件,其中,T为根据预设的置信度获取的阈值。
    will
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100007
    Compare with the preset threshold T, if
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100008
    If it is greater than T, it means
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100009
    The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold obtained according to a preset confidence.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,在判定获取统计量之后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具的对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件之后,所述灯具控制方法还包括:The luminaire control method according to claim 12, wherein the luminaire control method after determining whether each corresponding monochrome channel of the one or more luminaires after the calibration process is subjected to the calibration process meets a preset condition Also includes:
    在获取所述公共色域范围的过程中,不获取将判定为不符合所述预设条件的灯具的色域多边形。In the process of acquiring the public color gamut range, the gamut polygon of the luminaire that is determined to not meet the preset condition is not acquired.
  14. 根据权利要求10所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,每个灯具的每个单色通道的色坐标是对该灯具的该单色通道的色坐标的多次测量结果求取的平均值。The luminaire control method according to claim 10, wherein the color coordinate of each of the monochrome channels of each of the luminaires is an average of the plurality of measurements of the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire.
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,所述灯具控制方法为灯具调节方法,所述灯具包括至少三个光通道,其中:The luminaire control method according to claim 1, wherein the luminaire control method is a luminaire adjustment method, and the luminaire comprises at least three optical channels, wherein:
    获取灯具单色通道的色坐标包括:获取所述灯具的总光通量与所述驱动参数的第一预设对应关系,其中,所述总光通量为所述至少三个光通道的光通量的和;获取所述灯具的目标颜色与所述驱动参数的第二预设对应关系,其中,所述驱动参数用于调整所述灯具为所述目标颜色;获取所述灯具中每个光通道的最大光通量;获取所述驱动参数的范围;Obtaining a color coordinate of the monochrome channel of the luminaire includes: acquiring a first preset correspondence relationship between the total luminous flux of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the total luminous flux is a sum of luminous fluxes of the at least three optical channels; a second predetermined correspondence between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire to be the target color; and obtain a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire; Obtaining a range of the driving parameters;
    根据所述灯具单色通道的色坐标获取所述灯具单色通道的驱动参数包括:根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述每个光通道的最大光通量和所述驱动参数的范围,得到使所述总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值;Obtaining, according to the color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire, driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the luminaire, including: according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, and the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel And a range of the driving parameter, and obtaining a driving parameter value that causes the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition;
    按照所述驱动参数对所述灯具进行控制包括:利用所述驱动参数值对所述灯具进行调整。Controlling the luminaire in accordance with the drive parameter includes adjusting the luminaire with the drive parameter value.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设对应关系满足所述灯具的总光通量达到最大值,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述每个光通道的最大光通量和所述驱动参数的范围,得到使所述总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值包括:The luminaire control method according to claim 15, wherein the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset Corresponding relationship, a maximum luminous flux of each of the optical channels, and a range of the driving parameters, and obtaining driving parameter values that cause the total luminous flux to reach a preset condition include:
    在光通道i的实际光通量小于等于所述光通道i的最大光通量时,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系和所述驱动参数的范围,得到第 一驱动参数值以驱动所述灯具达到目标颜色时,所述总光通量达到所述最大值,其中,所述光通道i为所述至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道。When the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter, The total luminous flux reaches the maximum value when a driving parameter value is used to drive the luminaire to reach a target color, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述每个光通道的最大光通量和所述驱动参数的范围,得到使所述总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值包括:The luminaire control method according to claim 16, wherein the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of the driving parameter are The driving parameter values obtained to bring the total luminous flux to a preset condition include:
    获取所述灯具的最大功耗;Obtaining the maximum power consumption of the luminaire;
    获取所述灯具的实际功耗,其中,所述实际功耗为所述灯具达到所述目标颜色时的各个光通道的功耗之和;Obtaining actual power consumption of the luminaire, wherein the actual power consumption is a sum of power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color;
    在所述灯具的实际功耗小于等于所述最大功耗,且所述光通道i的实际光通量小于等于所述光通道i的最大光通量时,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系和所述驱动参数的范围得到第二驱动参数值以驱动所述灯具达到目标颜色时的实际功耗不超过所述灯具的最大功耗,且所述灯具的总光通量达到最大值。When the actual power consumption of the luminaire is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence, the first The second preset correspondence and the range of the driving parameter obtain the second driving parameter value to drive the luminaire to reach the target color, the actual power consumption does not exceed the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches the maximum value.
  18. 根据权利要15所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述每个光通道的最大光通量和所述驱动参数的范围,得到使所述总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值包括:The luminaire control method according to claim 15, wherein the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of the driving parameter are The driving parameter values obtained to bring the total luminous flux to a preset condition include:
    获取所述灯具为所述目标颜色的最小目标光通量;Obtaining a minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire for the target color;
    获取所述灯具实际功耗与所述驱动参数的第三预设对应关系,其中,所述实际功耗为所述灯具达到所述目标颜色时各个光通道的功耗之和,所述第三预设对应关系满足所述灯具为所述目标颜色时所述实际功耗为最小值;Obtaining a third preset correspondence between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, where the actual power consumption is a sum of power consumptions of the optical channels when the luminaire reaches the target color, and the third The preset corresponding relationship satisfies that the actual power consumption is the minimum value when the luminaire is the target color;
    在所述总光通量大于等于所述最小目标光通量,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于所述光通道i的最大光通量时,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述第三预设对应关系和所述驱动参数的范围得到第三驱动参数值,其中,利用所述第三驱动参数值驱动所述灯具,使得所述灯具为所述目标颜色的实际功耗为所述最小值并且所述总光通量大于等于所述最小目标光通量。When the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence relationship and the second preset correspondence relationship And the third preset correspondence relationship and the range of the driving parameter obtain a third driving parameter value, wherein the luminaire is driven by the third driving parameter value, so that the luminaire is an actual function of the target color The minimum value is consumed and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux.
  19. 根据权利要15至18中任一项所述的灯具控制方法,其特征在于,所述灯具控制方法还包括:The luminaire control method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, wherein the luminaire control method further comprises:
    获取所述至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道的光辐射通量; Obtaining an optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels;
    获取所述光辐射通量与所述驱动参数的第四预设对应关系,其中,所述第四预设对应关系用于限制所述光辐射通量处于预定范围,Obtaining a fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, where the fourth preset correspondence is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be within a predetermined range,
    其中,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述第四预设对应关系、所述每个光通道的最大光通量和所述驱动参数的范围,得到第四驱动参数值,其中,利用所述第四驱动参数值驱动所述灯具,使得所述灯具的光辐射通量处于所述预定范围。According to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the fourth preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of the driving parameter, the fourth is obtained. Driving parameter values, wherein the luminaire is driven with the fourth drive parameter value such that the radiant flux of the luminaire is within the predetermined range.
  20. 一种灯具控制装置,其特征在于,包括:A luminaire control device, comprising:
    第一获取总模块,用于获取灯具单色通道的色坐标;a first acquisition total module, configured to obtain color coordinates of a monochrome channel of the luminaire;
    第二获取总模块,用于根据所述灯具单色通道的色坐标获取所述灯具单色通道的驱动参数;以及a second acquisition total module, configured to acquire driving parameters of the monochrome channel of the luminaire according to color coordinates of the monochrome channel of the luminaire;
    控制总模块,用于按照所述驱动参数对所述灯具进行控制。A control module is configured to control the luminaire according to the driving parameter.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述灯具控制装置为所述灯具的驱动装置,其中:The luminaire control device according to claim 20, wherein the luminaire control device is a driving device of the luminaire, wherein:
    所述第一获取总模块包括:第一获取单元,用于获取多个单色通道中的每个通道的色坐标,其中,所述灯具包括所述多个单色通道,且所述灯具的出射光为所述多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加;The first acquiring total module includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, wherein the luminaire includes the plurality of monochrome channels, and the luminaire The emitted light is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels;
    所述第二获取总模块包括:第二获取单元,用于根据所述出射光的目标色坐标和所述每个通道的色坐标获取所述每个通道的目标照度;第三获取单元,用于获取与所述每个通道的目标照度对应的所述每个通道的驱动参数;The second acquiring unit includes: a second acquiring unit, configured to acquire a target illuminance of each channel according to a target color coordinate of the emitted light and a color coordinate of each channel; and a third acquiring unit, Obtaining driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel;
    所述控制总模块包括:第一驱动单元,用于使用获取的所述每个通道的驱动参数对所述每个通道进行驱动。The control master module includes a first driving unit for driving each of the channels using the acquired driving parameters of each of the channels.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述第三获取单元包括:The luminaire control device according to claim 21, wherein the third obtaining unit comprises:
    拟合模块,用于对预先获取的与所述每个通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,其中,所述多个驱动参数采样值与所述多个照度采样值一一对应;a fitting module, configured to perform a fitting process on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each channel that are acquired in advance, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sample values are different from the plurality of One illuminance sample value corresponds to one;
    第一获取模块,用于根据所述拟合处理的结果获取与所述每个通道相对应的驱动参数与目标照度之间的对应关系;a first acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to a result of the fitting process, a correspondence between a driving parameter corresponding to each channel and a target illuminance;
    第二获取模块,用于根据所述对应关系获取与所述每个通道的目标照度对应的所述每个通道的驱动参数。 And a second acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to the correspondence, driving parameters of each channel corresponding to the target illuminance of each channel.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述灯具控制装置还包括:The luminaire control device according to claim 22, wherein the luminaire control device further comprises:
    选取单元,用于选取与所述每个通道相对应的所述多个驱动参数采样值;a selecting unit, configured to select the plurality of driving parameter sample values corresponding to each of the channels;
    第二驱动单元,用于使用所述多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值对所述每个通道进行驱动;a second driving unit, configured to drive each channel by using each of the plurality of driving parameter sampling values;
    第四获取单元,用于在使用所述每个驱动参数采样值对所述每个通道进行驱动时,获取所述每个通道的当前照度作为与所述每个驱动参数采样值对应的照度采样值。a fourth acquiring unit, configured to acquire, when each of the channels is driven by using each of the driving parameter sampling values, a current illuminance of each channel as an illuminance sampling corresponding to the sampling value of each driving parameter value.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述第一获取单元包括:The luminaire control device according to claim 23, wherein the first obtaining unit comprises:
    第三获取模块,用于在使用所述每个驱动参数采样值对所述每个通道进行驱动时,获取所述每个通道的当前色坐标;a third acquiring module, configured to acquire a current color coordinate of each channel when each of the channels is driven by using each of the driving parameter sampling values;
    第一处理模块,用于将在所述多个驱动参数采样值下获取的多个所述当前色坐标的平均值作为所述每个通道的色坐标。And a first processing module, configured to use, as the color coordinates of each of the channels, an average of the plurality of current color coordinates acquired under the plurality of driving parameter sample values.
  25. 根据权利要求22所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 22, wherein
    所述拟合模块包括:第一拟合子模块,用于对所述多个驱动参数采样值和所述多个照度采样值进行线性拟合;The fitting module includes: a first fitting sub-module, configured to linearly fit the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values;
    所述第一获取模块包括:第一处理子模块,用于根据所述线性拟合的结果获取所述对应关系:E=p*c+E0,其中,E表示所述每个通道的目标照度,c表示所述每个通道的驱动参数,p和E0为常系数;The first obtaining module includes: a first processing submodule, configured to obtain the correspondence according to a result of the linear fitting: E=p*c+E 0 , where E represents a target of each channel Illuminance, c represents the driving parameter of each channel, and p and E 0 are constant coefficients;
    所述第二获取模块包括:第二处理子模块,用于根据以下计算式获取所述每个通道的驱动参数:c=(E-E0)/p。The second obtaining module includes: a second processing submodule, configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel according to the following calculation formula: c=(EE 0 )/p.
  26. 根据权利要求22所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 22, wherein
    所述拟合模块包括:第二拟合子模块,用于采用插值法对所述多个驱动参数采样值和所述多个照度采样值进行拟合处理;The fitting module includes: a second fitting sub-module, configured to perform fitting processing on the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sampling values by using an interpolation method;
    所述第一获取单元包括:第三处理子模块,用于根据所述拟合处理的结果获取所述对应关系:E=(E2-E1)*(c-c1)/(c2-c1)+E1,其中,E表示所述每个通道的目标照度,c表示所述每个通道的驱动参数,c1表示所述多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c1<c,c2表示所述多个驱动参数采样值中的一个且c2>c, E1表示所述多个照度采样值中与c1对应的一个,E2表示所述多个照度采样值中与c2对应的一个;The first obtaining unit includes: a third processing submodule, configured to obtain the correspondence according to a result of the fitting process: E=(E 2 -E 1 )*(cc 1 )/(c 2 -c 1 ) + E 1 , where E represents the target illuminance of each channel, c represents the drive parameter of each channel, c 1 represents one of the plurality of drive parameter sample values and c 1 <c, c 2 represents one of the plurality of driving parameter sample values and c 2 >c, E 1 represents one of the plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to c 1 , and E 2 represents the plurality of illuminance sample values a corresponding one of c 2 ;
    所述第二获取模块包括:第四处理子模块,用于根据以下计算式获取所述每个通道的驱动参数:c=(c2-c1)*(E-E1)/(E2-E1)+c1The second obtaining module includes: a fourth processing submodule, configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel according to the following calculation formula: c=(c 2 -c 1 )*(EE 1 )/(E 2 -E 1 ) + c 1 .
  27. 根据权利要求21至26中任一项所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述第二获取单元包括:The luminaire control apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 26, wherein the second acquisition unit comprises:
    生成模块,用于在预设色坐标空间中生成以所述每个通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域;a generating module, configured to generate, in a preset color coordinate space, a color mixing region with a color coordinate of each channel as a vertex;
    第四获取模块,用于在所述目标色坐标位于所述混色区域内时,根据所述目标色坐标相对于所述每个通道的色坐标之间的相对位置关系获取所述每个通道的照度比例;a fourth acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to a relative positional relationship between the target color coordinates and a color coordinate of each channel, when the target color coordinate is located in the color mixing region, Illumination ratio
    第二处理模块,用于将所述出射光的照度总和与所述每个通道的照度比例的乘积作为所述每个通道的目标照度。And a second processing module, configured to use, as the target illuminance of each channel, a product of a sum of illuminances of the emitted light and an illuminance ratio of each channel.
  28. 根据权利要求21至26中任一项所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,A luminaire control apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 26, wherein
    所述第二获取单元包括:选取模块,用于选取多个所述目标色坐标;第五获取模块,用于根据所述多个目标色坐标中的每一个和所述每个通道的色坐标获取与所述每一个相对应的所述每个通道的目标照度;The second obtaining unit includes: a selecting module, configured to select a plurality of the target color coordinates; and a fifth acquiring module, configured to: according to each of the plurality of target color coordinates and color coordinates of each of the channels Obtaining target illuminance of each of the channels corresponding to each of the ones;
    所述第三获取单元包括:第三处理模块,用于在所述每一个下获取所述每个通道的驱动参数作为与所述每个通道及所述每一个均对应的驱动参数,并将获取的所述均对应的驱动参数记录在数据表中;The third obtaining unit includes: a third processing module, configured to acquire driving parameters of each channel as driving parameters corresponding to each channel and each of the ones under each of the The obtained driving parameters corresponding to the records are recorded in the data table;
    所述第一驱动单元包括:判断模块,用于判断所述出射光当前需要达到的目标色坐标;查找模块,用于在所述数据表中查找与所述每个通道及所述需要达到的目标色坐标均对应的驱动参数;驱动模块,用于使用查找到的驱动参数对所述每个通道进行驱动。The first driving unit includes: a determining module, configured to determine a target color coordinate that the outgoing light currently needs to reach; a searching module, configured to search, in the data table, the each channel and the required The driving parameters corresponding to the target color coordinates; the driving module is configured to drive each channel by using the found driving parameters.
  29. 根据权利要求20所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述灯具控制装置为光色参数的统计装置,其中:The luminaire control device according to claim 20, wherein the luminaire control device is a statistical device of light color parameters, wherein:
    所述第一获取总模块包括:获取模块,用于分别获取多个灯具中每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标以及所述多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差; The first acquiring total module includes: an acquiring module, configured to respectively acquire color coordinates of respective monochrome channels of each of the plurality of lamps, and mean values and covariances of color coordinates of the respective monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps; ;
    所述第二获取总模块包括:判断模块,用于根据所述多个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标的均值和协方差,判定其后进行定标处理的一个或多个灯具对应的各个单色通道是否符合预设条件;The second acquiring total module includes: a determining module, configured to determine, according to an average value and a covariance of color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels of the plurality of lamps, each of the one or more lamps corresponding to the calibration process Whether the monochrome channel meets the preset conditions;
    所述控制总模块包括:处理模块,用于根据所述多个灯具中符合所述预设条件的每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定所述多个灯具的公共色域范围。The control module includes: a processing module, configured to determine a common color gamut range of the plurality of lamps according to color coordinates of respective monochrome channels of each of the plurality of lamps that meet the preset condition.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块包括:The luminaire control device according to claim 29, wherein the processing module comprises:
    确定单元,用于根据所述每个灯具的各个单色通道的色坐标确定所述每个灯具的色域多边形;a determining unit, configured to determine a gamut polygon of each of the luminaires according to color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels of each of the luminaires;
    获取单元,用于按照n的取值由小到大依次获取n个灯具的公共色域多边形与第n+1个灯具的色域多边形的交集作为n+1个灯具的公共色域,直至获取所述公共色域范围,其中,n为大于或等于1的正整数,并且当n等于1时,将1个灯具的公共色域多边形取为第1个灯具的色域多边形。The obtaining unit is configured to obtain, according to the value of n, the intersection of the common color gamut polygon of the n lamps and the color gamut polygon of the n+1th light fixture as the common color gamut of the n+1 lamps until the acquisition The common color gamut range, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is equal to 1, the common color gamut polygon of one luminaire is taken as the gamut polygon of the first luminaire.
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述判断模块包括:The luminaire control device according to claim 29, wherein the determining module comprises:
    设置单元,用于获取第j个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标,并设置为
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100010
    a setting unit for acquiring color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the jth luminaire and setting
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100010
    计算单元,用于按照以下公式计算统计量:A calculation unit for calculating statistics according to the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100011
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100011
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100012
    表示已经统计的N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的均值,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100013
    表示所述N个灯具的第i个单色通道的色坐标的协方差,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100014
    表示
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100015
    的逆矩阵;
    among them,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100012
    Indicates the mean of the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps that have been counted,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100013
    a covariance representing the color coordinates of the i-th monochrome channel of the N lamps,
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100014
    Express
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100015
    Inverse matrix
    比较单元,用于将
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100016
    与预设阈值T进行比较,如果
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100017
    大于T,则表示与
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100018
    对应的灯具不符合所述预设条件,其中,T为根据预设的置信度获取的阈值。
    Comparison unit for
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100016
    Compare with the preset threshold T, if
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100017
    If it is greater than T, it means
    Figure PCTCN2015079453-appb-100018
    The corresponding luminaire does not meet the preset condition, where T is a threshold obtained according to a preset confidence.
  32. 根据权利要求20所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述灯具控制装置为灯具调节装置,所述灯具包括至少三个光通道,其中: The luminaire control device according to claim 20, wherein the luminaire control device is a luminaire adjusting device, and the luminaire comprises at least three optical channels, wherein:
    所述第一获取总模块包括:第一获取单元,用于获取所述灯具的总光通量与驱动参数的第一预设对应关系,其中,所述总光通量为所述至少三个光通道的光通量的和;第二获取单元,用于获取所述灯具的目标颜色与所述驱动参数的第二预设对应关系,其中,所述驱动参数用于调整所述灯具为所述目标颜色;第三获取单元,用于获取所述灯具中每个光通道的最大光通量;第四获取单元,用于获取所述驱动参数的范围;The first acquiring total module includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire a first preset correspondence between a total luminous flux of the luminaire and a driving parameter, wherein the total luminous flux is a luminous flux of the at least three optical channels a second acquisition unit, configured to acquire a second preset correspondence between the target color of the luminaire and the driving parameter, wherein the driving parameter is used to adjust the luminaire to be the target color; An acquiring unit, configured to acquire a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel in the luminaire; and a fourth acquiring unit, configured to acquire a range of the driving parameter;
    所述第二获取总模块包括:求解单元,用于根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述每个光通道的最大光通量和所述驱动参数的范围,得到使所述总光通量达到预设条件的驱动参数值;以及The second acquisition total module includes: a solution unit, configured to use, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, a maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and a range of the driving parameter, Obtaining drive parameter values that cause the total luminous flux to reach a predetermined condition;
    所述控制总模块包括:调整单元,用于利用所述驱动参数值对所述灯具进行调整。The control total module includes: an adjustment unit, configured to adjust the luminaire by using the driving parameter value.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述第一预设对应关系满足所述灯具的总光通量达到最大值,所述求解单元包括:The luminaire control device according to claim 32, wherein the first preset correspondence satisfies the total luminous flux of the luminaire reaches a maximum value, and the solving unit comprises:
    第一求解模块,用于在光通道i的实际光通量小于等于所述光通道i的最大光通量时,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系和所述驱动参数的范围,得到第一驱动参数值以驱动所述灯具达到目标颜色时,所述总光通量达到所述最大值,其中,所述光通道i为所述至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道。a first solving module, configured to: when the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, and the driving parameter Range, when the first driving parameter value is obtained to drive the luminaire to reach the target color, the total luminous flux reaches the maximum value, wherein the optical channel i is any one of the at least three optical channels.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述求解单元包括:The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the solving unit comprises:
    第一获取模块,用于获取所述灯具的最大功耗;a first acquiring module, configured to acquire a maximum power consumption of the luminaire;
    第二获取模块,用于获取所述灯具的实际功耗,其中,所述实际功耗为所述灯具达到所述目标颜色时的各个光通道的功耗之和;a second obtaining module, configured to obtain actual power consumption of the luminaire, wherein the actual power consumption is a sum of power consumption of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color;
    第二求解模块,用于在所述灯具的实际功耗小于等于所述最大功耗,且所述光通道i的实际光通量小于等于所述光通道i的最大光通量时,根据第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系和所述驱动参数的范围得到第二驱动参数值以驱动所述灯具达到目标颜色时的实际功耗不超过所述灯具的最大功耗,且所述灯具的总光通量达到所述最大值。a second solution module, configured to: when the actual power consumption of the light fixture is less than or equal to the maximum power consumption, and the actual light flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum light flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset The relationship between the relationship, the second preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter to obtain the second driving parameter value to drive the luminaire to reach the target color does not exceed the maximum power consumption of the luminaire, and the luminaire The total luminous flux reaches the maximum.
  35. 根据权利要求32所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述求解单元包括:The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 32, wherein the solving unit comprises:
    第三获取模块,用于获取所述灯具的最小目标光通量; a third acquiring module, configured to acquire a minimum target luminous flux of the luminaire;
    第四获取模块,用于获取所述灯具的实际功耗与所述驱动参数的第三预设对应关系,其中,所述实际功耗为所述灯具达到所述目标颜色时各个光通道的功耗之和,所述第三预设对应关系满足所述灯具为目标颜色时所述实际功耗为最小值;a fourth acquiring module, configured to acquire a third preset correspondence between the actual power consumption of the luminaire and the driving parameter, where the actual power consumption is the work of each optical channel when the luminaire reaches the target color And the third preset correspondence relationship satisfies the minimum power of the actual power consumption when the luminaire is the target color;
    第三求解模块,用于在所述总光通量大于等于所述最小目标光通量,且光通道i的实际光通量小于等于所述光通道i的最大光通量时,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述第三预设对应关系和所述驱动参数的范围得到第三驱动参数值,其中,利用所述第三驱动参数值驱动所述灯具,使得所述灯具为所述目标颜色的实际功耗为所述最小值并且所述总光通量大于等于所述最小目标光通量。a third solving module, configured to: when the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux, and the actual luminous flux of the optical channel i is less than or equal to the maximum luminous flux of the optical channel i, according to the first preset correspondence relationship, Deriving the second preset correspondence, the third preset correspondence, and the range of the driving parameter to obtain a third driving parameter value, wherein the luminaire is driven by the third driving parameter value, so that the luminaire is The actual power consumption of the target color is the minimum value and the total luminous flux is greater than or equal to the minimum target luminous flux.
  36. 根据权利要32至35任一项所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述灯具控制装置还包括:The luminaire control device according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the luminaire control device further comprises:
    第五获取单元,用于获取所述至少三个光通道中任意一个光通道的光辐射通量;a fifth acquiring unit, configured to acquire an optical radiant flux of any one of the at least three optical channels;
    第六获取单元,用于获取所述光辐射通量与所述驱动参数的第四预设对应关系,其中,所述第四预设对应关系用于限制所述光辐射通量处于预定范围,a sixth acquiring unit, configured to acquire a fourth preset correspondence relationship between the optical radiant flux and the driving parameter, where the fourth preset correspondence relationship is used to limit the optical radiant flux to be in a predetermined range,
    其中,根据所述第一预设对应关系、所述第二预设对应关系、所述第四预设对应关系、所述每个光通道的最大光通量和所述驱动参数的范围,得到第四驱动参数值,其中,利用所述第四驱动参数值驱动所述灯具,使所述灯具的光辐射通量处于所述预定范围。According to the first preset correspondence, the second preset correspondence, the fourth preset correspondence, the maximum luminous flux of each optical channel, and the range of the driving parameter, the fourth is obtained. Driving parameter values, wherein the luminaire is driven with the fourth drive parameter value such that the radiant flux of the luminaire is within the predetermined range.
  37. 根据权利要求20所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述灯具控制装置为灯具驱动参数的配置设备,用于为所述灯具配置驱动参数,所述灯具具有多个单色通道,且所述灯具的出射光为所述多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加,其中:The luminaire control device according to claim 20, wherein the luminaire control device is a configurating device for luminaire driving parameters, configured to configure driving parameters for the luminaire, the luminaire having a plurality of monochrome channels, and The emitted light of the luminaire is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels, wherein:
    所述控制总模块包括:控制部件,用于获取所述出射光的目标色坐标和所述多个单色通道中每个单色通道的色坐标,并基于所述目标色坐标和所述每个单色通道的色坐标确定所述每个单色通道的目标照度,并基于所述每个单色通道的目标照度确定所述每个单色通道的目标驱动参数,以及将所述每个单色通道的目标驱动参数配置给所述灯具。The control total module includes: a control unit configured to acquire target color coordinates of the outgoing light and color coordinates of each of the plurality of monochrome channels, and based on the target color coordinates and the each The color coordinates of the monochrome channels determine the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels, and determine the target driving parameters of each of the monochrome channels based on the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels, and each of the The target drive parameters of the monochrome channel are assigned to the luminaire.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述控制部件包括: The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 37, wherein said control means comprises:
    第一通信模块,用于获取与所述每个单色通道相对应的多个驱动参数采样值和多个照度采样值,其中,所述多个驱动参数采样值和所述多个照度采样值一一对应;a first communication module, configured to acquire a plurality of driving parameter sample values and a plurality of illuminance sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, wherein the plurality of driving parameter sample values and the plurality of illuminance sample values One-to-one correspondence;
    处理器,用于对与所述每个单色通道相对应的所述多个驱动参数采样值和所述多个照度采样值进行拟合处理,得到拟合结果,并基于所述拟合结果确定与所述每个单色通道相对应的驱动参数和照度之间的映射关系,以及基于所述映射关系确定所述每个单色通道的与目标照度相对应的目标驱动参数;以及a processor, configured to perform fitting processing on the plurality of driving parameter sample values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels and the plurality of illuminance sample values, to obtain a fitting result, and based on the fitting result Determining a mapping relationship between driving parameters and illuminance corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, and determining a target driving parameter corresponding to the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels based on the mapping relationship;
    第二通信模块,用于将所述每个单色通道的所述目标驱动参数配置给所述灯具。And a second communication module, configured to configure the target driving parameter of each of the monochrome channels to the luminaire.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述灯具控制装置还包括:The luminaire control device according to claim 38, wherein the luminaire control device further comprises:
    遮光部件,所述遮光部件内部的遮光空间用于设置所述灯具,所述灯具用于接收与所述每个单色通道相对应的所述多个驱动参数采样值,所述多个驱动参数采样值中的每个驱动参数采样值用于对所述每个单色通道进行驱动;以及a light shielding member, the light shielding space inside the light shielding member is configured to set the light fixture, and the light fixture is configured to receive the plurality of driving parameter sampling values corresponding to each of the monochrome channels, the plurality of driving parameters Each drive parameter sample value in the sampled value is used to drive each of the monochrome channels;
    测量部件,设置在所述遮光空间内,与所述控制部件相连接,用于在所述每个驱动参数采样值对所述每个单色通道进行驱动时,测量所述每个单色通道的当前照度值,并将所述当前照度值作为与所述每个驱动参数采样值相对应的照度采样值,a measuring component disposed in the opaque space and coupled to the control component for measuring each of the monochrome channels when each of the drive parameter sample values drives the each of the monochrome channels a current illuminance value, and the current illuminance value is taken as an illuminance sample value corresponding to each of the drive parameter sample values,
    其中,所述第一通信模块还用于获取所述测量部件测量到的与所述每个单色通道的所述每个驱动参数采样值相对应的所述照度采样值。The first communication module is further configured to acquire the illuminance sample value corresponding to the sampling value of each of the driving parameters of each of the monochrome channels measured by the measuring component.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,A luminaire control apparatus according to claim 39, wherein
    所述第一通信模块还用于在所述每个驱动参数采样值对所述每个单色通道进行驱动时,获取所述每个单色通道在所述多个驱动参数采样值下的多个当前色坐标;以及The first communication module is further configured to acquire, when the each driving parameter sample value drives the each monochrome channel, the number of each of the monochrome channels under the plurality of driving parameter sampling values Current color coordinates;
    所述处理器还用于对所述多个当前色坐标求平均,得到所述多个当前色坐标的平均值,以及将所述平均值作为所述每个单色通道的色坐标。The processor is further configured to average the plurality of current color coordinates, obtain an average of the plurality of current color coordinates, and use the average value as color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels.
  41. 根据权利要求38所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述拟合结果为采用线性拟合法得到的结果或者采用插值法得到的结果。The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 38, wherein the fitting result is a result obtained by a linear fitting method or a result obtained by an interpolation method.
  42. 根据权利要求37所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述控制部件通过以下方式基于所述目标色坐标和所述每个单色通道的色坐标确定所述每个单色通道的目标照度: The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 37, wherein said control means determines the target illuminance of said each monochrome channel based on said target color coordinates and color coordinates of said each monochrome channel in the following manner :
    在预设色坐标空间中生成以所述每个单色通道的色坐标为顶点的混色区域;Generating a color mixing region in which a color coordinate of each of the monochrome channels is a vertex in a preset color coordinate space;
    判断所述目标色坐标是否在所述混色区域内;Determining whether the target color coordinate is within the color mixing region;
    如果判断出所述目标色坐标在所述混色区域内,则基于所述目标色坐标与所述每个单色通道的色坐标的位置关系确定所述每个单色通道的照度比;If it is determined that the target color coordinate is within the color mixing region, determining an illuminance ratio of each of the monochrome channels based on a positional relationship of the target color coordinates and color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels;
    计算所述出射光的总照度与所述照度比的乘积;以及Calculating a product of a total illuminance of the emitted light and the illuminance ratio;
    将所述乘积作为所述每个单色通道的目标照度。The product is taken as the target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels.
  43. 根据权利要求37所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述目标色坐标包括多个,The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 37, wherein said target color coordinates comprise a plurality of
    所述控制部件还用于获取多个所述目标色坐标中的每个目标色坐标,并基于所述每个目标色坐标和所述每个单色通道的色坐标确定与所述每个目标色坐标相对应的所述每个单色通道的目标照度,并基于与所述每个目标色坐标相对应的所述每个单色通道的所述目标照度确定与所述每个目标色坐标相对应的所述每个单色通道的目标驱动参数,并将与所述每个目标色坐标相对应的所述每个单色通道的所述目标驱动参数存储到数据表中,以及将与所述每个目标色坐标相对应的所述每个单色通道的所述目标驱动参数以数据表的形式配置给所述灯具。The control component is further configured to acquire each of the plurality of target color coordinates, and determine each of the targets based on the each target color coordinate and color coordinates of each of the monochrome channels a target illuminance of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to the color coordinates, and determining the target illuminance with the target illuminance of the each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates Corresponding target driving parameters of each of the monochrome channels, and storing the target driving parameters of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates into a data table, and The target driving parameters of each of the monochrome channels corresponding to each of the target color coordinates are configured to the luminaire in the form of a data table.
  44. 根据权利要求37所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述控制部件为云服务器。The luminaire control apparatus according to claim 37, wherein said control unit is a cloud server.
  45. 根据权利要求39所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,所述灯具控制装置还包括:The luminaire control device according to claim 39, wherein the luminaire control device further comprises:
    检测部件,设置在所述遮光空间内,用于检测所述遮光空间内的环境温度;以及a detecting component disposed in the light shielding space for detecting an ambient temperature in the light shielding space;
    调节部件,用于调节所述遮光空间内的所述环境温度,An adjusting component for adjusting the ambient temperature in the light-shielding space,
    其中,所述控制部件连接在所述检测部件和所述调节部件之间,用于获取检测到的环境温度,并根据所述检测到的环境温度控制所述调节部件的运行状态。Wherein the control component is connected between the detecting component and the adjusting component for acquiring the detected ambient temperature, and controlling the operating state of the adjusting component according to the detected ambient temperature.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的灯具控制装置,其特征在于,A luminaire control apparatus according to claim 45, wherein
    所述检测部件包括:热电偶,所述热电偶用于设置在所述灯具的光源板的第一侧上,并采集所述灯具的温度,其中,所述第一侧上设置有LED芯片,The detecting component includes: a thermocouple for being disposed on a first side of the light source panel of the luminaire, and collecting a temperature of the luminaire, wherein the first side is provided with an LED chip,
    所述调节部件包括:制冷或制热器,用于设置在所述光源板的第二侧上,并对所述灯具执行制冷处理或制热处理, The regulating component includes: a refrigerating or heating device for being disposed on the second side of the light source panel, and performing a cooling process or a heat treatment on the luminaire,
    其中,所述控制部件,连接在所述热电偶和所述制冷或制热器之间,用于获取采集到的温度并根据所述采集到的温度控制所述制冷或制热器对所述灯具行制冷处理或制热处理。Wherein the control component is coupled between the thermocouple and the refrigerating or heating device for acquiring the collected temperature and controlling the refrigerating or heating device according to the collected temperature The lamps are cooled or heat treated.
  47. 一种灯具控制系统,其特征在于,所述灯具控制系统为灯具驱动参数的配置系统,用于为多个灯具配置相应的驱动参数,所述多个灯具中的每个灯具具有多个单色通道,且所述每个灯具的出射光为所述多个单色通道各自发出的单色光的叠加,包括:A luminaire control system, wherein the luminaire control system is a luminaire driving parameter configuration system, configured to configure corresponding driving parameters for a plurality of luminaires, each of the plurality of luminaires having a plurality of monochrome Channels, and the emitted light of each of the luminaires is a superposition of monochromatic light emitted by each of the plurality of monochromatic channels, including:
    权利要求39或40中所述的灯具控制装置中的遮光部件,其中,所述遮光部件包括多个,且所述遮光部件与所述灯具一一对应;The light shielding member of the lamp control device according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the light shielding member comprises a plurality of, and the light shielding member is in one-to-one correspondence with the lamp;
    权利要求39或40中所述的灯具控制装置中的测量部件,其中,所述测量部件包括多个,所述测量部件与所述遮光部件一一对应;以及A measuring member in the lamp control device according to claim 39 or 40, wherein said measuring member comprises a plurality of said measuring members in one-to-one correspondence with said light blocking member;
    权利要求37至46中任一项所述的灯具控制装置中的控制部件,所述控制部件用于为所述多个灯具中的各个灯具配置相应的驱动参数。 A control unit in the luminaire control apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 46, wherein the control unit is configured to configure respective driving parameters for each of the plurality of luminaires.
PCT/CN2015/079453 2014-05-21 2015-05-21 Lamp control method, device and system WO2015176668A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201410217766.5A CN105095632B (en) 2014-05-21 2014-05-21 The statistical method and device of optical color parameter
CN201410217770.1A CN105101517B (en) 2014-05-21 2014-05-21 The configuration equipment and system of lamps and lanterns driving parameter
CN201410216391.0A CN105101515A (en) 2014-05-21 2014-05-21 Lamp driving method and device
CN201410216752.1 2014-05-21
CN201410217770.1 2014-05-21
CN201410216391.0 2014-05-21
CN201410217766.5 2014-05-21
CN201410216752.1A CN105101516A (en) 2014-05-21 2014-05-21 Lamp adjustment method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015176668A1 true WO2015176668A1 (en) 2015-11-26

Family

ID=54553440

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/079453 WO2015176668A1 (en) 2014-05-21 2015-05-21 Lamp control method, device and system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2015176668A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105722014A (en) * 2016-02-04 2016-06-29 海信(山东)空调有限公司 EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only memory) data burning method and device
CN113573445A (en) * 2021-07-23 2021-10-29 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 Method and device for determining lamp driving parameters and electronic equipment
CN113873212A (en) * 2021-12-02 2021-12-31 深圳市爱图仕影像器材有限公司 Light combination method, intelligent terminal and storage medium
CN114245545A (en) * 2021-11-15 2022-03-25 杭州博联智能科技股份有限公司 Gradual effect control method and device of intelligent bulb

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101291557A (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-22 三星电子株式会社 Method for driving light source, light source drive circuit, light source assembly and display device
US20090134807A1 (en) * 2007-11-23 2009-05-28 Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. Color management system and method for led backlights
CN101996585A (en) * 2010-11-03 2011-03-30 中航华东光电有限公司 RGB three primary colours LED backlight based automatic white balance adjustment system and method thereof
CN102252272A (en) * 2010-04-10 2011-11-23 Lg伊诺特有限公司 Lighting device
US20120223657A1 (en) * 2011-03-03 2012-09-06 Cree, Inc. Semiconductor Light Emitting Devices Having Selectable And/or Adjustable Color Points and Related Methods
EP2536259A2 (en) * 2011-06-17 2012-12-19 Samsung LED Co., Ltd. Device, system, and method for controlling light source to capture image
CN102858073A (en) * 2012-09-29 2013-01-02 北京半导体照明科技促进中心 Measuring method and measuring device of output light parameters of lighting device and lighting system

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101291557A (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-22 三星电子株式会社 Method for driving light source, light source drive circuit, light source assembly and display device
US20090134807A1 (en) * 2007-11-23 2009-05-28 Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. Color management system and method for led backlights
CN102252272A (en) * 2010-04-10 2011-11-23 Lg伊诺特有限公司 Lighting device
CN101996585A (en) * 2010-11-03 2011-03-30 中航华东光电有限公司 RGB three primary colours LED backlight based automatic white balance adjustment system and method thereof
US20120223657A1 (en) * 2011-03-03 2012-09-06 Cree, Inc. Semiconductor Light Emitting Devices Having Selectable And/or Adjustable Color Points and Related Methods
EP2536259A2 (en) * 2011-06-17 2012-12-19 Samsung LED Co., Ltd. Device, system, and method for controlling light source to capture image
CN102858073A (en) * 2012-09-29 2013-01-02 北京半导体照明科技促进中心 Measuring method and measuring device of output light parameters of lighting device and lighting system

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105722014A (en) * 2016-02-04 2016-06-29 海信(山东)空调有限公司 EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only memory) data burning method and device
CN113573445A (en) * 2021-07-23 2021-10-29 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 Method and device for determining lamp driving parameters and electronic equipment
CN113573445B (en) * 2021-07-23 2023-06-27 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 Determination method and device for lamp driving parameters and electronic equipment
CN114245545A (en) * 2021-11-15 2022-03-25 杭州博联智能科技股份有限公司 Gradual effect control method and device of intelligent bulb
CN113873212A (en) * 2021-12-02 2021-12-31 深圳市爱图仕影像器材有限公司 Light combination method, intelligent terminal and storage medium
CN113873212B (en) * 2021-12-02 2022-03-08 深圳市爱图仕影像器材有限公司 Light combination method, intelligent terminal and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8593073B2 (en) Apparatus and methods for interactive illumination
US8736183B2 (en) LED driver capable of controlling color/color temperature with a power carrier
JP2007535116A (en) Accurate and repeatable setting of color characteristics for lighting applications
WO2015176668A1 (en) Lamp control method, device and system
CN101161035A (en) An led assembly, and a process for manufacturing the led assembly
CN105101517B (en) The configuration equipment and system of lamps and lanterns driving parameter
US11287324B2 (en) System and method for calibrating a light color sensor
US10736192B2 (en) Calibration of drivers of a light source
CN103270367B (en) The method controlling there is the luminaire of many array of source
US11743980B2 (en) Wireless color tuning for constant-current driver
CN106304527A (en) A kind of Lighting Control Assembly and illumination control method
JP6258947B2 (en) Calibration of light sensor
CN108040387A (en) Optical detection device and lighting device
EP3491893B1 (en) Method for calibration of lighting system sensors
CN203968444U (en) Light fixture drives configuration device and the system of parameter
US20140239841A1 (en) Led lamp with adjustable color
JP6549603B2 (en) Method and apparatus for calibrating light output based on reflected light
JP2017519331A (en) Method and apparatus for color mixing via modification of angled light output
US10111295B1 (en) Methods and improvements to spectral monitoring of theatre lighting devices
US20200367331A1 (en) User control modality for led color tuning
WO2021212934A1 (en) Color-changing door body, refrigerator having same, and control method for color-changing door body
US11683870B2 (en) Unversal dimming emulator for LED driver
US10887970B2 (en) Daylight harvesting to exceed artificial light maximum
Aldrich Dynamic solid state lighting
CN112762862A (en) Standard glare field for calibrating glare measurement device and calibration method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15796781

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15796781

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1